English for Militaries

1

UNIT 1UNIT 1

-9-

1.-PERSONAL PRONOUNS(PRONOMBRES PERSONALES)

Nótese que en inglés, a diferencia de lo queocurre en español, hay tres géneros (masculino,femenino y neutro) para el pronombre personalde tercera persona del singular. La traducciónque ofrecemos para el pronombre personalneutro de tercera persona del singular (“it”) es“*ello”.

2.-THE VERB “TO BE”(EL VERBO “TO BE”)

A diferencia de lo que ocurre en español,todas las formas verbales en inglés han de estaracompañadas por un sujeto explícito, ya seaun pronombre personal (“I”, “you”, etc.) o uno ovarios sustantivos (“John”, “Paul and Ane”, etc.)

TO BE (‘ser; estar’)Simple present / Question form

English Spanish

1st S am I? ¿soy (yo)?¿estoy (yo)?

2nd S are you? ¿eres (tú)?; ¿estás (tú)?¿es (usted)?; ¿está (usted)?

3rd S is he/ she/ it? ¿es (él/ ella/ *ello)?¿está (él/ ella/ *ello)?

1st P are we? ¿somos (nosotros/ as)?¿estamos (nosotros/ as)?

2nd P are you?

¿sois (vosotros/ as)?¿estáis (vosotros/ as)?¿son (ustedes)?¿están (ustedes)?

3rd P are they? ¿son (ellos/ as)?¿están (ellos/ as)?

TO BE (‘ser; estar’)Simple present / Negative form

English Spanish

1st SI am not I'm not

(yo) no soy(yo) no estoy

2nd Syou are notyou aren’t

(tú) no eres; (tú) no estás(usted) no es; (usted) no está

3rd S he/ she/ it is nothe/ she/ it isn’t

(él/ ella/ *ello) no es(él/ ella/ *ello) no está

1st Pwe are not we aren’t

(nosotros/ as) no somos(nosotros/ as) no estamos

2nd Pyou are notyou aren’t

(vosotros/ as) no sois(vosotros/ as) no estáis(ustedes) no son(ustedes) no están

3rd Pthey are notthey aren’t

(ellos/ as) no son(ellos/ as) no están

TO BE (‘ser; estar’)Simple present / Affirmative form

English Spanish

1st SI amI'm

(yo) soy(yo) estoy

2nd Syou areyou're

(tú) eres; (tú) estás(usted) es; (usted) está

3rd She/ she/ it ishe's/ she's/ it's

(él/ ella/ *ello) es(él/ ella/ *ello) está

1st Pwe arewe're

(nosotros/ as) somos(nosotros/ as) estamos

2nd Pyou areyou're

(vosotros/ as) sois(vosotros/ as) estáis(ustedes) son(ustedes) están

3rd Pthey arethey're

(ellos/ as) son(ellos/ as) están

PLURALEnglish Spanish

1st we nosotros/ as

2nd you vosotros/ asustedes

3rd they ellos/ as

SINGULAREnglish Spanish

1st I yo

2nd you tú/ usted

3rd he/ she/ it él/ ella/ *ello

G R A M M A R

1

-10-

D A I L Y S P E A K I N G

1.-GREETINGS(SALUDOS)

Isabel: Hello! My name’s Isabel.What’s your name?

Isabel: ¡Hola! Me llamo Isabel. ¿Cómote llamas?

Nuria: My name’s Nuria.Nuria: Me llamo Nuria.

Isabel: How old are you?Isabel: ¿Cuántos años tienes?

Nuria: I’m thirty-six years old. Andyou?

Nuria: Tengo treinta y seis años. ¿Y tú?

Isabel: I’m thirty-nine.Isabel: Tengo treinta y nueve.

Alicia: Hi!Alicia. ¡Hola!

Isabel: Hi! How are you?Isabel: ¡Hola! ¿Cómo estás?

Alicia: Fine, thank you. And you?Alicia: Bien, gracias. ¿Y tú?

Isabel: Fine, thanks.Isabel: Bien, gracias.

Hello! My name’sIsabel.

What’s your name?

My name’s Nuria

How old are you? I’m thirty-six years old.And you?

I’m thirty-nine

Hi!

Hi! How are you?

Fine, thank you.And you?

Fine, thanks

1

-11-

1.-CARDINAL NUMBERS I (1-30)(NÚMEROS CARDINALES I [1-30])

C I V I L I A N V O C A B U L A R Y

1 one2 two3 three4 four5 five6 six7 seven8 eight9 nine10 ten

11 eleven12 twelve13 thirteen14 fourteen15 fifteen16 sixteen17 seventeen18 eighteen19 nineteen20 twenty

21 twenty-one22 twenty-two23 twenty-three24 twenty-four25 twenty-five26 twenty-six27 twenty-seven28 twenty-eight29 twenty-nine30 thirty

2.-ORDINAL NUMBERS I (1st-5th)(NÚMEROS ORDINALES I [1º-5º])

English Spanish

1st first primero/ a/ os/ as

2nd second segundo/ a/ os/ as

3rd third tercero/ a/ os/ as

4th fourth cuarto/ a/ os/ as

5th fifth quinto/ a/ os/ as

English Spanish

The Fourth of July is the American Independence Day. El cuatro de julio es el Día de la Independencia estadounidense.

The second day of the week is Tuesday. El segundo día de la semana es martes.

His first last name is Pérez. Su primer apellido es Pérez.

English Spanish

I have three cars. Tengo tres coches.

George is twenty-six years old. George tiene veintiséis años.

My brother spent eight days in London. Mi hermano estuvo ocho días en Londres.

Examples:

Examples:

1

-12-

R E A D I N G C O M P R E H E N S I O N

1.DESCRIPTION OF MIGUEL AND TERESA(DESCRIPCIÓN DE MIGUEL Y TERESA)

Miguel and Teresa are a couple. He istwenty-four years old and she is twenty-threeyears old. They are students. He is a biologistand she is an economist. His telephonenumber is 4-8-6-7-1-5 and her telephonenumber is 7-6-9-1-6-4. Miguel is a sportsmanbut she is not. They are in Granada, they liveat 13 Telephone Road. This is the first timethey live together.

M I L I T A R Y T E R M S1.-RANKS(EMPLEOS MILITARES)

Private Corporal Full Corporal Corporal Major

Sergeant Staff Sergeant Warrant Officer Sergeant Major

SecondLieutenant

First Lieutenant

Captain Major LieutenantColonel

Colonel

N.C.O.

all rank and file

officers

generals

Brigadier MajorGeneral

Three StarGeneral

Four StarGeneral

Five StarGeneral

2.-VARIOUS(VARIOS)

English Spanishrecruit reclutaall rank and file tropaN.C.O. suboficiales

English Spanishtemporary officer oficial de complementoconscript soldier soldado de reemplazoprofessional soldier soldado profesionalgenerals oficiales generales

2.- ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS.(CONTESTA LAS SIGUIENTES PREGUNTAS)1) How old is Miguel?2) What are they?3) What is her telephone number?

1

-13-

M I L I T A R Y C O N V E R S A T I O N

Private: May I come in, Sir?Soldado: ¿Puedo entrar, mi Brigada?

Staff Sergeant: Yes, come in.Brigada: Sí, entre.

Private: This is the Private Juan RamírezMartínez, assigned to this RifleCompany, Sir.

Soldado: Mi Brigada, soy el Soldado JuanRamírez Martínez, destinado a laCompañía de Fusiles.

Staff Sergeant: What’s your post given to you by theSergeant?

Brigada: ¿Cuál es el encuadramiento que te hadado el Sargento?

Private: Second Rifle Platoon, first Squad.Soldado: Segunda Sección de Fusiles, primer

Pelotón.

Staff Sergeant: OK, why did you join the Army?Brigada: De acuerdo, ¿por qué entró en el Ejército?

Private: Because I always liked this kind oflife and I love serving my country inthe Army.

Soldado: Porque siempre me ha gustado estetipo de vida y me encanta servir a mipatria en el Ejército.

E X E R C I S E S

May I come in, Sir?

Yes, come in

This is the PrivateJuan Ramírez

Martínez, assigned tothis Rifle Company, Sir

What’s your postgiven to you by the

Sergeant?

Second Rifle Platoon,first SquadOK, why did you join

the Army?

Because I always likedthis kind of life and I

love serving my countryin the Army

1) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTINGTHE CORRECT WORD.

a) Hello. My name is Cristina. What is your name?b) My _____ is Patricia.

c) Hello. I _____ Charles. What is _____ name?d) _____ _____ _____ Hellen.

e) I am twenty-two years old. How old _____ you?f) _____ _____ nineteen _____ old.

g) _____ old are _____?h) I am _____ years _____?

i) What is your telephone number?j) My _____ number is 5-6-2-8-4-5.

k) Is your telephone _____ 5-6-2-8-4-5l) Yes, it _____.

2) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THECORRECT FORM OF THE VERB “TO BE”.

a) Are you a student?b) _____ she Patricia?c) _____ they Spanish?d) _____ I nice?e) _____ we friends?

3) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH ASUITABLE WORD.

a) Are you a student?b) No, I am not a _____.c) Are they Paul and Mary?d) _____, they are.e) _____ I your friend?f) Yes, you _____.g) Are you a soldier?h) No, I _____ _____ a soldier.

1

-14-

4) REWRITE THE FOLLOWING CARDINAL NUMBERSBY USING WORDS.

a) 14a) Fourteen

b) 30b) __________________

c) 28c) __________________

d) 16d) __________________

e) 13e) __________________

f) 11f) __________________

g) 25g) __________________

h) 3h) __________________

5) REWRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USINGCONTRACTIONS.

a) What is your name?a) What's your name?

b) My name is Michael.b) ______________________________.

c) What is your telephone number?c) ______________________________?

d) My telephone number is 4-5-6-3-7-5.d) ______________________________.

e) I am thirty years old.e) ______________________________.

f) She is twenty-four years old.f) ______________________________.

6) REWRITE THE FOLLOWING ORDINAL NUMBERS BYUSING WORDS.

a) 1sta) First

b) 2ndb) __________________

c) 3rdc) __________________

d) 4thd) __________________

e) 5the) __________________

7) HOW MUCH DO THESE COUPLES OF NUMBERS ADD UP?WRITE THE SOLUTIONS WITH THE CORRECT WORD.

a) six + tena) Sixteen

b) five + nineb) __________________

c) one + threec) __________________

d) thirteen + nined) __________________

e) two + eighte) __________________

f) three + threef) __________________

g) four + teng) __________________

h) eleven + twelveh) __________________

i) twenty + teni) __________________

j) twenty-four + onej) __________________

English terms Spanish terms

1) Recruit a) General de Brigada

2) First Lieutenant b) Teniente

3) Conscript c) Cabo Primero

4) Non-commissioned officer d) Coronel

5) Staff Sergeant e) Recluta

6) Full Corporal f) Suboficial

7) Brigadier g) Soldado de reemplazo

8) Colonel h) Sargento Primero/ Brigada

1

-15-

8) MATCH WORDS 1) TO 8) WITH WORDS A) TO H).

9) PUT THE RANKS IN THE RIGHT DECREASING ORDER.

a) ____________ Three Star Generalb) ____________ Lieutenant Colonelc) ____________ Warrant Officerd) ____________ Corporale) ____________ Sergeantf) ____________ Major Generalg) ____________ Second Lieutenanth) ____________ Captaini) 1 Five Star Generalj) ____________ Private

2

UNIT 2UNIT 2

-17-

1.-ARTICLES(ARTÍCULOS)

El artículo determinado "the" es invariable,esta única forma se usa para el masculino, elfemenino, el singular y el plural:

Examples:

El artículo indefinido para las formas delmasculino, del femenino y del neutro singular es"a", pero se cambia por "an" delante de "h"muda y de vocal cuyo sonido no sea [ju:]:

Examples:

El artículo indefinido no tiene plural, y en sulugar se usan adjetivos indefinidos, la forma"some" para oraciones afirmativas y "any" paraoraciones negativas e interrogativas:

Examples:

2.-POSSESSION(POSESIÓN)

2.1.-SAXON GENITIVE(GENITIVO SAJÓN)

En inglés para expresar posesión opertenencia se puede emplear el genitivo sajón.Se forma añadiendo al nombre del poseedor una"s" precedida de un apóstrofo. Para expresarposesión también puede utilizarse la preposición"of" (‘de’), como ocurre en español. Cuando seusa el genitivo sajón, el orden de las palabras enla oración se altera y se coloca el poseedor enprimer lugar seguido del apóstrofo y la "s", y acontinuación el objeto poseído sin artículo.

Examples:

La "s" del genitivo, en los siguientes casos, seomite aunque se conserva el apóstrofo :

a) Si el poseedor es un sustantivo en pluralacabado en "s":

b) Si el poseedor es un sustantivo singularacabado en "s":

English Spanish

Moses’ law la ley de Moisés

Jesús’ friend el amigo de Jesús

English Spanish

these girls' mother la madre de estas niñas

these boys' pens los bolígrafos de estos niños

English Spanish

the mother of the girlla madre de la niña

the girl's mother

the hats of these menlos sombreros de estos hombres

these men's hats

English Spanish

I have some questions. Tengo algunas preguntas.

Is there any question? ¿Hay alguna pregunta?

I don't have any question. No tengo ninguna pregunta.

He has a question. (Él) tiene una pregunta.

There are some students. Hay algunos estudiantes.

There is a student. Hay un estudiante.

English Spanisha girl una chicaa boy un chicoa dog un perroan arm un brazoan hour una horaa human being un ser humano

English Spanish

the girl la chica

the boy el chico

the girls las chicas

the boys los chicos

G R A M M A R

2

-18-

Nótese que el adjetivo posesivo en inglésconcuerda con el poseedor, indistintamente delgénero y número del objeto poseído:

Examples:

2.3.-POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS(PRONOMBRES POSESIVOS)

Nótese que el pronombre posesivo en inglésconcuerda con el poseedor, indistintamente delgénero y número del objeto poseído:

Examples:

English Spanish

This car is mine. Este coche es mío.

These oranges are mine. Estas naranjas son mías.

The cat is hers. El gato es suyo (de ella).

The tables are hers. Las mesasson suyas (de ella).

PLURAL

English Spanish

1st ours nuestro/ a/ os/ as

2nd yours vuestro/ a/ os/ assuyo/ a/ os/ as (de ustedes)

3rd theirs suyo/ a/ os/ as


1st mine mío/ a/ os/ as

2nd yours tuyo/ a/ os/ assuyo/ a/ os/ as (de usted)

3rd his, hers, its suyo/ a/ os/ as

English Spanish

her house su casa (de ella)

her houses sus casas (de ella)

their house su casa (de ellos/ as)

their houses sus casas (de ellos/ as)

our car nuestro coche

our apples nuestras manzanas

Sin embargo, si el poseedor es un sustantivomonosílabo terminado en "s", se conserva la "s"del genitivo:

Examples:

El genitivo sajón se emplea con nombrespropios, sustantivos que denotan persona,sustantivos que denotan seres animados, etc.:

Examples:

Si el poseedor es un sustantivo compuesto obien son varios poseedores, el genitivo seforma con el último sustantivo:

Examples:

2.2.-POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES(ADJETIVOS POSESIVOS)

PLURAL

English Spanish

1st our nuestro/ a/ os/ as

2nd your vuestro/ a/ os/ assu/ sus (de ustedes)

3rd their su/ sus

SINGULAR

English Spanish

1st my mi

2nd your tu/ su (de usted)

3rd his, her, its su/ sus

English Spanish

my sister-in-law's car el coche de mi cuñada

Mary and Peter's house la casa de Mary y Peter

English Spanish

Mary's cat el gato de Mary

my sister's book el libro de mi hermana

the dog's tail el rabo del perro

English Spanish

Bess's table la mesa de Bess

2

-19-

3.-THE VERB “TO HAVE”(EL VERBO “TO HAVE”)

4.-PLURALS(PLURALES)

4.1.-REGULAR PLURALS(PLURALES REGULARES)

El plural de los nombres en inglés se formaañadiendo una "s" al singular:

Examples:

Los nombres que terminan en "s", "ss", "sh","x" o "z" forman el plural añadiendo la sílaba"es":

Examples:English Spanish

class/ classes clase/ clases

box/ boxes caja/ cajas

watch/ watches reloj/ relojes

English Spanish

plate/ plates plato/ platos

roof/ roofs tejado/ tejados

TO HAVE (‘tener’)Simple present / Question form

English Spanish

1st S have I? ¿tengo yo?

2nd S have you? ¿(tú) tienes?¿(usted) tiene?

3rd S has he/ she/ it? ¿tiene (él/ ella/ *ello)?

1st P have we? ¿tenemos (nosotros/ as)?

2nd P have you ? ¿tenéis (vosotros/ as)?¿tienen (ustedes)?

3rd P have they? ¿tienen (ellos/ as)?

TO HAVE (‘tener’)Simple present / Negative form

English Spanish

1st SI have notI haven’t (yo) no tengo

2nd Syou have notyou haven’t

(tú) no tienes(usted) no tiene

3rd She /she /it has nothe /she /it hasn’t (él/ ella/ *ello) no tiene

1st Pwe have notwe haven’t (nosotros/ as) no tenemos

2nd Pyou have notyou haven’t

(vosotros/ as) no tenéis(ustedes) no tienen

3rd Pthey have notthey haven’t (ellos/ as) no tienen

TO HAVE (‘tener’)Simple present / Affirmative form

English Spanish

1st S I have (yo) tengo

2nd S you have (tú) tienes(usted) tiene

3rd S he /she /it has (él/ ella/ *ello) tiene

1st P we have (nosotros/ as) tenemos

2nd P you have (vosotros/ as) tenéis(ustedes) tienen

3rd P they have (ellos/ as) tienen

2

-20-

Los nombres terminados en "o" precedida deconsonante también forman el plural añadiendola sílaba "es". Sin embargo, si la "o" estáprecedida por una vocal forman el pluralañadiendo solamente "s":

Examples:

Algunos nombres de origen sajón terminadosen "f" o en "fe" cambian la "f" en "v" antes deañadir la terminación "es":

Examples:

Los nombres terminados en "y" precedida deconsonante al formar el plural cambian aquéllaen "i" antes de añadir la terminación "es".Cuando la "y" está precedida por vocal al paraformar el plural simplemente hay que añadir "s":

Examples:

4.2.-IRREGULAR PLURALS(PLURALES IRREGULARES)

Existen algunos nombres en inglés cuyoplural es irregular:

Examples:

Hay nombres que siempre se empleanen plural:


trousers pantalones

sweets caramelos

thanks gracias

scissors tijeras

English Spanish

ox/ oxen buey/ bueyes

child/ children niño/ niños

man/ men hombre/ hombres

woman/ women mujer/ mujeres

tooth/ teeth diente/ dientes

foot/ feet pie/ pies

mouse/ mice ratón/ ratones

goose/ geese ganso/ gansos

person/ people persona/ personas

English Spanish

sky/ skies cielo/ cielo

body/ bodies cuerpo/ cuerpos

boy/ boys niño/ niños

day/ days día/ días

English Spanish

calf/ calves ternera/ terneras

elf/ elves duende/ duendes

leaf/ leaves hoja/ hojas

English Spanish

potato/ potatoes patata/ patatas

hero/ heroes héroe/ héroes

duo/ duos dúo/ dúos

2

-21-


1.-INTRODUCTIONS(PRESENTACIONES)

Good afternoon!! It's one o'clock

Good morning!

Nice to meet you

Nuria, this is myfriend MiguelHi, Miguel!

Alicia: Good morning!Alicia: ¡Buenos días!

Nuria: Good afternoon!!It’s one o’clock.

Nuria: ¡¡Buenas tardes!!Es la una de la tarde.

Alicia: Nuria, this is my friend Miguel.Alicia: Nuria, éste es mi amigo Miguel.

Nuria: Hi, Miguel!Nuria: ¡Hola, Miguel!

Miguel: Nice to meet you.Miguel: Encantado de conocerte.


1.-COLOURS(COLORES)

English Spanish

black negro

wwhhiittee bbllaannccoo

red rojo

blue azul

yellowyellow amarilloamarillo

English Spanish

green verde

pink rosa

purple violeta

grey gris

orange naranja

brown marrón

2

-22-


La mayoría de los colores son susceptiblesde aparecer junto con adjetivos que denoten suluminosidad (un color claro, un color oscuro). Eninglés estos adjetivos son "light" (‘claro’) y"dark" (‘oscuro’):

Examples:

2.-CARDINAL NUMBERS II (30-100)(NÚMEROS CARDINALES II [30-100])

30 thirty35 thirty-five40 forty45 forty-five50 fifty55 fifty-five60 sixty65 sixty-five70 seventy75 seventy-five80 eighty85 eighty-five90 ninety95 ninety-five100 one hundred

English Spanish

light red rojo claro

dark pink rosa oscuro

3.-ORDINAL NUMBERS II (6th-25th)(NÚMEROS ORDINALES II [6º-25º])

English Spanish

6th sixth sexto

7th seventh séptimo

8th eighth octavo

9th ninth noveno

10th tenth décimo

11th eleventh undécimo

12th twelfth duodécimo

13th thirteenth décimo tercero

14th fourteenth décimo cuarto

15th fifteenth décimo quinto

16th sixteenth décimo sexto

17th seventeenth décimo séptimo

18th eighteenth décimo octavo

19th nineteenth décimo noveno

20th twentieth vigésimo

21st twenty-first vigésimo primero

22nd twenty-second vigésimo segundo

23rd twenty-third vigésimo tercero

24th twenty-fourth vigésimo cuarto

25th twenty-fifth vigésimo quinto

This is Miguel's little brother, hisname is Pedro and he is eight yearsold. He has lots of toys: a football,some tennis balls, a yellow bicycle, apair of skates and a blue radio-controlled car. He likes some sportsbut his favourite sport is football. Hisidol is David Beckham, a Real Madridfootball player. He plays football withhis friends Antonio, Carlos, Juan andRubén. Their idol is also Beckham.Pedro has a football T-shirt but hehasn't any trainers.

2.-ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS.(CONTESTA LAS SIGUIENTES PREGUNTAS)

1.-DESCRIPTION(DESCRIPCIÓN)

1) How old is Pedro?2) What is Pedro's favourite sport?3) Who is Beckham?4) Who are Antonio, Carlos, Juan and Rubén?

2

-23-

M I L I T A R Y T E R M S

1.-IN THE BARRACKS AND GENERALITIES(EN EL CUARTEL Y GENERALIDADES)

English Spanish

barracks cuartel

main gate puerta principal

mess mesón, cantina

weapon support company compañía de armas de apoyo

headquarters battery batería de plana mayor

armour squadron escuadrón acorazado

courtyard patio de armas

crest metopa [de una unidad]

boot camp campamento de reclutas

sleeping bag saco de dormir

rucksack mochila

lorry camión

on duty de servicio

on leave de permiso

promotion ascenso

outpost puesto avanzado

military parade formación

march past desfile

inspection parade revista

drill parade ejercicios de orden cerrado

sentry centinela

base base

flagpole mástil de la bandera

dormitory nave de dormitorio

Navy Armada

Air Force Ejército del Aire

equipment equipo

salute saludar; saludo

salary sueldo

rucksack

lorry

military parade

march past

inspection parade

drill parade sentry

Navy

Air Force

salute

2

-24-


Full Corporal: Are you on duty this weekend?Cabo Primero: ¿Estás de servicio este fin de semana?

Private: Yes, I’m the sentry in the main gatenext Saturday.

Soldado: Sí, soy el centinela de la puertaprincipal el próximo sábado.

Full Corporal: Did you already clean your rifle?Cabo Primero: ¿Has limpiado ya tu fusil?

Private: Yes, tomorrow there’s an inspectionparade in the battery.

Soldado: Sí, mañana hay una revista en labatería.

E X E R C I S E S

Yes, I’m the sentryin the main gatenext Saturday

Are you on dutythis weekend?

Did you alreadyclean your rifle?

Yes, tomorrowthere’s an

inspection paradein the battery

1) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTINGTHE CORRECT WORD.

a) Anna: Hello. Good morning!

b) Paul: Good _____!

c) Anna: _____ are you?

d) Paul: Fine, thank _____. And you?

e) Anna: _____. Paul, this _____ my boyfriend, John.

f) Paul: Nice to _____ you, John!

g) John: _____ to _____ _____, Paul!

h) Anna: John is twenty-five _____ old, he _____a student.

i) Paul: That is right! I _____ a student too.

2) WRITE THE SUITABLE GREETING ACCORDING TO THEWATCHES.

a) 10:00a) Good morning

b) 15:00b) ______________________________

c) 20:00c) ______________________________

d) 23:45 (bed time)d) ______________________________

2

-25-

3) WHAT ARE THE COLOURS OF THE FOLLOWINGNUMBERS?

a) 6a) Number six is blue.

b) 17b) __________________.

c) 7c) __________________.

d) 1d) __________________.

e) 3e) __________________.

f) 20f) __________________.

g) 29g) __________________.

h) 1133h) __________________.

i) 9i) __________________.

j) 11j) __________________.

k) 15k) __________________.

d) 13 + 54

d) ______________________________

e) 12 + 15

e) ______________________________

f) 17 + 10

f) ______________________________

g) 9 + 57

g) ______________________________

h) 25 + 8

h) ______________________________

4) HOW MUCH DO THESE COUPLES OF NUMBERS ADD UP?WRITE THE SOLUTIONS BY USING WORDS.

a) 45 + 23

a) Sixty-eight

b) 13 + 8

b) ______________________________

c) 24 + 10

c) ______________________________

5) REWRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BYUSING POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.

a) Mary's book

a) The book is hers.

b) Peter and Paul's dog

b) ______________________________.

c) Laura's house

c) ______________________________.

d) My car

d) ______________________________.

e) Your note book

e) ______________________________.

f) Michael's ball

f) ______________________________.

g) Anna's doll

g) ______________________________.

2

-26-

6) WRITE SENTENCES BY USING THE NEGATIVEFORM OF THE VERB “TO HAVE”: (1) HAVE NOT /HAS NOT (FULL FORM) (2) HAVEN’T / HASN’T(ABBREVIATED FORM).

a) Peter / computer.a) Peter has not a computer.a) Peter hasn’t a computer.

b) Hellen and Michael / newspaper.b) ______________________________b) ______________________________

c) Julian / house.c) ______________________________c) ______________________________

d) Andrew / girlfriend.d) ______________________________d) ______________________________

e) My mother / dog.e) ______________________________e) ______________________________

f) I / bagf) ______________________________f) ______________________________

g) Louise / a pair of shoes.g) ______________________________g) ______________________________

7) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USING THESUITABLE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE.

a) These are (1ª sg) my keys.b) That is (3ª pl) _______ housec) This is (3ª sg fem) _______ boyfriend, and this

is (3ª sg mas.) father.d) Those are (1ª pl) _______ teachers.e) Those are (1ª sg) _______ pencils.f) That was (2ª sg) _______ girlfriend.g) That was (2ª pl) _______ class.

8) ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS.a) What is the colour of your tie?a) My tie es red.

b) What is the colour of the sky?b) ______________________________

c) What is the colour of the sun?c) ______________________________

d) What is the colour of your dog?d) ______________________________

e) What is the colour of your mother’s hair?e) ______________________________

f) What is the colour of your hair?f) ______________________________

g) What is the colour of the snow?g) ______________________________

9) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH ANINDEFINITE ARTICLE (A OR AN FORM).

a) My neighbour is a photographer.b) I have _____ very bad night.

c) _____ travel agent gives you informationabout hotels.

d) Mr Smith is _____ old man.

e) You are not _____ worker, you are _____capitalist.

f) He goes to _____ concert.

g) I have _____ day off.

h) I had _____ amazing experience last night,I saw _____ dinosaur.


1) on leave a) cuartel

2) drill parade b) escuadrón acorazado

3) dormitory c) de permiso

4) salute d) ascenso

5) on duty e) ejercicios de orden cerrado

6) armour squadron f) saludar o saludo

7) barracks g) nave de dormitorio colectivo

8) promotion h) de servicio


3

UNIT 3UNIT 3

- 27 -

1.-DEMONSTRATIVES(DEMOSTRATIVOS)

2.-INFINITIVE, PAST PARTICIPLE AND GERUND(FORMAS IMPERSONALES DEL VERBO)

3.-SIMPLE PRESENT(PRESENTE SIMPLE)3.1.-AFFIRMATIVE FORM(FORMA AFIRMATIVA DEL VERBO)

La forma del presente simple se forma quitando lapartícula "to" al infinitivo (“to walk”, ‘andar’; “I walk”, ‘yoando’). Es invariable para todas las personas exceptopara la tercera persona del singular (“he”, “she”, “it”)que añade una "-s" o la sílaba "-es" (se aplica la reglade ortografía del plural de los sustantivos).

3.2.-NEGATIVE FORM(FORMA NEGATIVA DEL VERBO)

En inglés la forma negativa del verbo se forma conel auxiliar "to do" en forma negativa, "do not" (“don’t”).Esto ocurre con todas las personas, salvo en el casode la tercera persona del singular, que se forma con"does not" (“doesn’t”.)

TO WALK (‘andar’)Simple present / Negative form

English Spanish

1st S I do not walkI don’t walk (yo) no ando

2nd S you do not walkyou don’t walk

(tú) no andas

(usted) no anda

3rd S he/she/it does not walkhe/she/it doesn’t walk (él/ ella/ *ello) no anda

1st P we do not walkwe don’t walk (nosotros/ as)no andamos

2nd P you do not walkyou don’t walk

(vosotros/ as) no andáis

(ustedes) no andan

3rd P they do not walkthey don’t walk (ellos/ as) no andan

TO WALK (‘andar’)Simple present / Affirmative form

English Spanish

1st S I walk (yo) ando

2nd S you walk(tú) andas

(usted) anda

3rd S he/she/it walks (él/ ella/ *ello) anda

1st P we walk (nosotros/ as) andamos

2nd P you walk(vosotros/ as) andáis

(ustedes) andan

3rd P they walk (ellos/ as) andan

English Spanish

INFINITIVE to walk andar

PASTPARTICIPLE walked andado

GERUND walking andando

PLURALEnglish Spanish

these estos/ as

thoseesos/ asaquellos/ as


this este/ a/ o

thatese/ a/ o

aquel/ aquella/ o

G R A M M A R

THAT

THIS

3

- 28 -

Examples:

NEGATIVEEnglish Spanish

I don’t eat (yo) no como

you do not walk

(tú) no andas(vosotros/ as) no andáis(usted) no anda(ustedes) no andan

he does not drink (él) no bebeshe doesn’t love (ella) no amait does not rain no lluevewe don’t drive (nosotros/ as)noconducimosthey do not swim (ellos/as) nadan

AFFIRMATIVEEnglish Spanish

I eat (yo) como

you walk

(tú) andas(vosotros/ as) andáis(usted) anda(ustedes) andan

he drinks (él) bebeshe loves (ella) amait rains lluevewe drive (nosotros/ as) conducimosthey swim (ellos/ as) nadan

Como se ve en el cuadro, en inglés para decirla hora se utilizan las expresiones:

"o'clock" (‘en punto’);"half past" (‘y media’);

"to" (‘menos’);"past" (‘y’);

"noon" (‘mediodía’);"midnight" (‘medianoche’).

A excepción de la expresión "It is ... o'clock"(son las/ es la ... en punto) la cifra que indica lashoras se pospone a la cifra o expresión queindica los minutos:

English Spanish

It is half past one. Es la una y media.

It is twenty to ten. Son las diez menos veinte.

It is nine o’clock. Son las nueve en punto.

“o’clock”

“to”

“past”

4.-THE TIME(LA HORA)

What time is it?(Qué hora es?)

It is...It’s...(Son las...)(Es la...)

five o’clock(cinco en punto)

ten to five(cinco menos diez)

ten past five(cinco y diez)

a quarter to five(cinco menos cuarto)

a quarter past five(cinco y cuarto)

half past five(las cinco y media)

noon(mediodía)

midnight(medianoche)

3

- 29 -


What time is it?

It’s half past fiveAre you sure?

Yes, I am

Oh! My watch doesn’twork! Thank you very

much

You are welcome

Nuria: What time is it?Nuria: ¿Qué hora es?

Alicia: It’s half past five.Alicia: Son las cinco y media.

Nuria: Are you sure?Nuria: ¿Estás segura?

Alicia: Yes, I’m.Alicia: Sí, lo estoy.

Nuria: Oh! My watch doesn’t work!Thank you very much.

Nuria: ¡Vaya! ¡No me funciona el reloj!Muchas gracias.

Alicia: You are welcome.Alicia: De nada.

Alicia: Hi, Nuria!Alicia: ¡Hola, Nuria!

Nuria: Hi, Alicia! How are you?Nuria: ¡Hola, Alicia! ¿Cómo estás?

Alicia: … I’m not fine… I’m very tired.Alicia: … No estoy bien… Estoy muy cansada.

Nuria: Why?Nuria: ¿Por qué?

Alicia: I usually get up at seven o’clock, buttoday I got up at half past five.

Alicia: Me suelo levantar a siete en punto, pero hoyme he levantado a las cinco y media.

Nuria: Really?Nuria: ¿De veras?

Alicia: Lately I don’t sleep very well…Alicia: Últimamente no duermo muy bien…

Nuria: Take some sleeping pills.Nuria: Toma somníferos.

Alicia: Maybe… Oh, it is too late! I have to gohome! Bye, see you soon!

Alicia: Tal vez… ¡Vaya, es muy tarde! ¡Me tengoque ir a casa! ¡Adiós, hasta luego!

Nuria: Bye!Nuria: ¡Adiós!

2.-HOW ARE YOU?(¿CÓMO ESTÁS?)

1.-THE TIME(LA HORA)

Hi, Nuria! Hi, Alicia! How are you?

Lately I don’t sleepvery well...

... I’m not fine...I’m very tired

I usually get up atseven o’clock, but todayI got up at half past five

Why?

Really?

Maybe... Oh, it’s toolate! I have to go home!

Bye, see you soon!

Bye!

Take somesleeping pills

3

- 30 -


1.-FAMILY AND RELATIONSHIP(LA FAMILIA Y PARENTESCOS)

English Spanishhusband marido, esposo

wife mujer, esposa

father padre

mother madre

parents padres [padre y madre]

son hijo

daughter hija

children hijos [hijos e hijas]

brother hermano

sister hermana

aunt tía

uncle tío

cousin primo/ a

grandmother abuela

grandfather abuelo

grandparents abuelos [abuelo y abuela]

granddaughter nieta

grandson nieto

grandchildren nietos/ as

nephew sobrino

niece sobrina

brother-in-law cuñado

sister-in-law cuñada

daugther-in-law nuera

son-in-law yerno

mother-in-law suegra

father-in-law suegro

husband and wife

mothers and children

grandfather and grandson

English Spanish

My grandmother is my mother´s mother. Mi abuela es la madre de mi madre.

My cousin got married last year. Mi primo se casó el año pasado.

My brother is very kind. Mi hermano es muy agradable.

I do not get along with my mother-in-law. No me llevo bien con mi suegra.

Examples:

3

- 31 -

2.-MEALS I(LAS COMIDAS I)


1.-MY FAMILY(MI FAMILIA)

2.- ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS.(CONTESTA LAS SIGUIENTES PREGUNTAS)

1) What are my parents' names?2) How old is my brother?3) Who are my aunt's sons and daughters?

I am Sarah. My mother’s name is Anne. Myfather's name is Paul. I have one brother. Hisname is Richard and he is seven years old. Mymother's parents are my grandparents. Mygrandmother likes singing and my grandfatherlikes painting. I am my grandparent’sgranddaughter. My parent's brothers and sistersare my uncles and aunts. I have four uncles andfive aunts and I am their niece. Their sons anddaughters are my cousins. One day I hope I getmarried to a nice man (my husband) and havelots of children.

lemond(limón)

vegetable(verdura)

milk(leche)

eggs(huevos)

dessert(postre)

fish(pescado)

meat(carne)

orange(naranja)

potato(patata)

fruit(fruta)breakfast

(desayuno)to have breakfast

(desayunar)

lunch(almuerzo)

to have lunch(almorzar)

tea time(hora del té)

to have a cup of tea(tomar una taza de té)

dinner(cena)

to have dinner(cenar)

GRANDFATHERGRANDMOTHER

MOTHER

BROTHER

FATHER

SARAH

UNCLEAUNT

COUSIN

English SpanishI usually have eggs for breakfast. Normalmente tomo huevos para desayunar.

In Great Britain people have lunch at midday. En Gran Bretaña la gente almuerza a mediodía.

I invited some friends for dinner. Invité a algunos amigos a cenar.

Examples:

3

- 32 -



1.-UNITS AND COMMAND SCHELONS(UNIDADES Y ESCALONES DE MANDO)

English Spanish

fire team escuadra

task force agrupación táctica

battalion task groupgrupo táctico

battalion group

company task forcesubgrupo tácticocompany/ squadron

team

branch rama; arma

brigade headquarters cuartel general de brigada

chain of command cadena de mando

commander jefe

company commander jefe de compañía

deputy officer oficial segundo en el mando

leader líder

squad section platoon

company battalion regiment

brigade division corps

army

Private: What’s that unit?Soldado: ¿Cuál es esa unidad?

Corporal: It’s the second Rifle Company ofthe 3rd battalion.

Cabo: Es la segunda Compañía deFusiles del tercer Batallón.

Private: Who’s the commander?Soldado: ¿Quién es el jefe?

Corporal: Captain Mayoral.Cabo: El Capitán Mayoral.

Private: That´s right, and the deputy?Soldado: Bien, ¿y el oficial segundo en el

mando?

Corporal: Lieutenant Gálvez. He’s justarrived. He’s commanding the2nd Rifle Platoon.

Cabo: El Teniente Gálvez. Se acaba deincorporar. Va a mandar la segundaSección de Fusiles.

Private: He looks very young.Soldado: Parece muy joven.

What’s that unit?

It’s the secondRifle Company ofthe 3rd battalion

Who’s thecommander?

Captain Mayoral

Lieutenant Gálvez.He’s just arrived.

He’s commandingthe 2nd Rifle Platoon

That´s right, and thedeputy?

He looks very young

3

- 33 -

E X E R C I S E S

FAMILY TREE(ÁRBOL GENEALÓGICO)

Alfred Joan William Hannah

Joshua Bob Caroline Peter Mary

Susanne John PaulAlex Emily

1) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS ACCORDINGTO THE FAMILY TREE.

a) (JOHN) Alex and Emily are my...a) Alex and Emily are my cousins.

b) (PETER) Mary is my…b) ____________________________.

c) (MARY) Peter is my…c) ____________________________.

d) (JOHN) Paul is my…d) ____________________________.

e) (HANNAH) Peter is my…e) ____________________________.

f) (WILLIAM) John is my…f) ____________________________.

g) (JOAN) Mary is my…g) ____________________________.

h) (ALFRED) Emily is my…h) ____________________________.

i) (PAUL) Joan and Hannah are my…i) ____________________________.

j) (CAROLINE) Paul is my…j) ____________________________.

k) (PETER) Emily is my…k) ____________________________.

2) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS ACCORDINGTO THE FAMILY TREE.

a) Caroline is Joshua and Peter's…a) Caroline is Joshua and Peter's sister.

b) Joan and Alfred are Joshua's…b) ____________________________.

c) Mary is Alex and Emily's…c) ____________________________.

d) Alex and Emily are John's…d) ____________________________.

e) Susanne is Caroline's…e) ____________________________.

f) Susanne is Mary's…f) ____________________________.

g) Peter is Alex and Emily's…g) ____________________________.

h) Joan is Paul's…h) ____________________________.

i) Bob is Peter's…i) ____________________________.

j) Alex is Peter's…j) ____________________________.

k) Hannah is Peter's…k) ____________________________.


1) It is seven oćlock in the morning a) I have lunch

2) It is midnight b) I have dinner

3) It is a quarter past two in the afternoon c) I wake up

4) It is ten to ten in the evening d) I go to bed

5) It is nine oćlock in the morning e) I go to work

3

- 34 -

3) MATCH TIMES 1) TO 5) SENTENCES A) TO E).

4) LOOK AT THE WATCHES AND WRITE THE TIME. 5) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTING“THIS”, “THESE”, “THAT” OR “THOSE”.

a) (Aquellos) Those boys are my friends.

b) I live with (estos) _____ boys.

c) (Esa) _____ woman is her mother.

d) I love (ese) _____ car.

e) (Esos) _____ cats are wild.

f) My father says (estas) _____ words.

g) They go to (aquella) _____ city.

h) You smell (aquellas) _____ flowers.

6) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH ASUITABLE WORD OF THE BOX.

a) I wake up at seven o’clock. For breakfast Ihave toast, one glass of _____ and an orangejuice. At half _____ seven I go to work by_____.

b) Vegetarian people do not eat _____. They eat_____ and _____.

c) Spanish omelette is made of _____ and _____.

d) _____ and _____ are rich in vitamin C.

e) I go to bed at _____ and I watch _____.

eggs vegetable car milk past

oranges midnight wake up fruit lemons

o'clock meat potatoes television

a) 12:00a) It is twelve oćlock/

It is midday/ It is noon

b) 13:45b) ______________________

c) 02:15c) ______________________

d) 19:40d) ______________________

e) 09:35e) ______________________

f) 17:10f) ______________________

g) 20:05g) ______________________

h) 00:00h) ______________________

English terms Spanish Terms1) Army a) Cuarter General de Brigada

2) Task Force b) Regimiento

3) NATO c) Agrupación Táctica

4) Brigade Headquarters d) Ejército

5) Squad e) Sección

6) Regiment f) Escuadra

7) Branch g) OTAN

8) Platoon h) Arma, Rama (Inf., Art., Cab., etc.)

3

- 35 -


8) MAKE SENTENCES WITH THE FOLLOWING WORDS.

a) mother's /My / my/ aunt/ sister /isa) My mother's sister is my aunt.

b) wake up /I /past /seven /at /halfb) ______________________________.

c) soup /dinner /take / for/I /takec) ______________________________.

d) mine /books /are /Thesed) ______________________________.

e) expensive /car /Julian's/ very /ise) ______________________________.

f) with /whisky /drink /I /sodaf) ______________________________.

4

UNIT 4UNIT 4

-37-

1.-THE ADJECTIVE(EL ADJETIVO)

El adjetivo calificativo en inglés es invariable(es decir, tiene la misma forma para el singularmasculino y femenino y para el plural masculinoy femenino) y precede al sustantivo:

Examples:

2.-DEGREES OF COMPARISON(GRADOS DE COMPARACIÓN)

2.1.-SUPERIORITY COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES(GRADO COMPARATIVO DE SUPERIORIDAD Y SUPERLATIVO RELATIVO)

El grado comparativo de superioridad (“más +adjetivo”) y el grado superlativo relativo (“el/ la/ los/las más + adjetivo”) de los adjetivos en inglés seforma:

a) Añadiendo al adjetivo positivo la terminación"er" para el comparativo de superioridad, y laterminación "est" para el superlativo relativo. Estoocurre con los adjetivos monosílabos, con losbísilabos y con los trisílabos terminados en "ow","er", "y", "e", "l":

Examples:

Para añadir las terminaciones propias delcomparativo y superlativo se siguen las reglasusuales de ortografía que se han vistoanteriormente, por ejemplo, las palabrasterminadas en "y" precedida de consonantecambian la "y" por "i" antes de tomar laterminación correspondiente.

b) Los adjetivos calificativos monosílabos(aquellos compuestos por unas sola sílaba)acabados en consonante precedida de vocalcorta*, duplican dicha consonante final.

Examples:

*Se entiende por “vocal corta” la existencia deuna única vocal (“hot”, “thin”), por el contrario,nótese que “cheap” también es un adjetivocalificativo monosílabo, sin embargo, estácompuesto por dos vocales.

Recuerde que, por ejemplo, “cold” o “rich”tampoco duplican dicha consonante final ya quela consonante final está precedida de otraconsonante.

c) El resto de adjetivos de dos o mássílabas forman el comparativo añadiendo"more" y el superlativo añadiendo "the most":

Examples:

SpanishPositive Comparative Superlative

terrible más terrible el más terrible

sensato más sensato el más sensato

cándido más cándido el más cándido

EnglishPositive Comparative Superlative

terrible more terrible the most terrible

sensible more sensible the most sensible

candid more candid the most candid

English Spanish

hot / hotter cálido / más cálido

thin / thinner delgado / más delgado


feliz más feliz el más felizsabio más sabio el más sabiofácil más fácil el más fácilfrío más frío el más fríoamarillo más amarillo el más amarillo


happy happier happiestwise wiser wisesteasy easier easiestcold colder coldestyellow yellower yellowest

English Spanishthe good boy el niño buenoa slim girl una niña delgadathe bad cats los gatos malossome white flags algunas banderas blancas

G R A M M A R

4

-38-

2.2.-INFERIORITY COMPARATIVES(GRADO DE INFERIORIDAD DEL ADJETIVO)

Para formar el grado de inferioridad deladjetivo ("menos + adjetivo”, “el /la /los /lasmenos + adjetivo") siempre se utiliza la forma"less" en el comparativo, y "the least" en elsuperlativo, antepuesto al adjetivo (ya sea unadjetivo de una o más sílabas):

Examples:

2.3.-EQUALITY COMPARATIVES(GRADO DE IGUALDAD DEL ADJETIVO)

La comparación de igualdad en inglés se formacon "as + adjetivo en grado positivo +as" (‘tan +adjetivo + como’) para las oraciones afirmativas.Para las oraciones negativas se emplea "so +adjetivo en grado positivo + as”.

Examples:

* Nótese que en la segunda parte dela estructura comparativa la construcción“she is” se puede sustituir por elpronombre personal “her”.

** Nótese que en la segunda parte dela estructura comparativa la construcción“you are” se puede sustituir por elpronombre personal “you”.

Spanish

Joan es tan guapa como Mary, pero no es tanbuena como ella.

No soy tan perezoso como tú.

English

Joan is as beautiful as Mary, but she is not so goodas she is/ as her. *

I am not so lazy as you are/ as you. **


terrible menos terrible el menos terrible

feliz menos feliz el menos feliz


terrible less terrible the least terrible

happy less happy the least happy

3.-IRREGULARFORMS OF THECOMPARATIVEANDSUPERLATIVE(FORMAS IRREGULARES DEL ADJETIVO COMPARATIVO Y SUPERLATIVO)

Varios adjetivos en inglés tienen la forma delcomparativo y superlativo irregulares, y/oderivadas de otras raíces.

4.-HOW TO MAKE COMPARISONS(FORMACIÓN DE COMPARACIONES)

Para realizar comparaciones entre dossustantivos en inglés se utiliza la siguienteestructura:

Examples:

Spanish

(Tú) eres más fuerte que yo.

Mi hermana es más alta que tu madre.

(Tú) lo quieres (a él) más que yo, y menos que ella.

English

You are stronger than me.

My sister is taller than your mother.

You love him more than me, and less than her.

How to make comparisons

SUST + VERBO +adjetivo en

gradocomparativo

+ THAN + SUST


bueno mejor el óptimo

malo peor el pésimo

pequeño menos el mínimo

viejo más viejomayor

el más viejoel mayor


good better the best

bad worse the worst

little less the least

old older/ elder the oldest/ eldest

4

-39-

5.-THE ADVERB I(EL ADVERBIO I)

5.1.-WHERE TO PUT THE VERB(COLOCACIÓN DEL ADVERBIO)

A la hora de colocar los adverbios en ingléshay que tener en cuenta una serie deconsideraciones:

a) si el verbo no tiene complemento, el adver-bio sigue inmediatamente al verbo;

b) si tiene complemento y éste es corto,puede intercalarse entre el verbo y el adverbio;

Examples:

Examples:

c) los adverbios de tiempo indefinido yalgunos de modo preceden generalmente alverbo;

Examples:

English Spanish

I always read the newspaper. Siempre leo el periódico.

He briefly told the news. (Él) dijo las noticiasbrevemente.

English Spanish

I shall read your letter now. Leeré su carta ahora.

Put your hat on, please. Póngase el sombrero, por favor.

English Spanish

He reads well. (Él) lee bien.

She walks quickly. (Ella) anda deprisa.

d) sin embargo, los adverbios siguen al verbo"to be" y a los verbos anómalos;

Examples:

5.2.-ADVERBS CLASSIFICATION(CLASIFICACIÓN DE LOS ADVERBIOS)

Los adverbios en inglés según su significadose dividen en:

Examples:

English Spanish

My sister is so nice! ¡Mi hermana es tan simpática!

Your house is very far fromhere.

Tu casa está muy lejos deaquí.

SpanishPlace Time Manner Quantity

aquí pronto así sólo

allí tarde deprisa bastante

en antes ciertamente casi

fuera después así mucho

cerca hasta

lejos pronto

EnglishPlace Time Manner Quantity

here early so only

there late quickly rather

in before certainly almost

out after thus much

near still

far soon

English Spanish

He is never in time. Nunca llega a tiempo.

I could hardly read it. Apenas pude leerlo.

4

-40-

Nuria: Is that Teresa?Nuria: ¿Es usted Teresa?

Alicia: Who's calling?Alicia: ¿Quién llama?

Nuria: This is Nuria.Nuria: Soy Nuria.

Alicia: She isn’t here at the moment.Do you want to leave a message?

Alicia: No se encuentra aquí en estos momentos.¿Quiere dejar un mensaje?

Nuria: Yes, please. Could you tell herthat I called?

Nuria: Sí, por favor. ¿Podría decirle que lahe llamado?

Alicia: Does she have your phone number?Alicia: ¿Tiene su número de teléfono?

Yes, I think she does. I’mgoing to give you my

number just in case. Do youhave a pen and a piece of

paper with you?My phone number is:

0-9-8-2-3-4-7-9-6

Thank youvery much

Nuria: Yes, I think she does. I’m going togive you my number just in case.Do you have a pen and a piece ofpaper with you?

Nuria: Sí, creo que lo tiene. De todas manerasle voy a dar mi número de teléfono.¿Tiene bolígrafo y papel?

Alicia: Yes, I do.Alicia: Sí.

Nuria: My phone number is: 0-9-8-2-3-4-7-9-6.Nuria: Mi número de teléfono es: 098 23 47 96.

Alicia: OK, she’ll call you back later.Alicia: Vale, ya la llamará ella más tarde.

Nuria: Thank you very much.Nuria: Muchas gracias.

Alicia: You are welcome.Alicia: De nada.

Is that Teresa?

This is Nuria

Yes, please. Couldyou tell her that I

called?

1.-ON THE PHONE(AL TELÉFONO)


Who’s calling?

She isn’t here atmoment. Do youwant to leave a

message?

Does she have yourphone number?

Yes, I do

OK, she’ll call youback later

You are welcome

4

-41-

1.-DAYS OF THE WEEK(DÍAS DE LA SEMANA)

2.-SEASONS OF THE YEAR(ESTACIONES DEL AÑO)

3.-MONTHS OF THE YEAR(MESES DEL AÑO)

English Spanish

January enero

February febrero

March marzo

April abril

May mayo

June junio

July julio

August agosto

September septiembre

October octubre

November noviembre

December diciembre

spring summer

autumn/ fall winter

English Spanish

Monday lunes

Tuesday martes

Wednesday miércoles

Thursday jueves

Friday viernes

Saturday sábado

Sunday domingo


En inglés, a diferencia de lo que ocurre enespañol, los días de la semana y los meses delaño reciben el tratamiento que se da a losnombres propios, es decir, la inicial de cada unode ellos siempre aparece en mayúscula:

Examples:

4.-DATES(FECHAS)

What is the date today?What’s the date today?

5.-CARDINAL NUMBERS III (101-2.000.000)(NÚMEROS CARDINALES III [101-2.000.000])

101 one hundred and one102 one hundred and two103 one hundred and three110 one hundred and ten125 one hundred and twenty-five130 one hundred and thirty

Today is theToday’s the

(AmE)

January

the

first

of

2000

Febrary second 2001

March third 2002

April fourth 2003

... ... ...

Today is theToday’s the

(BrE)

first

of

January

of

2000

second Febrary 2001

third March 2002

fourth April 2003

... ... ...

Spanish

El tercer día de la semana es miércoles.

El último mes del año es diciembre.

English

The third day of the week is Wednesday.

The last month of the year is December.

4

-42-

145 one hundred and forty-five150 one hundred and fifty165 one hundred and sixty-five170 one hundred and seventy185 one hundred and eighty-five190 one hundred and ninety200 two hundred

1 000 one thousand1 100 one thousand and a hundred1 101 one thousand one hundred and one10 000 ten thousand100 000 one hundred thousand1 000 000 one million2 000 000 two million

Nótese que en inglés entre la decena y launidad (“forty-five”, ‘cuarenta y cinco’) no seemplea la conjunción "and" (‘y’) como ocurre enespañol. También hay que tener en cuenta quedespués de “million”, "thousand" y "hundred"los números inferiores a cien deben irprecedidos por la conjunción "and" (1 304, "onethousand three hundred and four").

"Million", "thousand" y "hundred" soninvariables, es decir, aparecen siempre en singularaunque su traducción en español pueda ser plural.Sin embargo, sí que tienen forma de plural cuandose utilizan como sustantivos:

R E A D I N G C O M P R E H E N S I O N1.-HOLIDAYS(VACACIONES)

In Great Britain, Ireland and the United Statesof America there are quite a few importantholidays. Families get together to celebrate theseimportant holidays. The 25th of December isChristmas and the 31st of the same month NewYear's Eve. On St. Valentine's Day (14th ofFebruary) some men give roses and presents totheir girlfriends or wifes

In Ireland people celebrate St. Patrick's Day onthe 17th of March, for Irish people it is the biggestparty.

People don't work in bank holidays, Easter andMother's and Father's Day. The date of theseholidays changes every year. The most importantdates in Easter are: Festival of Passover, GoodFriday, Easter Day and Easter Monday.

In the United States of America peoplecelebrate the Independence Day on the 4th ofJuly and Thanksgiving Day in November.


English Spanish

Are there many books here? ¿Hay muchos libros aquí?

Yes, there are several hundreds. Sí, hay varios centenares.

Examples:

1) What do people celebrate on the 25th of

December?

2) What is the biggest party for Irish people?

3) What are the most important dates at Easter?

4

-43-


1.-WEAPONS, SPECIALITIES AND ASSIGNMENTS(ARMAS, ESPECIALIDADES Y DESTINOS)

English Spanish

light infantry infantería ligera

field artillery artillería de campaña

antiaircraft artillery artillería antiaérea

cavalry caballería

engineers ingenieros

sappers zapadores

signals/ communications transmisiones

recognisance reconocimiento

logistics logística

transportation transporte

electronic warfare guerra electrónica

army aviation FAMET (helicópteros del E.T.)

technical branch especialidad técnica

maintenance team equipo de mantenimiento

supply unit unidad de abastecimiento

special operations operaciones especiales

parachutist paracaidista

Spanish Legion Legión Española

airborne operation operación aerotransportada

combat diver buceador de combate

APC(Armo(u)red Personnel Carrier)

BMR(transporte de personal)

mechanised infantry infantería mecanizada

motorised unit unidad motorizada

armoured acorazado

military police policía militar

bugle corneta [objeto]

bugler corneta [persona]

vehicle vehículo

light infantry

field artillery

cavalry

engineers

communications

army aviation

APC

parachutists

vehicle

special operations

Spanish Legion

4

-44-


Full Corporal: What’s your branch, Ramírez?Cabo Primero ¿Cuál es tu especialidad, Ramírez?

Corporal: Light Infantry, Sir. I’m posted inthe 3rd Rifle Company.

Cabo: Infantería Ligera, mi Primero. Estoydestinado en la 3ª Compañía de Fusiles.

Full Corporal: I need a driver for this recoverytruck.

Cabo Primero: Necesito un conductor para estecamión grúa.

Corporal: I’m sorry, Sir, I don´t have thedriving license.

Cabo: Lo siento, mi Primero, no tengo elcarnet de conducir.

Full Corporal: Don’t worry, I’ll look for a driver inthe Headquarters Company.

Cabo Primero: No te preocupes, buscaré a un conductoren la Compañía del Cuartel General.

Corporal: Certainly, I should apply for thedriving course.

Cabo: La verdad es que debería solicitar elcurso de conducción.

Light Infantry, Sir.I’m posted in the

3rd Rifle Company

E X E R C I S E S

1) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USINGSUPERIORITY COMPARATIVES.

a) (tall) Peter is taller than John.

b) (happy) Sally is _____ than her sister.

c) (difficult) This exam is _____ than the previous one.

d) (good) My teacher is _____ than yours.

e) (easy) This exercise is _____ than last one.

f) (cheap) In this shop this book is _____.

g) (bad) This year my grades are _____ than theyear before.

h) (old) I am four years _____ than you.

2) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USING THESUPERLATIVE FORM OF THE ADJECTIVES.

a) (good) Only you is the best song in the historyof music.

b) (old) My ______ brother is already married.

c) (intelligent) William is the ______ person in his class.

d) (strong) Peter is the ______ person in thisbase.

e) (pretty) Sally is the ______ girl in this town.

f) (brilliant) Shakespeare is the ______ writer ofEnglish literature.

g) (rich) Bill Gates is the ______ on earth.

h) (thin) Anna is the ______ girl in her class.

i) hot) August is the ______ month of the year.

What’s yourbranch, Ramírez?

I need a driver forthis recovery truck

I’m sorry, Sir, I don’thave the driving license

Don’t worry, I’ll look for adriver in the

Headquarters Company

Certainly, I shouldapply for the driving

course

4

-45-

3) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USINGINFERIORITY COMPARATIVES.

a) (clever) Julian is less clever than you.

b) (happy) I am sure Judith is ______ than Mary.

c) (angry) This morning I am ______ than yesterday.

d) (beautiful) Pekin is ______ than Tokyo.

e) (blue) The sky in England is ______ than in Spain.

f) (cold) April is ______ than January.

g) (clear) Things seem to be ______ with this book.

h) (clean) Jodie is ________than Mary.

4) FILL THE BOXES WITH THE SUITABLE FORM OF THEFOLLOWING ADJECTIVES.

5) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH AN ADVERB.

a) (aquí) The prices here are very expensive.

b) (después) We'll go to the party ______ the cinema.

c) (temprano) We have to get up ______ in themorning to go to work.

d) (casi) It is ______ two o'clock.

e) (lejos) Don't go too ______! We are havinglunch in half an hour.

f) (fuera) There were lots of people ______ of the building!

g) (tarde) Last night I went to bed very ______.

Positive Comparative Superlative

hot hotter hottest

good

least

older

beautiful

worst

green greenest

dirtier

small

6) FILL EACH OF THE BOXES OF COLUMN B BYINSERTING THE NAMES OF THE MONTHS. ANSWERTHE QUESTIONS ACCORDING TO THE INFORMATIONSHOWN IN COLUMN C.

a) When is Peter's wedding?a) Peter’s wedding is in September.

b) When is your birthday? b) ____________________________.

c) When is Julian's birthday?c) ____________________________.

d) When does Spring begin? d) ____________________________.

e) When is William's interview?e) ____________________________.

f) When does summer begin? f) ____________________________.

g) When are Sally's holidays?g) ____________________________.

A B C

1st month of the year January

5th month of the year William's interview

11th month of the year

3rd month of the year Spring begins


4th month of the year Sally's holidays

2nd month of the year

6th month of the year Summer begins

9th month of the year Peter's wedding



7th month of the year Julian's birthday

4

-46-

7) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING BOXES WITH THE CORRESPONDING NAME OFMONTH AND/OR SEASON.

8) MATCH WORDS 1) TO 10) WITH WORDS A) TO J).


1) technical branch a) equipo de mantenimiento

2) APC (Armo(u)red Personnel Carrier) b) Logística

3) maintenance team c) operaciones especiales

4) cavalry d) unidad motorizada

5) special operations e) FAMET (helicópteros del ET)

6) parachutist f) especialidad técnica

7) logistics g) acorazado

8) motorised unit h) caballería

9) armoured i) transporte de personal (BMR)

10) army aviation j) paracaidista

SPRINGMarch

September

November

SUMMERJune

December

5

UNIT 5UNIT 5

-47-

G R A M M A R

1.-THE ADVERB II(EL ADVERBIO II)

1.1.-“-LY” ENDING ADVERBS(ADVERBIOS TERMINADOS EN “-LY”)

La mayor parte de los adverbios de modo yde cantidad derivan de los adjetivoscalificativos y participios pasados. La mayoríade estos adverbios terminan en “-ly”,equivalente a la terminación española “-mente”.Para formar adverbios, se añade “-y” a losadjetivos que terminan en “-ll”; los adjetivos queterminan en “-le” cambian la “e” por una “y”, asícomo los que terminan en “-ue” pierden la “e”antes de tomar la terminación “-ly”.

Sin embargo hay adjetivos que no tienen quesufrir modificación alguna para funcionar comoadverbios:

Examples:

*Nótese que el adverbio “hard”, parareferirse a “duramente” no añade la terminación“-ly”, ya que cambiaría su significado por el de‘apenas’.

2.-ADVERB DEGREES(GRADOS DEL ADVERBIO)

Los adverbios en inglés, al igual que losadjetivos calificativos, admiten los grados decomparación. Los monosílabos y algunosbisílabos forman el comparativo añadiendo laterminación “-er”, y el superlativo, añadiendo laterminación “-est”.

Los polisílabos, categoría donde se incluyencasi todos los adverbios terminados en “-ly”,forman el comparativo anteponiendo eladverbio de cantidad “more” al adverbiocomparado y colocando inmediatamentedespués de éste la conjunción “than”. El gradosuperlativo se consigue anteponiendo “themost” al adverbio.

Examples:

English

I believe most honestly and strongly that...

Spanish

Creo de la manera más honesta y firme que...

English

He works harder than Mary.

Spanish

Trabaja más duro que Mary.

English

Yesterday I ate sooner than last week.

Spanish

Ayer comí más temprano que la semana pasada.

English Spanish

proud/ proudly orgulloso/ orgullosamente

full/ fully completo/ completamente

noble/ nobly noble/ noblemente

true/ truly verdad/ verdaderamente

friendly/ friendly amistoso/ amistosamente

daily/ daily diario/ diariamente

hard/ hard* duro/ duramente

5

-48-

3.-IRREGULAR FORMS(FORMAS IRREGULARES)

Algunos adverbios forman el comparativo yel superlativo de manera irregular:

Examples:

Nótese que “far” puede ser tanto adjetivocalificativo como adverbio. En el primersupuesto (adjetivo), forma el comparativo en“farther” y el superlativo en “farthest”. En elsegundo supuesto (adverbio), forma elcomparativo y superlativo como se muestra enlos ejemplos.

4.-ADVERBIAL PHRASES(LOCUCIONES ADVERBIALES)

Algunas de las locuciones adverbiales máscomunes en inglés son:

English Spanish

last night anoche, ayer noche

at nightin the night

por la nochede noche

a week ago hace una semana

two days ago hace dos días

in the day timeby day

de díadurante el día

at noon a mediodíaal mediodía

English Spanish

this

morning esta mañana

afternoon esta tarde

evening esta noche

in the

morning por la mañana

afternoon por la tarde

evening por la noche

tomorrow

morning mañana por la mañana

afternoon mañana por la tarde

evening mañana por la noche

yesterday

morning ayer por la mañana

afternoon ayer por la tarde

evening ayer por la noche

ADVERB DEGREES (IRREGULAR)Spanish


bien mejor lo mejoróptimamente

mal peor lo peorpésimamente

poco menos lo menoslo mínimo

mucho más lo máslo máximo

lejos más lejos lo más lejos

ADVERB DEGREES (IRREGULAR)English


well better the best

badly worse the worst

little less the least

much more the most

far further the furthest

ADVERB DEGREESSpanish


prudentemente másprudentemente

lo másprudentemente

fácilmente más fácilmente lo másfácilmente

tarde más tarde lo más tarde

cerca más cerca lo más cerca

ADVERB DEGREESEnglish


wisely more wisely the most wisely

easily more easily the most easily

late later the latest

near nearer the nearest

-49-

5


Travel agent: Good morning! Can I help you?Agente: ¡Buenos días! ¿Puedo ayudarle?Customer: Yes, please. I’d like to know if

there are any seats on the firstplane tomorrow to London.

Cliente: Sí, por favor. Me gustaría saber sihay alguna plaza en el primer aviónde mañana a Londres.

Travel agent: Let me check on the computer, thereare seats available. Would you likesmoking or non-smoking?

Agente: Déjeme comprobarlo en el ordenador,hay plazas disponibles. ¿Prefierefumador o no fumador?

Customer: I prefer non-smoking and, if it’spossible, a window.

Cliente: Prefiero no fumador, y, si es posible,ventana.

Travel agent: I’m afraid there are no windowsavailable.

Agente: Me temo que no hay ventanas disponibles.Customer: OK, an aisle will do.Cliente: Bueno, me conformaré con el pasillo.

Travel agent: Can you give me your forenameand surname?

Agente: ¿Me puede dar su nombre y apellido?Customer: Teresa Smith. At what time does

the plane leave?Cliente: Teresa Smith. ¿A qué hora sale el

avión?Travel agent: At nine a.m., but you should be at the

airport at least one hour before take-off.Agente: Alas nueve de la mañana, pero tiene que

estar en el aeropuerto al menos una horaantes del despegue.

Customer: Thank you very much.Cliente: Muchas gracias.Travel agent: You are welcome.Agente: De nada.

Customer: Is there still a long way to go?Cliente: ¿Falta mucho para llegar?

Air hostess: No, just ten minutes. Are you feeling OK?Azafata: No, tan sólo diez minutos. ¿Se siente bien?

Customer: I’m feeling a bit sick.Cliente: Me siento un poco mareado.

Air hostess: Do you want a sick bag?Azafata: ¿Quiere una bolsa para el mareo?

Customer: No, thank you.Cliente: No, gracias.

Air hostess: The plane is landing now, you willfeel better in a few minutes.

Azafata: El avión esta aterrizando ahora, sesentirá mejor en unos minutos.

2..-ON THE PLANE(EN EL AVIÓN)

1.-AT THE TRAVEL AGENCY(EN LA AGENCIA DE VIAJES)

Good morning!Can I help you?

Yes, please. I’d like toknow if there are any

seats on the first planetomorrow to London

Let me check on the computer,there are seats available. Would

you like smoking or non smoking?

I prefer non-smoking and,if it’s possible, a window

I’m afraid there are nowindows available

OK, an aisle will do

Can you give me yourforename and surname? Teresa Smith. At what

time does the planeleave?

At nine a.m., but you shouldbe at the airport at least one

hour before take-off

Thank you very much

You are welcome

Is there still a longway to go? No, just ten minutes.

Are you feeling OK?

I’m feeling a bit sick Do you want asick bag?

No, thank you The plane is landing now,you will feel better in a

few minutes

5

-50-

2.-WEATHER PHENOMENA AND NATURAL CATASTROPHES(FENÓMENOS METEOROLÓGICOS Y CATÁSTROFES NATURALES)

English Spanish

What is the weather like? ¿qué tiempo hace?

rain lluvia

snow nieve

fog niebla

storm tormenta

wind viento

cloud nube

sun sol

tornado tornado

hurricane huracán

drought sequía

seaquake maremoto

earthquake terremoto

fire incendio


happy sad angry

English Spanishhappy contentosad tristetired cansadoexhausted exhaustohungry hambrientothirsty sedientoawake despiertoasleep dormidonervous nerviososurprised sorprendidointerested interesadoangry enfadadoscared asustadorelaxed relajadocalm calmadoterrified aterrorizado

1.-MOODS(ESTADOS DE ÁNIMO)

nervous scared surprised

snowy

cloudy

English Spanish

He makes me feel happy when I’m sad. (Él) me hace feliz cuando estoy triste.

I’m usually nervous before an exam. Normalmente me pongo nervioso antes de un examen.

She gets scared when she sees a big dog. (Ella) se asusta cuando ve un perro grande.

Examples:

-51-

5R E A D I N G C O M P R E H E N S I O N1.-EL NIÑO AND LA NIÑA(EL NIÑO Y LA NIÑA)

El Niño takes place in 1997-98. Peruvianfishermen call this phenomenon El Niño -theSpanish name for Christ child- because theseeffects on the Pacific Ocean occur aroundChristmas.

It is considered* extremely severe when itcauses drought in one country and rampantfloodings, in another.

Other phenomena** observed with El Niño’sappearance include forest fires in Indonesia. Thesefires create a cloud of smoke that chokes 20 millionpeople and affect Southeast Asian cities. InAustralia it causes droughts and bush fires.

In the late 1998, an episode of La Niña -acooling of those same tropical Pacific waters-changes the weather conditions. Opposite toEl Niño, droughts occur in areas drenched byEl Niño***.

Climate historians speculate that manysignificant events are linked**** to El Niño.

* Se considera.** “Phenomena” es la forma de plural de “phenomenon”.*** En zonas inundadas por El Niño.**** Están relacionados.


English Spanish

rain lloversnow nevarfreeze helarshine brillarit’s rainy/ it’s raining está lluvioso/ lloviendoit rains llueveit’s snowy/ it’s snowing está nevado/ nevandoit snows nievait’s foggy hay nieblait’s stormy hay tormentait’s windy hace vientoit’s cloudy está nubladoit’s frozen/ freezing está helado/ helandoit’s sunny hace solit’s cold hace fríoit’s hot hace calor

foggy

freezing

English SpanishWhen it rains I always bring my umbrella. Cuando llueve siempre llevo mi paraguas.Lots of people died in the earthquake. Mucha gente murió en el terremoto.

Examples:

1) Why do Peruvian fishermen call thisphenomenon El Niño?

2) What are the consequences of forest fires?

3) What is the name of the oppositephenomenon to El Niño?

4) What does La Niña consist of?

5

-52-


1.-THE UNIFORM(EL UNIFORME)


English Spanishgarrison cap gorra cuarteleraservice cap gorra (tb gorro) de bonitotab hombrerabadge parche, emblemafatigue uniform uniforme de faenaboots botascombat harness correaje de combatebelt cinturónbuckle hebilla del cinturóndress uniform uniforme de paseohelmet cascoberet boinaholster pistolerachinstrap barbuquejoflak jacket chaleco antifragmentaciónmat esterillacombat pack mochila de combatecompass brújulamagazine pouch cartuchera del correajecanteen cantimploraponcho ponchoname tag tirilla del nombreoverall monojumper jerseyfield jacket

chaquetónparka

Private: These boots are very big for me.Soldado: Estas botas son muy grandes para mí.

Private: Tell the Full Corporal about it, he’llchange them for you.

Soldado: Díselo al Cabo Primero, te las cambiará.

Private: What’s your size?Soldado: ¿Qué número calzas?

Private: Normally, 8 ½.Soldado: Normalmente, el 42.

Private: I need a size 10. I’m going to tell theFull Corporal about it.

Soldado: Necesito el número 44. Voy a decírselo alCabo Primero.

Private: That’s OK, he may solve yourproblem.

Soldado: Muy bien, el Cabo Primero te puedesolucionar el problema.

These boots arevery big for me

Tell the Full Corporalabout it, he’ll change

them for you

What’s yoursize?

Normally,8 1/2

I need a size 10. I’mgoing to tell the Full

Corporal about it

That’s OK,He may solveyour problem

beret

canteen

tabs

garrison cap

combat pack

-53-

5

E X E R C I S E S

1) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTINGTHE SUITABLE ADVERB IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEADJECTIVES IN BRACKETS.

a) (unfortunate) Unfortunately this year we don’thave holidays.

b) (former) Do you know him ______?c) (frequent) Lebanon is more ______

associated with civil war.d) (perfect) I understand the book ______ well.e) (cheap) The trip is done ______.f) (easy) These exercises are ______ done.g) (serious) I am ______ telling you that you

must stay here.h) (real) He is ______ a good doctor.

2) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTING THECOMPARATIVE FORM OF THE ADVERBS IN BRACKETS.

a) (far) I went as far as the house, not further.

b) (late) Six years ______ he got married.

c) (long) Today the palace is no ______ a royalinstitution.

d) (near) Madrid is ______ Barcelona than London.

e) (wise) Nowadays things are done ______ thanyears before.

f) (well) Today she is well but tomorrow shewill be ______.

g) (little) No ______ than 50 people came to the party.

3) FILL THE BOX BY INSERTING THE SUITABLE FORMSOF THE FOLLOWING ADVERBS.


a) late later latest

b) far

c) recently

d) near

e) well

f) easily

g) little

h) badly

i) early

j) soon

4) MATCH WORDS 1) TO 9) WITH WORDS A) TO I).


1) in the morning(s) / afternoon/ evening a) ayer noche / anoche

2) this morning / afternoon / evening b) ayer por la mañana / tarde / noche

3) yesterday morning / afternoon / evening c) a /al mediodía

4) tomorrow morning / afternoon / evening d) de día / durante el día

5) last night e) esta mañana / tarde / noche

6) in the night / at night f) por la(s) mañana(s) / tarde / noche

7) a week ago / last week g) por la noche

8) in the day time / by day h) mañana por la mañana / tarde / noche

9) at noon i) hace una semana

5

-54-

5) FILL THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTING THETRANSLATION INTO ENGLISH OF THE ADVERBS INBRACKETS.

a) (ayer noche) I could not sleep last night.

b) (esta mañana) _______ I got up at 8 o’clock.

c) (mediodía) In Great Britain people eat _______.

d) (la semana pasada) I went to Málaga _______.

e) (durante el día) I study _______ from Mondayto Friday.

f) (ayer por la mañana) _______ we went tothe beach.

g) (esta tarde) _______ there is a good film on tv.

h) (mañana por la noche) _______ I work in thatold pub.

6) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BYINSERTING THE SUITABLE STATE OF MIND.

a) When I won the prize I was very happy.

b) I want to drink, I am __________.

c) Before an exam I get very __________.

d) At 8 o’clock I am still __________.

e) After working for ten hours I was __________or __________.

f) I want to learn lots of things about Biology, Iam quite __________ in that subject.

g) When I am in dark places I get __________.

h) When I heard the bad news I was__________.

7) TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH THE FOLLOWINGSENTENCES.

a) En invierno nieva.a) In winter it snows.

b) En verano hace calor.b) ____________________________.

c) Llueve.c) ____________________________.

d) Hace un día nublado.d) ____________________________.

e) ¿Qué tiempo hace?e) ____________________________.

f) El sol brilla.f) ____________________________.



1) uniform a) cinturón

2) garrison cap b) uniforme de faena

3) belt c) brújula

4) chinstrap d) uniforme

5) fatigue uniform e) gorra cuartelera

6) combat harness f) correaje de combate

7) overall g) barbuquejo

8) compass h) mono

REVIEWREVIEW

-55-

RE

VIE

W

1) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH ASUITABLE WORD.

a) Hello. What ______ ______ name?

b) My ______ ______ Henry.

c) How old ______ ______?

d) ______ ______ twenty ______ old. And ______?

e) ______ ______ twenty-two ______ old.

f) What is ______ telephone ______?

g) It ______ 063 14 86 25.

2) REWRITE THE FOLLOWING CARDINAL NUMBERSBY USING WORDS.

a) 18 eighteen

b) 13 ____________________

c) 17 ____________________

d) 19 ____________________

e) 28 ____________________

f) 23 ____________________

g) 30 ____________________

h) 25 ____________________

3) TRANSLATE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES INTOSPANISH.

a) My oldest brother's name is John.a) Mi hermano mayor se llama John.

b) My grandmother is a lot older than my father.b) ______________________________.

c) What time is it? It is half past five.c) ______________________________.

d) Unfortunately my cousin is not here.d) ______________________________.

e) On fridays I have breakfast in my cousin's bar. e) ______________________________.

4) REWRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USINGPOSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.

a) Sally's computer.a) The computer is hers.

b) My text book.b) ______________________________.

c) Your walkman.c) ______________________________.

d) My dog and your dog.d) ______________________________.

e) Paul's cat.e) ______________________________.

f) Anne and Peter's novel.f) ______________________________.

5) WHAT TIME IS IT?

a) 13:45 It is a quarter to two.

b) 17:20 _________________________.

c) 18:15 _________________________.

d) 20:30 _________________________.

e) 00:00 _________________________.

f) 08:35 _________________________.

g) 10:05 _________________________.

6) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTING"THIS", "THESE", "THAT" OR "THOSE".

a) (Estas) These chairs are Paul's.

b) I am talking to (este) ______ boy.

c) (Esa) ______ house is very beautiful.

d) I don't like (aquellos) ______ boys.

e) (Este) ______ dog lives in a kennel.

f) (Estas) ______ letters are not for you.

g) (Aquella) ______ giraffe is very tall.

h) (Ese) ______ computer is very expensive.

REVIEW FROM UNIT 1 TO UNIT 5

-56-

RE

VIE

W

7) WHAT IS THE PLURAL FORM OF THE FOLLOWING WORDS?

a) business businessesb) orange ________________c) class ________________d) watch ________________e) duty ________________f) hero ________________g) day ________________h) person ________________i) catch ________________j) wolf ________________k) fuss ________________l) glory ________________m) fax ________________n) city ________________o) knife ________________p) tornado ________________q) tooth ________________r) fly ________________

8) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTINGTHE PLURAL OF THE NOUNS IN BRACKETS.

a) (strawberry) Do you like strawberries?

b) (child) My _______ are all grown up.

c) (fox, goose, cat, mouse) _______ catch_______ and _______ catch _______.

d) (foot) My _______ hurt from walking.

e) (tomato) We are growing _______ in ourgarden.

f) (man, woman) _______ come from Mars,_______ from Venus.

g) (book, box) I have all my _______ packed in_______.

h) (city) New York is one of the most fascinating_______ in the world.

i) (ring) Suzanne always wears beautiful _______.

j) (tree, leaf) In winter most _______ lose their_______.

9) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USINGTHE SUITABLE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE.

a) This is (1st sg) my car.

b) (3rd pl) _____ books are very long.

c) (2nd sg) _____ suitcase is very heavy.

d) (1st pl) _____ computers are very expensive.

e) (3rd sg masc) _____ mobile phone takespictures.

f) (2nd pl) _____ dictionaries are bilingual.

g) (3rd sg fem) _____ skirt is too short.

h) (3rd sg neutral)In the long run, _____ effectsare very dangerous.

10) MAKE SENTENCES BY USING THE FOLLOWINGWORDS.

a) your /than /am /I /brother /tallera) I am taller than your brother.

b) brother /uncle /my /My /is /mother'sb) ______________________________.

c) Physics /better /are /me /than /You /atc) ______________________________.

d) summer /colder /is /much /Winter /thand) ______________________________.

e) not /boots /mine /These /aree) ______________________________.

f) for /I /eggs /have /breakfastf) ______________________________.

g) a /dinner /at /past /quarter /I /seven /haveg) ______________________________.

h) hers /is /My /not /bookh) ______________________________.

i) my /brother's /sister-in-law /My /wife /isi) ______________________________.

-57-

RE

VIE

W

11) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH ASUITABLE WORD FROM THE BOX.

a) I have lunch at _____ past one.

b) I am not _____ in that subject.

c) I am _____. I need to drink.

d) She is so _____ that she doesn't talk to anyone.

e) _____ begins in March and summer in _____.

f) The sky is _____ and roses are _____.

g) The _____ of _____ is a very important datefor Americans.

12) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS ACCORDINGTO THE FAMILY RELATIONSHIP.

a) My wife's mother is my mother-in-law.

b) My sister's husband is my ______.

c) My brother's daughter is my ______.

d) My daughter's son is my ______.

e) My daughter's husband is my ______.

f) My sister's son is my ______.

g) My father's mother is my ______.

h) My son's daughter is my ______.

i) My brother's wife is my ______.

j) My son's wife is my ______.

k) My wife's father is my ______.

l) My daughter's sons and daughters are my ______.

13) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USING ANINDEFINITE ("A", "AN") ARTICLE.

a) I have to call an ambulance. Peter is very ill.

b) _____ chair is _____ place to sit.

c) Is there _____ book on the floor?

d) I ate* _____ hour ago.

e) My uncle has _____ eagle in his house.

f) That man is _____ teacher.

g) In case of _____ emergency call the police.

h) Please, don't wear _____ skirt for the meeting.

*comí

14) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USINGTHE COMPARATIVE OF SUPERIORTY OF THEADJECTIVES IN BRACKETS.

a) (near) This year I live nearer university thanthe year before.

b) (clear) Things are much _____ now to me.

c) (happy) I couldn't be _____ than now.

d) (good) Things are getting _____.

e) (interesting) The old films are _____ than thenew ones.

f) (strong) My father is _____ than me.

g) (busy) I am a lot _____ with my new job.

h) (fat) Eating chocolate makes me _____.

15) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USING THESUPERLATIVE FORM OF THE ADJECTIVES IN BRACKETS.

a) (expensive) John has the most expensive carin Barcelona.

b) (rich) Julia Roberts is the ______ actress onearth.

c) (cold) This is the ______ day I can remember.d) (bad) Paul is the ______ student in his class.e) (wise) My grandfather is the ______ person I

have ever seen*.f) (hot) Brazil is the ______ country.g) (old) Julian is the ______ brother.h) (good) Gone with the wind is the ______ film I

have ever seen*.i) (easy) This is the ______ exercise.

*jamás haya visto.

16) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BYINSERTING THE COMPARATIVE OF SUPERIORITY OFTHE FOLLOWING ADVERBS.

a) (soon) This year the crop will be harvestedsooner than the year before.

b) (late) I call you ______.

c) (little) Now I have to eat ______ than beforebecause I suffered a heart attack.

d) (early) I talked to him ______ this morning.

e) (well) I know her ______ than you might think.

f) (far) Children are not allowed to go ______ themain door.

g) (long) Margaret Thatcher is no ______ theUnited Kingdom's Prime Minister.

h) (badly) The report was ______ written thanexpected.

Angry blue interested thirsty lunch June

Fourth drink July half red Spring

6

UNIT 6UNIT 6

-59-

G R A M M A R

1.“THERE IS” AND“THEREARE” SENTENCESANDPARTITIVES(IMPERSONALES CON “THERE IS” Y “THERE ARE” Y PARTITIVOS)

1.1. “THERE IS” AND “THERE ARE” SENTENCES(ORACIONES CON “THERE IS” Y “THERE ARE”)

Algunas de las oraciones impersonales enpresente, que en español se forman con “hay” seconstruyen en inglés utilizando “there is” (parahacer referencia a la existencia de un objeto, ser,etc.) o “there are” (para hacer referencia a laexistencia de más de un objeto, ser, etc.), en inglés,a diferencia de lo que ocurre en español, el verbode estas oraciones concuerda con el sujeto. Enespañol, sin embargo, se utiliza una misma formaverbal (“hay”) para referirse a la existencia tanto deuno como de varios objetos, seres, fenómenos, etc.

Las oraciones interrogativas se construyenanteponiendo la forma verbal “is” o “are” a“there” y a continuación se colocan el sujeto ylos complementos si los hubiera.

Examples:

1.2.-THE USE OF “SOME”(EL USO DE “SOME”)

“Some” equivale en español a “algo”, “un pocode”, “una pequeña cantidad de”, “algún”,“alguno(s)” “alguna(s)” o cualquier otra expresiónque transmita la idea de partición indeterminada.

Examples:

En español es muy frecuente omitir laspalabras que expresan partición, sin embargo,en inglés es muy frecuente el uso de “some”para expresar esta idea; por lo tanto, en muchasocasiones cuando en inglés se usa “some” enespañol no se usa ningún tipo de partículapartitiva.

English Spanish

I shall take some wine. Tomaré vino.

Give me some bread. Dame pan.

English

He gave some credit to him.

Spanish

Le dio algún crédito.

English

Pay me some attention.

Spanish

Présteme un poco de atención.

English

I have some friends at school.

Spanish

Tengo algunos amigos en el colegio.

English

There are some children in the house.

Spanish

Hay algunos niños en la casa.

Simple presentEnglish

Singular Plural

Affirmative There is a boy. There are five boys.

Negative There isn’t any boy. There aren’t five boys.

Question Is there any boy? Are there five boys?

6

-60-

El uso de “some” suele restringirse a lasoraciones afirmativas, sin embargo, tambiénpuede utilizarse en oraciones interrogativascuando se espera una respuesta afirmativa,como por ejemplo cuando se ofrece algunacosa, especialmente si la preguntainterrogativa se formula de forma negativa.

Examples:

1.3.-THE USE OF “ANY”(EL USO DE “ANY”)

“Any”, al igual que “some”, es un términopartitivo en inglés. “Any” se emplea enoraciones negativas e interrogativas. Enespañol “any” puede traducirse por “ningún”,“ninguno(s)”, “ninguna(s)”, “algún”, “alguno(s)”o “alguna(s)”.

Examples:

Al igual que con “some”, puede que en latraducción hacia el español de una oración enla que se emplee “any”, esta partícula no setraduzca por nada.

Examples:

.

Asimismo, “any” puede emplearse enoraciones afirmativas, pero entonces susignificado difiere del de “some” y debetraducirse por “cualquier(a)”.

Examples:

Por lo tanto, después de explicar los usos de“some” y “any”, podemos deducir que larespuesta afirmativa a una oración interrogativaen la que se use “any” hará uso de “some”.

English Spanish

Have you got any sister? ¿Tienes alguna hermana?

Yes, I have got some. Si, tengo (algunas).

English It’s true, ask any doctor.

Spanish Es cierto, pregúntale a cualquier médico.

English Any upset could kill him.

Spanish Cualquier disgusto podría matarlo.

English Any day the war coud break out.

Spanish Cualquier día la guerra podría estallar.

English Do you need any help?

Spanish ¿Necesitas ayuda?

English

I don’t have any brother.

Spanish

No tengo ningún hermano.

English

Is there any teacher in the garden?

Spanish

¿Hay algún profesor en el jardín?

English

There aren’t any cats in the kennel.

Spanish

No hay ningún gato en la perrera.

English Won’t you take some time to think aboutthe matter?

Spanish ¿No vas a tomarte algo de tiempo parapensar sobre el asunto?

English Won’t you take some more tea?

Spanish ¿No vas a tomar algo más de té?

-61-

6

2.-QUANTITIES(CANTIDADES)

A continuación vamos a ver algunosejemplos de las expresiones de cantidad máscomunes en inglés:

Examples:

Muchos términos ingleses que hacenreferencia a comidas son incontables, sinembargo los envases que las contienen soncontables.

Examples:

2.1.-THE USE OF “TOO”, “TOO MUCH”, “TOO MANY”,“ENOUGH”, “NOT ENOUGH”

(EL USO DE “TOO”, “TOO MUCH”, “TOO MANY”, “ENOUGH”,“NOT ENOUGH”)

Para expresar la idea de que hay algo enexceso utilizaremos este tipo construcciones:

Examples:

Nótese que, frecuentemente, las connotacionesde este tipo de oraciones son negativas ya queexpresan una queja por ese exceso:

Examples:

“Enough” se escribe después del adjetivopero antes del sustantivo y expresa la idea desuficiencia, de tener todo lo que uno necesita.

Examples:

English My screen is too small.I’d like a bigger one.

Spanish Mi pantalla es demasiado pequeña.Me gustaría una más grande.

English My house is too big.I’d like a smaller one.

Spanish Mi casa es demasiado grande.Me gustaría una más pequeña.

English I don´t want to go out. I’m too tired.

Spanish No quiero salir. Estoy demasiado cansado.

English I’m stressed. I’ve got too much work.

Spanish Estoy estresado. Tengo demasiado trabajo.

English There are too many chairs in this room.

Spanish Hay demasiadas sillas en esta habitación.

TOO+ adjetivo+ much + sustantivo incontable+ many + sustantivo contable

English How many bottles of water did they drink?

Spanish ¿Cuántas botellas de agua bebieron?

English How much water did they drink?

Spanish ¿Cuánta agua bebieron?

English How many apples do you have?

Spanish ¿Cuántas manzanas tienes?

English I have only got a few tapes.

Spanish Sólo tengo unas pocas cintas.

English They drank a lot of wine, not muchbeer, and very little lemonade.

Spanish Bebieron mucho vino, poca (no mucha)cerveza y muy poca limonada.

English Were there many people?

Spanish ¿Había muchas personas?

English How much money do you have?

Spanish ¿Cuánto dinero tienes?

English I have got a lot of books, but I haven´tgot many CD’s.

Spanish Tengo muchos libros, pero no tengomuchos compacts.

English I have much money.

Spanish Tengo mucho dinero.

English Was there much noise?

Spanish ¿Había mucho ruido?

English There are many people here.

Spanish Aquí hay mucha gente.

countable uncountable

largequantities

a lot(s) of(muchos/ as)

a lot(s) of(mucho/ a)

(not) many([no] muchos/ as)

(not) much([no] mucho/ a)

how many...?(¿cuántos/ as...?)

how much...?(¿cuánto/ a...?)

smallquantities

a few(pocos/ as)

a little(poco/a)

very few(muy pocos/ as)

very little(muy poco/ a)

6

-62-

Examples:

2.2.-“SOME”, “ANY” AND “NO” COMPOUNDS(INDEFINIDOS CON “SOME”, “ANY” Y “NO”)

Estos términos, como se ve, son compuestosde “any” y “some”, por lo tanto, se emplearánen frases negativas, afirmativas e interrogativas(de acuerdo con lo que se ha vistoanteriormente) con la función de pronombresindefinidos.

En inglés, al contrario que en español, no sedebe negar dos veces. Por lo tanto, se utilizanlos compuestos “anybody”, “anywhere” y“anything” cuando anteriormente se hanegado.

Examples:

Examples:

English Are you doing anything tonight?

Spanish ¿Vas a hacer algo esta noche?

English I met somebody interesting last night.

Spanish Anoche conocí a alguien interesante.

English Nobody turned up for the meeting.

Spanish Nadie apareció en la reunión.

English

There wasn’t anybody in the party.

There was nobody in the party.

Spanish

No había nadie en la fiesta.

English

They are trapped, they can’t go anywhere.

They are trapped, they can go nowhere.

Spanish

Están atrapados, no pueden ir a ninguna parte.

English

I can’t see anything with this fog.

I can see nothing with this fog.

Spanish

No puedo ver nada con esta niebla.

Negative and question

People anybody / anyonenadie, alguien, cualquier persona

Things anythingnada, algo, cualquier cosa

Places anywhereninguna parte, alguna parte, cualquier parte

Negative

People nobody / no onenadie

Things nothingnada

Places nowhereninguna parte

Affirmative

People somebody / someonealguien

Things somethingalgo

Places somewherealguna parte

English Have you got enough money?

Spanish ¿Tienes suficiente dinero?

English The table isn’t big enough for six people.

Spanish La mesa no es suficientemente grandepara seis personas.

English There isn’t enough food for everybody.

Spanish No hay suficiente comida para todos.

-63-

6


Receptionist: Good evening, ladies! Can I help you?Recepcionista: ¡Buenas noches, señoras! ¿Puedo

ayudarles en algo?

Customer: I’ve booked two single rooms forMrs. Smith and Mrs. Johnson.

Cliente: He reservado dos habitaciones individualesa nombre de la Sra. Smith y Sra. Johnson.

Receptionist: Let me check on the computer.That’s right. Would you like twosingle rooms with a bathroom?

Recepcionista: Déjeme comprobarlo en el ordenador.Sí, así es. ¿Quieren dos habitacionesindividuales con baño?

Customer: Yes, please.Cliente: Sí, por favor.

Receptionist: How long are you going to stay atthis hotel for? Would you like half orfull board?

Recepcionista: ¿Cuánto tiempo van a quedarse en este hotel?¿Quieren media pensión o pensión completa?

Customer: We’re just going to stay at this hotel fortwo days. We’d like to have half board.

Cliente: Tan sólo vamos a quedarnos en este hoteldos días. Preferimos media pensión.

Receptionist: May I see your passports, please?Recepcionista: ¿Me pueden enseñar sus pasaportes,

por favor?

Customer: Of course, here you are.Cliente: Por supuesto, aquí los tiene.

Customer: Do we have to fill in any form?Cliente: ¿Tenemos que rellenar alguna hoja de

registro de entrada?

Receptionist: No, I’ll do it for you.Recepcionista: No, lo haré yo por ustedes.

Customer: Thank you very much.Cliente: Muchas gracias.

Receptionist: You are welcome.Recepcionista: De nada.

Customer: Could you please wake us up atseven a.m.?

Cliente: ¿Podría despertarnos a las siete de lamañana?

Receptionist: Of course, anything else?Recepcionista: Por supuesto, ¿desean algo más?

Customer: Could you change us pounds intoeuros? What’s the exchange rate?

Cliente: ¿Podría cambiarnos libras por euros?¿A cómo está el cambio?

Receptionist: The exchange rate is 1.3 euro to thepound. How much would you like tochange?

Recepcionista: El cambio está a 1,3 euros por libra.¿Cuánto quieren cambiar?

Customer: £50, please.Cliente: 50 libras, por favor.

1.-AT THE HOTEL(EN EL HOTEL)

Good evening, ladies!Can I help you? I’ve booked two single

rooms for Mrs. Smith andMrs. Johnson

Let me check on thecomputer. That’s right.

Would you like two singlerooms with a bathroom? Yes, please

How long are you going tostay at this hotel for? Wouldyou like half or full board?

We’re just going to stayat this hotel for two days.

We’d like to have halfboard

Could you please wakeus up at seven a.m.?

Of course, anything else?

Could you change uspounds into euros?

What’s the exchange rate?

The exhange rate is 1,3 euro tothe pound. How much would

you like to change? £50, please

May I see yourpassports, please?

Of course, here you are

Do we have to fill in anyform?

No, I’ll do it for you

Thank you very much

You are welcome

6

-64-

2.-ROOMS OF THE HOUSE(HABITACIONES DE LA CASA)

English Spanishbedroom dormitorio

bathroom cuarto de baño

kitchen cocina

living-room sala de estar

dining-room comedor

garage garaje

toilet aseo

garden jardín


English Spanish

window ventana

door puerta

floor suelo

roof tejado

wall pared

1.-PARTS OF THE HOUSE(PARTES DE LA CASA)

3.-FURNITURE(MOBILIARIO)

English Spanisharmchair sillónfridge neveracurtains cortinascooker hornillatable mesabed camaalarm clock despertadorchair sillasofa sofátelevision televisiónlamp lámparacarpet alfombracloset armariovase floreroblanket mantapillow almohadasheets sábanasbedside table mesita de nocheashtray cenicerodrawer cajónmatress colchón

door

living-room

ashtray alarm-clock

lamp bed

kitchen

-65-

6


1.-THE HISTORY OF HARRODS(LA HISTORIA DE HARRODS)

The tale begins with Charles Henry Harrodwho is a grocery wholesaler and a tea merchant.He buys this store in 1849, and in 1889 itbecomes a public limited company, which sellsfood, furniture, perfumes, jewellery and glass. In1902 it becomes London’s biggest store andremains like that throughout the 1920s and1930s.

The Canadian Royal Navy and the Royal AirForce use parts of the building during theSecond World War.

In 1985, the famous businessman MohamedAl Fayed buys it and decides to prepare it for thedecades ahead. Nowadays, Harrods is probablythe best and the most well known departmentstore in the world. Through constant innovationand evolution it is in the forefront of the changingtrends.The stores motto is “everything foreveryone everywhere”. If you are in London,don’t miss the opportunity to come!

2.-ARE THESE SENTENCES TRUE (T) OR FALSE (F)?(DI SI ESTAS ORACIONES SON VERDADERAS O FALASAS)

English Spanishshower ducha

wash-basin lavabo

towel toalla

soap jabón

tap grifo

sponge esponja

tooth brush cepillo de dientes

brush cepillo

comb peine

lotion loción

4.-THE BATHROOM(EL CUARTO DE BAÑO)

a) Charles Henry Harrod is a grocerywholesaler and tea merchant. T / F

b) The tale begins with Mohemend Al Fayed. T / F

c) In 1889 it only sells food. T / Fd) In 1902 it becomes London’s biggest

store. T / F

e) The Canadian Royal Navy and theRoyal Air Force use parts of thebuilding during the First World War.

T / F

f) In 1985 the famous businessmanMohamed Al Fayed buys Harrods. T / F

g) Since 1985 Harrods is the best and themost well known department store inthe world.

T / F


wash-basintap

tooth brushcomb

1) When does Charles Henry Harrod buy the store?

2) What is the name of the famous businessmanwho buys Harrods in 1985?

3) What is the stores motto?

6

-66-


1.-LIGHT WEAPONRY(ARMAMENTO LIGERO)


English Spanishbayonet bayonetamortar morteropistol pistolasword espadaknife cuchillorevolver revólverburst ráfagaround disparomachine gun ametralladorarocket launcher lanzagranadasbullet balablank cartridge cartucho de fogueolive ammunition munición de guerrashell granada de morterohand grenade granada de manorate of fire cadencia de fuegobarrel cañónbore ánimachamber recámaraflash suppressor bocacha apagafuegostrigger disparadorsub-machine gun subfusilshoot disparar

Private: What are you doing?Soldado: ¿Qué estás haciendo?

Private: I’m collecting ammunition for theexercise we have tomorrow.

Soldado: Estoy cogiendo munición para el ejercicioque tenemos mañana.

Private: What kind of exercise is it about?Soldado: ¿De qué tipo de ejercicio se trata?

Private: It’s a double action exercise, anambush drill.

Soldado: Es un ejercicio de doble acción, unejercicio de emboscada.

Private: Will it be carried out with live ammunition?Soldado: ¿Se realizará con munición de guerra?

Private: No, we’ll shoot blank cartridges. By theway, I must prepare the magazines.

Soldado: No, usaremos cartuchos de fogueo. Porcierto, tengo que preparar los cargadores.

What are you doing?I’m collecting ammunitionfor the exercise we have

tomorrow

What kind ofexercise is it about?

It’s a double actionexercise, an ambush

drillWill it be carried out

with live ammnuniton?

No, we’ll shoot blankcartridges. By the way, I

must prepare mymagazines

pistolknife-bayonet

bulletmachine gun

sub-machine gun

-67-

6

E X E R C I S E S

1) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH “THE”,“A” OR “AN”.

a) The door of the room is open.

b) You are _______ pupil but I am a teacher.

c) I have _______ uncle in Russia.

d) Day after day she sees ______old dog in the street.

e) _______ colour of this watch is very nice.

f) Anthony is _______ best boy in the world.

g) William wants _______ car for his birthday.

2) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH “MUCH”OR “MANY”.

a) How many people are there in this room?

b) How _____ money do you have?

c) How _____ chairs are there in the living-room?

d) How _____ milk is there?

e) How _____ wine is there?

f) How _____ books are there in the bedroom?

3) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THESUITABLE FORM OF THE VERB “TO BE”.

a) There are twenty pupils in the room.b) There _____ a big dog in the street.c) There _____ two cats in the sofa.d) There _____ too much paint in your painting.e) There _____ some wine in the bottle.f) There _____ a lot of water in the swimming pool.g) There _____ a couple of girls in the kitchen.h) There _____ a table in the dining-room.

4) WHERE CAN YOU FIND THE FOLLOWING THINGS?a) Sugara) In the kitchen

b) Soapb) __________________

c) Waterc) __________________

d) Cheesed) __________________

e) Bede) __________________

f) Ricef) __________________

g) Car g) __________________

h) Televisionh) __________________

i) Matressi) __________________

j) Cooker j) __________________

k) Towelk) __________________

English terms Spanish terms1) flash suppressor a) cadencia de fuego2) rate of fire b) ametralladora3) light weaponry c) cañón4) trigger d) granada de mortero5) bullet e) bocacha de apagafuegos6) machine gun f) disparo7) shell g) armamento ligero8) barrel h) bala9) burst i) disparador10)round j) ráfaga

5) MATCH WORDS 1) TO 8) WITH WORDS A) TO J).

6

-68-

6) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH“SOME” OR “ANY”.

a) There is not any butter.

b) There is not _____ table in my bedroom.

c) There is _____ water in the bath.

d) There is _____ milk in your glass.

e) There is not _____ chocolate in the fridge.

f) There are _____ trees in the garden.

g) There is _____ wine in Angelica’s glass.

h) There are _____ medicines in the first-aid kit.

7) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH “SOME” OR“ANY”, MAKING THE APPROPRIATE COMPOUNDS IFNECESSARY (“SOMEBODY”, “ANYTHING”, “ANYONE”,“ANYBODY”, “SOMETHING”, “SOMEWHERE”, ETC.).

a) There’s some milk in that jug.

b) I’m afraid there isn’t _______ coffee left; willyou grind _______?.

c) Is there _______ here who speaks Italian?

d) I’d like to buy you _______ new clothes butdon’t have _______ money.

e) Are there _______ letters for me?

f) When would you like to come? _______ daywould suit me.

g) _______ told me you’ve got _______ badnews for me.

h) I see you don’t have _______ maps. Wouldyou like to borrow _______ of mine?

i) Come and have supper with us if you aren’tdoing _______ tonight.

j) Don’t let _______ in. I’m too busy to see_______.

k) He lives _______ in France now.

l) Would you like _______ to drink?

8) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH ASUITABLE WORD FROM THE BOX.

a) My bedroom is bigger than yours.

b) Peter’s house has a big bathroom and two little_____.

c) Please, Michael, open the _____ and draw the_____.

d) In the zoo there _____ many animals.

e) Wasn’t she _____ very nice girl?

f) The bed is in the _____, the _____ in thekitchen.

g) The _____ and the towel are in the _____.

h) In Adrian’s living-room there are two _____,three_____ and one _____.

9) MAKE SENTENCES USING THE FOLLOWING WORDS.a) many /How /children /in/ are/ room /the /there?a) How many children are there in the room?

b) sugar /any /not /There /isb) ______________________________.

c) living-room /very /isn’t /Your /nicec) ______________________________.

d) lamp /does / work /not / Thatd) ______________________________.

e) have /an /bed /We /olde) ______________________________.

10)CHANGE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES INTO THEINTERROGATIVE FORM.

a) There is a boy in the garden.a) Is there a boy in the garden?

b) There are two televisions in Thomas’ living-room.b) ______________________________

c) There isn’t any sugar.c) ______________________________

d) There is some tea in the teapot.d) ______________________________

e) There are many people here.e) ______________________________

f) There is a big bed in her living-room.f) ______________________________

g) There is some coffee in the coffeepot.g) ______________________________

curtains television bedroom yoursthan shower fridge carpets

window toilets are asofas bathroom

7

UNIT 7UNIT 7

- 69 -

1.-QUESTIONS(ORACIONES INTERROGATIVAS)

1.1.-AUXILIARY "TO DO" (AUXILIAR “TO DO”)

La forma interrogativa de las oraciones en presentede indicativo para los verbos regulares es la siguiente:

La forma del auxiliar "to do" cambia para latercera persona del singular y adopta la forma de"does":

Examples:

Todos los verbos, exceptuando los anómaloso defectivos, se conjugan en su forma interroga-tiva según el modelo anterior.

La forma interrogativo-negativa del auxiliar "todo" suele contraerse en "don´t" y "doesn´t". Lasoraciones interrogativo-negativas se construyensiguiendo el mismo orden de la formainterrogativa en afirmativa:

Examples:

1.2.-THE VERB "TO BE" (EL VERBO “TO BE” )

La forma interrogativa del verbo "to be" seconstituye de la siguiente manera:

Examples:

Por lo general, en las oraciones interrogativo-negativas "is not" se contrae en "isn´t" y "arenot" en "aren´t”:

Examples:

English Spanish

Isn´t she pretty? ¿No es (ella) guapa?

Aren´t they tall? ¿No son (ellos) altos?

Aren´t we brave? ¿No somos (nosotros) valientes?

Aren´t you blind? ¿No eres (tú) ciego?

TO BE (‘ser; estar’)Simple present / Contracted negative question form

ISN’T/ AREN’T + SUJETO + (complts.) ?

English Spanish

Am I tall? ¿Soy (yo) alto?

Are you clever?

¿Eres (tú) listo?¿Es (usted) listo?¿Sois (vosotros) listos?¿Son (ustedes) listos?

Is he a student? ¿Es (él) un estudiante?

Is she intelligent? ¿Es (ella) inteligente?

Is it hard? ¿Es (eso) difícil?

Are we engaged? ¿Estamos (nosotros) comprometidos?

Are they interesting? ¿Son (ellos) interesantes?

TO BE (‘ser; estar’)Simple present / Question form

AM/ IS/ ARE + SUJETO + (complts.) ?

English Spanish

Don’t you like English? ¿No te gusta el inglés?

Don’t they eat apples? ¿No comen (ellos) manzanas?

Doesn’t she go to class? ¿No va (ella) a clase?

English Spanish

Do you like any sport? ¿Te gusta algún deporte?

Do they eat apples? ¿Comen (ellos) manzanas?

Does she go to class? ¿Va (ella) a clase?

REGULAR VERBS (3rd)Simple present / Question form

DOES + SUJETO + verbo enINFINITIVO + (complts.) ?

REGULAR VERBSSimple present / Question form

DO + SUJETO + verbo enINFINITIVO + (complts.) ?

G R A M M A R

7

- 70 -

Si no se usa esta contracción, la forma paraestas interrogativas es la siguiente:

Examples:

2.-PREPOSITIONS I (PREPOSICIONES I)

Las preposiciones inglesas más usadas son:

...

...

Las siguientes preposiciones en español puedentraducirse de varias formas. A continuación aparecenlas más comunes:

English Spanish

a at [reposo]to [movimiento]

por by [el agente]for [la causa]

sobre above (más elevado, arriba, superior)on, upon [con apoyo]

hasta till, until [tiempo]as far as [espacio]

en into [cuando está expresado el lugar]

deof [posesión]

from [procedencia]with [materia]

debajounder (debajo de)

below (más bajo de, inferior a)beneath (más bajo de, inferior a)

fuera off (lejos de, quitado de)

entre among [más de dos]between [dos]

English Spanish

in en; (a)dentronear

cerca de, junto anext to

of deoff separado de; lejos deon sobre, enout fueraover sobre; más allá de

(a) round alrededor desince desde

till, until hastathrough por; por medio de

to a, hacia; paratowards haciaunder debajo de, bajo

up sobre, en lo alto deunderneath debajo de, bajo

with conwithin entre; en el espacio de, dentro de

without sin; fuera de

English Spanish

above sobre

about alrededor de; acerca de, sobre

across por medio de, a través de

against contra

after después de, tras

along a lo largo de

at en

before delante de, ante; antes de

behind tras; detrás de

below debajo de

beneath debajo de

beside al lado de

besides además de

between entre

beyond más allá de, sobre

by por; de; junto a

down abajo

during durante

for por; durante; para

from de; desde; por

English SpanishIs she not pretty? ¿No es (ella) guapa?Are they not tall? ¿No son (ellos) altos?Are we not brave? ¿No somos (nosotros)valientes?Are you not blind? ¿No eres (tú) ciego?

TO BE (‘ser; estar’)Simple present / Negative question form

AM/ IS/ ARE + SUJETO + NOT + (complts.) ?

- 71 -


Waiter: Good evening! Where wouldyou like to sit?

Camarero: ¡Buenas tardes! ¿Dónde deseansentarse?

Customer: Good evening! Near the win-dow, please.

Cliente: ¡Buenas tardes! Cerca de laventana, por favor.

Waiter: Here you have the menu.Camarero: Aquí tienen el menú.

Customer: Could you bring us whateveryou think is best on themenu?

Cliente: ¿Podría traernos lo que más leguste del menú?

Waiter: I'd go for veal cutlets andFrench fries.

Camarero: Yo me tomaría unas chuletas deternera con patatas fritas.

Customer: That's wonderful. Which winedo you recommend?

Cliente: Perfecto. ¿Qué vino nosrecomienda?

Waiter: I think you'd love a bottle oftable wine.

Camarero: Creo que una botella de vino delpaís les encantaría.

1.-IN THE RESTAURANT(EN EL RESTAURANTE)

Good evening! Where would you

like to sit?

Good evening!Near the window,

please

Here you have themenu

Could you bring uswhatever you think

is best on themenu?

I'd go for veal cutletsand French fries

That's wonderful.Which wine do you

recommend?

I think you'd love abottle of table wine

7

7

- 72 -


1.-BREAKFAST(DESAYUNO)

English Spanish

milk leche

egg (fried egg, boiled egg)

huevo(huevo frito, huevo cocido)

cheese queso

ham jamón

bread pan

sugar azúcar

salt sal

omelette tortilla

cereals cereales

butter mantequilla

jam mermelada

honey miel

tea té

coffee café

cereals

fried eggs with ham

coffee tea

jam

2.-FRUITS, CEREALS AND VEGETABLES(FRUTAS, CEREALES Y VERDURAS)

English Spanishlemon limónorange naranjapear peragrape uvabanana plátanofig higoplum ciruelapeach melocotóntomato tomatepotato patatastrawberry fresaapple manzanalettuce lechugacarrot zanahoriabeans judíasonions cebollasolives aceitunascucumber pepinoflour harinapeas guisanteswatermelon melóndates dátilesrice arrozpasta pastanoodles fideos

lemons pears figs

apples watermelons oranges

strawberries dates grapes

7

- 73 -

3.-MEAT AND FISH(CARNE Y PESCADO)

4.-DRINKS(BEBIDAS)

English Spanish

water agua

beer cerveza

champagne champán

wine (white wine, red wine) vino (vino blanco, vino tinto)

juice zumo

whisky whisky

lemonade limonada

soda gaseosa

rum ron

gin ginebra

non-alcoholic drinks bebidas no alcohólicas

spirits bebidas alcohólicas

English Spanish

salami salchichón

sausage salchicha

ham jamón

veal ternera

beef buey

pork cerdo

chicken pollo

steak filete

cutlet chuleta

trout tucha

hake merluza

tuna atún

mussels mejillones

crab cangrejo

shrimp gamba

sword-fish pez espada

squid calamar

turkey pavo

hamburguer hamburguesa

beerchampagne

water

5.-DESSERTS(POSTRES)

6.-THE TABLE(LA MESA)

English Spanishknife cuchillofork tenedorspoon cucharateaspoon cucharillaglass vasoserviette servilletanapkin servilletatable cloth mantelplate platocaster vinagrerasalt cellar salerovinegar vinagrepepper pimientaoil aceitetray bandejamug tazatoothpicks palillos de dienteslay / set the poner la mesaoven hornocook cocinar

English Spanish

ice-cream helado

yoghurt yogur

sweets / candies caramelos

cake tarta

pudding pudin

rice pudding arroz con leche

chocolate chocolate

custard natillas

jelly gelatina

cakeyogohurt ice-cream

7

- 74 -


1.-HEAVY WEAPONRY(ARMAMENTO PESADO)


British people have at least three meals a day:breakfast, lunch and dinner. Many people take anadditional meal known as tea. Beakfast is usuallybetween half past seven and half past eight in themorning. It is a more substantial meal than theSpanish breakfast. British people usually choose:fruit, porridge, eggs (boiled or fried) bacon, ham,fish, bread and butter or toast with jam ormarmalade, and coffee, tea or milk.

The second meal of the day is lunch. Peoplehave lunch between midday and half past one. Itis a light meal consisting of a simple dish of hot orcold meat, a vegetable, bread and butter andpudding. Sometimes fruit and cheese too.

In the afternoon, at about four o'clock, it is teatime. People eat bread and butter, toast, biscuits,cake and tea.The last meal of the day is dinner.This is the principal meal. It starts at seven o'clockin the afternoon. In special occasions a full dinnerconsists of several courses: soup, fish, meat orpoultry with potatoes and vegetables, pudding,cheese and dessert.

English Spanish

loader cargador

turret torreta

hatch escotilla

gun cañón

howitzer obús

towed artillery artillería remolcada

self propelled gun cañón autopropulsado

guided weapon arma guiada

artillery piece pieza de artillería

crew tripulación

antitank weapon arma contracarro

turret

howitzer


1) At least, how many meals do British peoplehave a day?

2) Is British breakfast a more substantial mealthan Spanish breakfast?

3) When do British people have tea?4) According to the text, what is the last meal

of the day?

1.-BRITISH MEALS(COMIDAS BRITÁNICAS)

7

- 75 -


Sergeant: Did you check the track of thetank?

Sargento: ¿Has comprobado la cadena delcarro de combate?

Private: Yes, Sir, everything was OK.Soldado: Sí, mi Sargento, todo estaba correcto.

Sergeant: Don't forget to install the machinegun on the turret.

Sargento: No olvides instalar la ametralladoraen la torreta.

Private: Don't worry, Sir, it is alreadydone.

Soldado: No se preocupe, mi Sargento, yaestá hecho.

Sergeant: Did you already refuel the tank?Sargento: ¿Has repostado ya el carro?

Private: Yes, this morning I went to thegas station.

Soldado: Sí, esta mañana fui a la gasolinera.

Sergeant: You're really efficient.Sargento: Eres verdaderamente eficiente.

Private: Thanks, Sir.Soldado: Gracias, mi Sargento.

English Spanish

gunner tirador

tank carro de combate

missile misil

rocket cohete

antitank mine mina contracarro

explosive explosivo

caliber calibre

bombardment bombardeo

indirect fire fuego indirecto

barrage barrera

shrapnel metralla

splinter esquirlagunner

tankmissile

Did you check thetrack of the tank? Yes, Sir,

everything wasOK

Don´t forgetto install themachine gunon the turret

Don´t worry, Sir,it is already done

Did you alreadyrefuel the tank? Yes, this morning

I went to the gasstation

You’re reallyefficient Thanks, Sir

7

- 76 -

E X E R C I S E S

1) MAKE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES INTERROGATIVEAND NEGATIVE.

a) You like apples.a) Don't you like apples?

b) They want a car.b) ______________________________

c) She plays the guitar.c) ______________________________

d) We buy some tickets for the theatre.d) ______________________________

e) I have a mobile.e) ______________________________

f) He takes several pictures.f) ______________________________

g) You eat potatoes.g) ______________________________

2) MAKE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES (1) INTERROGATIVEAND (2) INTERROGATIVE AND NEGATIVE.

a) You are tall.a) Are you tall?a) Aren't you tall?

b) They are interested in Geography.b) ______________________________b) ______________________________

c) She is a pretty girl.c) ______________________________c) ______________________________

d) We are Mary's best friends.d) ______________________________d) ______________________________

e) I am five feet tall.e) ______________________________e) ______________________________

f) He is the best good-looking boy.f) ______________________________f) ______________________________

g) You are my sister-in-law's brother.g) ______________________________g) ______________________________

3) TRANSLATE INTO SPANISH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES.

a) What city do you come from?a) ¿De qué ciudad vienes?

b) Put the glass on the table.b) __________________________________.

c) The road passes across the valley.c) __________________________________.

d) The sun shines over the city.d) __________________________________.

e) Stay by my side.e) __________________________________.

f) The chair is between the door and the window.f) __________________________________.

g) Don't leave until I tell you.g) __________________________________.

h) Before going out, put your application on the table.h) __________________________________.

4) TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH THE FOLLOWINGSENTENCES.

a) Cerca de mi casa hay un cine.a) There is a cinema near my house.

b) Debajo de nuestra casa hay un cementerio.b) __________________________________.

c) Hay un supermercado detrás de la escuela.c) __________________________________.

d) En septiembre llueve mucho.d) __________________________________.

e) El martes se casa John.e) __________________________________.

f) Con un coche es suficiente.f) __________________________________.

g) De Madrid a Granada hay 450 km.g) __________________________________.

h) Después de cuatro horas estamos cansados.h) __________________________________.

i) La guerra contra aquel país es un fracaso.i) __________________________________.


1) crew a) escotilla

2) indirect fire b) carro de combate

3) tank c) artillería remolcada

4) artillery piece d) tripulación

5) hatch e) arma contracarro

6) towed artillery f) pieza de artillería

7) antitank weapon g) fuego indirecto

8) splinter h) esquirla

7

- 77 -

7) MATCH TERMS 1) TO 8) SENTENCES A) TO H).

5) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTINGTHE TRANSLATION INTO ENGLISH OF THE WORDS INBRACKETS.

a) (pan, tomate, aceite de oliva) I like bread with tomato and olive oil.

b) (cuchara, tenedor, cuchillo) Chinese people don't use ______ ,______ nor ______.

c) (cocinar, pollo, horno) I ______ the ______ in the ______, that way itis very tasty!

d) (vinagre, pimienta)I am allergic to ______ and ______.

e) (azúcar, té)I don't like ______ with ______.

f) (pavo)English people eat ______ at Christmas.

g) (ensalada, tomate, lechuga, cebolla)I make ______ with ______ ,______ and ______.

6) WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING WORDS DON'T FIT INTOEACH COLUMN?

A B C D

beer salami tea lemon

sugar sausage strawberry orange

wine ham apple tuna

juice veal lettuce grape

whisky vinegar carrot banana

lemonade pork beans fig

8

UNIT 8UNIT 8

-79-

G R A M M A R

1.-SIMPLE PAST OF THE REGULAR VERBS(PASADO SIMPLE DE LOS VERBOS REGULARES)

1.1.-AFFIRMATIVE FORM(FORMA AFIRMATIVA)

El pasado de los verbos regulares en inglésse forma añadiendo la terminación "-ed" alinfinitivo sin la preposición "to". El pasadosimple en inglés equivale al pretérito imperfectode indicativo español (e.g.: “I walked”, ‘andaba’;“I worked”, ‘trabajaba’) y al pretérito perfectosimple de indicativo (e.g.: “I walked”, ‘anduve’;“I worked”, ‘trabajé’). A diferencia de lo queocurre en presente, que se añade laterminación "-s" para formar la tercera personadel singular (e.g.: “he walks”, ‘[él] anda’), enpasado simple existe una única forma verbalpara todas las personas, tanto en afirmativa,como en negativa, como en interrogativa.

Para la adición de la terminación "-ed" hayque tener en cuenta las siguientes reglasortográficas:

a) Si el infinitivo termina en "e", dicha "e"desaparece al añadir "-ed":

Example:

b) Si termina en “y” precedida de consonante,al tomar la terminación “-ed” dicha “y” secambia por “i”; pero si en lugar de estarprecedida por consonante lo está porvocal, se sigue la regla general:

Examples:

1.2. NEGATIVE FORM(FORMA NEGATIVA)

La forma negativa del pasado simple eninglés de los verbos (salvo los verbosanómalos), se construye (para todas laspersonas) anteponiendo la forma negativa delpasado simple del auxiliar “to do” (“did not” o“didn’t”) al verbo en infinitivo sin la partícula “to”.

TO WALK (‘andar’)Simple past / Negative form

English Spanish

1st S I did not walkI didn’t walk (yo) no andaba; no anduve

2nd S you did not walkyou didn’t walk

(tú) no andabas; no anduviste

(usted) no andaba; no anduvo

3rd S

he/ she/ it did not walkhe/ she/ itdidn’t walk

(él/ ella/ *ello) no andaba; no anduvo

1st P we did not walkwe didn’t walk

(nosotros/ as) no andábamos; no anduvimos

2nd P you did notwalkyou didn’t walk

(vosotros/ as) no andabais; no anduvisteis

(ustedes) no andaban; no anduvieron

3rd P they did not walkthey didn’t walk

(ellos/ as) no andaban; no anduvieron

English to play/ I played

Spanish jugar/ (yo) jugaba; jugué

English to cry/ I cried

Spanish llorar/ (yo) lloraba; lloré

English to live/ I lived

Spanish vivir/ (yo) vivía; viví

TO WALK (‘andar’)Simple past / Affirmative formEnglish Spanish

1st S I walked (yo) andaba; anduve

2nd S you walked(tú) andabas; anduviste

(usted) andaba; anduvo

3rd S he/ she/ it walked (él/ ella/ *ello) andaba; anduvo

1st P we walked (nosotros/ as) andábamos;anduvimos

2nd P you walked

(vosotros/ as) andabais;anduvisteis

(ustedes) andaban; anduvieron

3rd P they walked (ellos/ as) andaban; anduvieron

8

-80-

1.3.-QUESTION FORM(FORMA INTERROGATIVA)

La forma interrogativa del pasado simple eninglés se forma con el auxiliar "to do" en pasado("did") -tal y como se explica en la unidad 7-,seguido del sujeto y del verbo en infinitivo sin lapartícula "to". La forma verbal es igual paratodas las personas, incluso para la tercera desingular:

1.4.- NEGATIVE QUESTION(FORMA INTERROGATIVO-NEGATIVA)

La forma interrogativo-negativa del pasadosimple en inglés se forma con el auxiliar "to do"en pasado y la partícula negativa "not" ("didnot" o "didn't") -tal y como se explica en launidad 7- seguida del verbo en infinitivo sin lapartícula "to". Existen dos maneras posiblespara construir la forma interrogativo-negativa,no obstante, es más común el uso de la formacontraída (“didn’t”) que el de la forma nocontraída ("did not"). La forma verbal es igualpara todas las personas, incluso para la tercerade singular:

2.-PAST SIMPLE OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS(PASADO SIMPLE DE LOS VERBOS IRREGULARES)

En inglés hay un gran número de verbos quetoman formas irregulares para las oraciones enpasado simple afirmativas (ver lista de verbosirregulares). En el resto de oraciones en pasadosimple (las negativas, las interrogativas y lasinterrogativo-negativas) estos verbos secomportan como verbos regulares:

Examples:

English Spanish

When did you go to Madrid? ¿Cuándo fuiste a Madrid?

I went to Madrid last week. Fuia Madrid la semana pasada.

Didn’t you go to Barcelona? ¿No fuiste a Barcelona?

No, I didn’t go to Barcelona. No, no fui a Barcelona.

TO WALK (‘andar’)Simple past / Negative question form

English Spanish

1st S did I not walk?didn’t I walk? ¿no andaba; no anduve (yo)?

2nd S did you not walk?didn’t you walk?

¿no andabas; no anduviste (tú)?

¿no andaba; no anduvo (usted)?

3rd S

did he/ she/ itnot walk?didn’t he/ she/ itwalk?

¿no andaba; no anduvo(él/ ella/ *ello)?

1st P did we not walk?didn’t we walk?

¿no andábamos; no anduvimos(nosotros/ as)?

2nd P did you not walk?didn’t you walk?

¿no andabais; no anduvisteis(vosotros/ as)?

¿no andaban; no anduvieron(ustedes)?

3rd P did they not walk?didn’t they walk?

¿no andaban; no anduvieron(ellos/ as)?

TO WALK (‘andar’)Simple past / Question form

English Spanish

1st S did I walk? ¿andaba; anduve (yo)?

2nd S did you walk?

¿andabas; anduviste (tú)?

¿andaba; anduvo (usted)?

3rd S did he/ she/ itwalk? ¿andaba; anduvo (él/ ella/ *ello)?

1st P did we walk? ¿andábamos; aduvimos(nosotros/ as)?

2nd P did you walk?

¿andabais; anduvisteis(vosotros/ as)?

¿andaban; anduvieron (ustedes)?

3rd P did they walk? ¿andaban; anduvieron (ellos/ as)?

-81-

8

3.-SIMPLE PAST OF THE VERB “TO BE”(PASADO SIMPLE DEL VERBO “TO BE”)


El verbo “to be” es un verbo anómalo, por lotanto para formar el pasado simple no hay queseguir las reglas que hemos visto con anteriori-dad, sino que que hay que aprender las formasirregulares. Para la primera y tercera personadel singular la forma es “was”, para el resto delas personas es “were”.

3.2.-NEGATIVE FORM(FORMA NEGATIVA)

Las formas verbales del pasado simple delverbo “to be” en negativa son “was not”/“wasn’t” para la primera y tercera persona delsingular y “were not” /”weren’t” para el resto delas personas.

TO BE (‘ser; estar’)Simple past / Affirmative form

English Spanish

1st S I was notI wasn’t

(yo) no era; no fui(yo) no estaba; no estuve

2nd S you were notyou weren’t

(tú) no eras; no fuiste(tú) no estabas; no estuviste

(usted) no era; no fue(usted) no estaba; no estuvo

3rd S he/ she/ it was nothe/ she/ it wasn’t

(él/ ella/ *ello) no era; no fue(él/ ella/ *ello) no estaba; no estuvo

1st P we were notwe weren’t

(nosotros/ as) no éramos; no fuimos(nosotos/ as) no estábamos;no estuvimos

2nd P you were notyou weren’t

(vosotros/ as) no erais; no fuisteis(vosotros/ as) no estabais;no estuvisteis

(ustedes) no eran; no fueron(ustedes) no estaban; no estuvieron

3rd P they were notthey weren’t

(ellos/ as) no eran; no fueron(ellos/ as) no estaban; no estuvieron

TO BE (‘ser; estar’)Simple past / Affirmative form

English Spanish

1st S I was (yo) era; fui(yo) estaba; estuve

2nd S you were

(tú) eras; fuiste(tú) estabas; estuviste

(usted) era; fue(usted) estaba; estuvo

3rd S he/ she/ itwas

(él/ ella/ *ello) era; fue(él/ ella/ *ello) estaba; estuvo

1st P we were (nosotros/ as) éramos; fuimos(nosotos/ as) estábamos; estuvimos

2nd P you were

(vosotros/ as) erais; fuisteis(vosotros/ as) estabais; estuvisteis

(ustedes) eran; fueron(ustedes) estaban; estuvieron

3rd P they were (ellos/ as) eran; fueron(ellos/ as) estaban; estuvieron

8

-82-

3.3. QUESTION FORM(FORMA INTERROGATIVA)

Como se ha visto en el punto 1.2. de launidad 7, el verbo "to be" en su formainterrogativa no hace uso del auxiliar "to do".Para construir oraciones interrogativas enpasado simple con el verbo "to be" hay queseguir el mismo patrón que se emplea para lasde presente simple, con la salvedad de que hayque cambiar las formas "am" e "is" por "was", yla forma "are", por "were".

3.4.- NEGATIVE QUESTION FORM(FORMA INTERROGATIVO-NEGATIVA)

Para construir oraciones interrogativo-negativas en inglés con el verbo "to be" hay dosposibilidades: (1) utilizar la forma contraída o (2)utilizar la forma no contraída. Lo más común es(como se ha visto en el punto 1.2. de la unidad7) usar la forma contraída:

La forma contraída sigue esta estructura:

La forma no contraída sigue esta estructura:

TO BE (‘ser; estar’)Simple past / Negative question form

English Spanish

1st S wasn’t I?was I not?

¿no era; no fui (yo)?¿no estaba; no estuve (yo)?

2nd S weren’t you?were you not?

¿no eras; no fuiste (tú)?¿no estabas; no estuviste (tú)?

¿no era; no fue (usted)?¿no estaba; no estuvo (usted)?

3rd S wasn’t he/ she/ it?was he/she/it not?

¿no era; no fue (él/ ella/ *ello)?¿no estaba; no estuvo (él/ ella/ *ello)?

1st P weren’t we?were we not?

¿no éramos; no fuimos(nosotros/ as)?¿no estábamos; no estuvimos(nosotros/ as)?

2nd P weren’t you?were you not?

¿no erais; no fuisteis (vosotros/ as)?¿no estabais; no estuvisteis(vosotros/ as)?

¿no eran; no fueron (ustedes)?¿no estaban; no estuvieron(ustedes)?

3rd P weren’t they?were they not?

¿no eran; no fueron (ellos/ as)?¿no estaban; no estuvieron(ellos/ as)?

TO BE (‘ser; estar’)Simple past / Negative question form

WAS/WERE + SUJETO + NOT + (complementos) ?

TO BE (‘ser; estar’)Simple past / Contracted negative question form

WASN’T /WEREN’T + SUJETO + (complementos) ?

TO BE (‘ser; estar’)Simple past / Question form

English Spanish

1st S was I? ¿era; fui (yo)?¿estaba; estuve (yo)?

2nd S were you?

¿eras; fuiste (tú)?¿estabas; estuviste (tú)?

¿era; fue (usted)?¿estaba; estuvo (usted)?

3rd S was he/ she/ it? ¿era; fue (él/ ella/ *ello)?¿estaba; estuvo (él/ ella/ *ello)?

1st P were we? ¿éramos; fuimos (nosotros/ as)?¿estábamos; estuvimos (nosotros/ as)?

2nd P were you?

¿erais; fuisteis (vosotros/ as)?¿estabais; estuvisteis (vosotros/ as)?

¿eran; fueron (ustedes)?¿estaban; estuvieron (ustedes)?

3rd P were they? ¿eran; fueron (ellos/ as)?¿estaban; estuvieron (ellos/ as)?

TO BE (‘ser; estar’)Simple past / Question form

WAS /WERE + SUJETO + (complementos) ?

-83-

8


Miguel and Teresa: Hi! How are you?Miguel y Teresa: ¡Hola! ¿Qué tal?

Itziar: Hi! Fine, thanks, and you?Itzíar: ¡Hola! Bien, gracias, ¿y

vosotros?

Miguel and Teresa: Fine.Miguel y Teresa: Bien.

Itziar: What are you doing here?Itzíar: ¿Qué estáis haciendo aquí?

Miguel: We’re about to take a train toour family’s city.

Miguel: Estamos a punto de coger untren que nos lleve a la ciudadde nuestra familia.

Itziar: And, when does your trainleave?

Itzíar: Y, ¿cuándo sale el tren?

Teresa: In fifteen minutes.Teresa: Dentro de quince minutos.

Miguel and Teresa: Bye!Miguel y Teresa: ¡Adiós!

Itziar: Bye! Have a good journey!Itzíar: ¡Adiós! ¡Buen viaje!

1.-IN THE TRAIN STATION(EN LA ESTACIÓN DE TREN)

Hi! How are you? Hi! Fine, thanks, andyou?

Fine What are you doinghere?

We’re about totake a train to

our family’s cityIn fifteenminutes

Bye! Bye! Have a good

journey!

Do you know wherethe platform four is?

At the back of thestation, I go with you

Thank you very much

And, when doesyour train leave?

Miguel: Do you know where the platformfour is?

Miguel: ¿Sabes dónde está el andéncuatro?

Itziar: At the back of the station, Igo with you.

Itzíar: Al final de la estación, osacompaño.

Miguel and Teresa: Thank you very much.Miguel y Teresa: Muchas gracias.

8

-84-

C I V I L I A N V O C A B U L A R Y1.-COUNTRIES AND NATIONALITIES(PAÍSES Y NACIONALIDADES)

COUNTRIES NATIONALITIESEnglish Spanish English Spanish

Australia Australia Australian australiano

Austria Austria Austrian austriaco

Belgium Bélgica Belgian belga

England Inglaterra English inglés

France Francia French francés

Germany Alemania German alemán

Greece Grecia Greek griego

Holland Holanda Dutch holandés

India India Indian hindú

Ireland Irlanda Irish irlandés

Italy Italia Italian italiano

Irak Iraq Iraqi iraquí

Japan Japón Japanese japonés

Norway Noruega Norwegian noruego

Portugal Portugal Portuguese portugés

Russia Rusia Russian ruso

Spain España Spanish español

Switzerland Suiza Swiss suizo

Turkey Turquía Turk turco

Africa Europe

Asia

OceaniaAmerica

CONTINENTS NATIONALITIES

English Spanish English Spanish

Africa África African africano

America América American americano

Asia Asia Asiatic asiático

Europe Europa European europeo

Oceania Oceanía Oceanic oceánico

En inglés, al igual que en español, lostopónimos se consideran nombres propios y,por lo tanto, su inicial se escribe con letramayúscula(Spain, España; England, Inglaterra).Sin embargo, y a diferencia de lo que ocurre enespañol, en inglés los gentilicios tambiénreciben este tratamiento (Spanish, español;English, inglés).

Los gentilicios en inglés, al igual que ocurreen la mayoría de los casos en español, tambiénsirven para referirse al idioma del país. Así, "élhabla ruso" se traduce por "he speaksRussian" (los nombres de los idiomas en ingléstambién se escriben con mayúscula.)

English SpanishWhere are you from? ¿De dónde eres?I’m from England, I’m English. Soy de Inglaterra, soy inglés.Where are they from? ¿De dónde son?They are from Switzerland, they are Swiss. Son de Suiza, son suizos.

Examples:

-85-

8


1.-PREJUDICES(PREJUICIOS)

There are a lot of prejudices according tonationalities. As Albert Einstein said, it is easier tosplit an atom than to erase prejudices. Forexample, Danish people are thought to be blondand to row in Viking boats, drinking a lot of beer;German people are considered to drink too muchbeer, to eat frankfurters and to have a straight mind(everything must go the right way); Europeanpeople think that Swiss people do things veryslowly; people from Russia are consided to drinktoo much vodka. Normally, French people areconsidered to be arrogant about their language

and to have the best European food. Spanishpeople are thought to be brave and party loversand to like bullfights too. British people arebelieved to be snobs, to be always on time and todrink tea; people think that British people do theopposite things European people do in thecontinent, for example, driving on the left side.Italian mothers are thought to wear the trousers athome and to cook a lot of pasta and pizza. Italianmen are considered to love football and to live attheir parents’ house until the age of thirty.


M I L I T A R Y T E R M S1.-THE NAVY AND THE AIR FORCE(LA ARMADA Y EL EJERCITO DEL AIRE)

English Spanishseaman marinerowarship barco de guerravessel buquewarjet avión de combatecombat aircraft avión de combatehelicopter / chopper helicópterosubmarine submarinowine sweeper dragaminasfrigate fragataaircraft carrier portaavioneswings alasdeck cubiertaair-to-surface missile misil aire-tierraair-to air missile misil aire-airetanker plane avión nodrizasurveillance flight vuelo de reconocimientoaircraft aeronavehelipad helipuertopilot pilotoairport aeropuertoprow proaport puerto

warjet / combat aircraft

helicopter / chopper

submarineaircraft carrier

warship

1) What did Albert Einstein say about prejudices?

2) What do people think about English people?

3) What do people think about Russian people?

4) What do people think about Italian mothers?

8

-86-

E X E R C I S E S


Private: Did you see that warjet?Soldado: ¿Ha visto ese avión de combate?

Full Corporal: Yes, that one flying over the city.Cabo Primero: Sí, aquel que sobrevuela la ciudad.

Private: What kind of warjet is it?Soldado: ¿Qué clase de avión de combate es?

Full Corporal: I think that it is an F-18.Cabo Primero: Creo que es un F-18.

Private: Really beautiful, isn’t it?Soldado: Realmente bonito, ¿verdad?

Did you see that warjet?

Full Corporal: Look at that helicopter.Cabo Primero: Mira aquel helicóptero.

Private: Oh, yes! It’s an American APACHE.Soldado: ¡Oh, sí! Es un APACHE americano.

Yes, that one flying overthe city

What kind of warjet is it?

Really beautiful,isn’t it?

I think that it is an F-18

Look at that helicopter

Oh, yes! It’s an AmericanAPACHE

1) WRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THEPAST TENSE.

a) I go to school.a) I went to school.

b) She likes oranges but she does not like lemons.b) ______________________________.

c) Peter goes to work by bus.c) ______________________________.

d) I meet her on Tuesday.d) ______________________________.

e) Anke is my best German friend.e) ______________________________.

f) Europe is the cradle of civilization.f) ______________________________.

g) Andrea is less beautiful than Joan.g) ______________________________.

h) She speaks slowly.h) ______________________________.

i) He leaves that house at six o’clock.i) ______________________________.

j) I usually pay him £5.j) ______________________________.

k) He rides every day.k) ______________________________.

l) I lie down after lunch.l) ______________________________.

m)We sleep badly.m) ______________________________.

-87-

8

2) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTINGTHE SUITABLE WORD.

a) I am from England, I am English.

b) I am from __________, I am German.

c) I am from __________, I am Australian.

d) I am from France, I am __________.

e) I am from __________, I am Dutch.

f) I am from Italy, I am __________.

g) I am from Norway, I am __________.

h) I am from __________, I am Turk.

i) I am from Spain, I am __________.

3) REWRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USINGNEGATIVE PAST TENSE.

a) I like apples.a) I did not like apples.a) I didn’t like apples.

b) I go to Scotland.b) ______________________________.b) ______________________________.

c) She is my best friend in London.c) ______________________________.c) ______________________________.

d) I drive my car all night long.d) ______________________________.d) ______________________________.

e) My parents drink beer.e) ______________________________.e) ______________________________.

f) I see her.f) ______________________________.f) ______________________________.

g) Peter loses his job.g) ______________________________.g) ______________________________.

h) We want those carpets.h) ______________________________.h) ______________________________.

i) I watch television at home.i) ______________________________.i) ______________________________.

4) REWRITE THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS BY USINGNEGATIVE QUESTIONS.

a) I don’t like apples.a) Didn’t I like apples?

b) I go to Scotland.b) ______________________________

c) She is my best friend in London.c) ______________________________

d) I drive my car all night long.d) ______________________________

e) My parents drink beer.e) ______________________________

f) I don’t see her.f) ______________________________

g) Peter loses his job.g) ______________________________

h) We don’t want those carpets.h) ______________________________

i) I watch television at home.i) ______________________________



1) chopper a) submarino

2) submarine b) avión de combate

3) frigate c) cubierta

4) combat aircraft d) helicóptero

5) deck e) fragata

6) prow f) avión nodriza

7) tanker plane g) aeronave

8) aircraft h) proa

8

-88-

6) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH ASUITABLE WORD OF THE BOX.

a) Alice went to Ireland last year. ________ likedit very ________.

b) ________ you like baseball? Yes, ________ do.

c) They ________ in Mario’s restaurant lastweek, and they ________ very well.

d) ________ are you ________? I ________from France, I am ________.

e) ________ you enjoy yourself yesterday? No, I________.

f) ________ your mother from Greece? Yes, sheis ________.

g) Did you see my sister? Yes, I ________.

7) ANSWER THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES IN THEAFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE FORM.

a) Did they have eggs for breakfast?a) Yes, they had eggs for breakfast.a) No, they didn’t have eggs for breakfast.

b) Did he want a new coat?b) ______________________________.b) ______________________________.

c) Did they have to work hard?c) ______________________________.c) ______________________________.

d) Did he have a heart attack?d) ______________________________.d) ______________________________.

e) Did they do their homework after dinner?e) ______________________________.e) ______________________________.

f) Did you see us?f) ______________________________.f) ______________________________.

g) Did Mary know the way?g) ______________________________.g) ______________________________.

h) Did you see the difference?h) ______________________________.h) ______________________________.

i) Did he come every day?i) ______________________________.i) ______________________________.

didn’t I am went

where were Greek Did

Is She ate from

Do much did French

9

UNIT 9UNIT 9

-89-

G R A M M A R

1.-QUESTIONS II(ORACIONES INTERROGATIVAS II)

1.1.-WH QUESTIONS(INTERROGATIVAS PARCIALES)

Hasta el momento hemos visto formas deconstruir oraciones interrogativas basadas en lainversión del orden de los elementos y/o en lautilización del auxiliar "to do". Estas oracionesinterrogativas se conocen en español comointerrogativas totales y en inglés como"yes/no questions"; esto quiere decir que laoración se contesta con una afirmación o conuna negación.

Examples:

A continuación vamos a ver lasinterrogativas parciales. Otra forma deconstruir oraciones en inglés que se basa,además de en la inversión y en la utilización delauxiliar "to do", en el uso de pronombresinterrogativos (“what”, “who”, “which”, etc.)Debido a que la gran mayoría de lospronombres interrogativos ingleses empiezancon las letras "wh", este tipo de oracionesinterrogativas se llaman "wh questions". Lasoraciones interrogativas que hasta el momentohabíamos visto, se contestaban afirmativa onegativamente (e.g.: “Do you like apples? Yes, Ido/ No, I don't”), sin embargo, las "whquestions" necesitan otro tipo de respuesta(e.g.: “Where did you go? I went home”). Laspartículas interrogativas con las que seconstruyen este tipo de oraciones son lassiguientes:

"Which" sirve para distinguir entre variaspersonas o cosas. "What" para preguntar sobrela naturaleza, calidad, etc. de un ser. "What" ensentido absoluto significa también "¿qué?","¿qué cosa?". Con el verbo "to be" sirve parapreguntar la profesión, el estado, etc. de alguien.

Examples:

1.2. HOW TO FORM WH QUESTIONS(FORMACIÓN DE LAS WH QUESTIONS)

a) Para formar este tipo de oracionesinterrogativas en pasado y presente simple converbos no anómalos (es decir, que no sean, porejemplo, el verbo "to be"), lo único que hay quehacer es anteponer una partícula interrogativa auna oración construida con el auxiliar " to do"(tal y como se ha visto en el punto 1.1 de launidad 7 y en el punto 1.3. de la unidad 8):

Wh questions

+

Examples:

English Spanish

Where do they go? ¿A dónde van?

What do you do? ¿Qué haces?

When did you see Mary? ¿Cuándo viste a Mary?

Why does she want to do it? ¿Por qué quiere hacer eso?

How did you find it? ¿Cómo lo encontraste?

SUJETO +Verbo en

INFINITIVOsin la particula

“TO”+ (complementos) ?

PARTÍCULAINTERROGATIVA(what, which, who,

where, …)+

AUXILIAR “TO DO”

(conjugado enpresente o pasado)

English SpanishWhere are you from? ¿De dónde eres?Where is she? ¿Dónde está?When is your birthday? ¿Cuándo es tu cumpleaños?When did they eat? ¿Cuándo comieron?How are you? ¿Cómo estás?How is your house? ¿Cómo es tu casa?

English Spanishwhat qué

whichquécuál / cuáles

who quién / quieneswhere dóndewhen cuándohow cómowhy por qué

English SpanishIsn't she pretty?

Yes, she is.¿No es guapa?

Sí, lo es.Do you like football?

No, I don't.¿Te gusta el fútbol?

No, no me gusta.

9

-90-

b) Hay ocasiones en las que para formaroraciones interrogativas parciales con verbosno anómalos en presente y pasado simple no seutiliza el auxiliar "do". Estas oraciones sonaquellas en las que las partículas interrogativas"who" o "which" hacen referencia al sujeto quelleva a cabo la acción. La partícula "which" vaacompañada por un sustantivo y conjuntamenteejercen la función de sujeto, mientras que "who"es en sí el sujeto, por esta misma razón no esnecesario que vaya acompañado por unsustantivo. La forma de construir este tipo deoraciones es la siguiente:

Examples:

c) Para formar las wh questions con elverbo anómalo "to be" en presente o pasadosimple se debe seguir este orden:

Examples:

English Spanish

Where are you from? ¿De dónde eres?

What is it? ¿Qué es esto?

When were you at home? ¿Cuándo estuviste en casa?

Why am I so nervous? ¿Por qué soy tan nervioso?

How was she? ¿Cómo estaba?

Wh questions with the verb “to be”PARTÍCULA

INTERROGA-TIVA

(what, which,who, where,...)

+

Verbo“TO BE”

(conjugadoen presenteo pasado)

+ SUJETO + (complementos)?

English Spanish

Who cares? ¿A quién le importa?

Who opened the door? ¿Quién abrió la puerta?

Who ate here? ¿Quién comió aquí?

Which girl takes a picture? ¿Qué chica hace la foto?

Which boy answered thequestion?

¿Qué chico contestó lapregunta?

Wh questions

Partículainterrogativa

WHO+

verbo CONJUGADOen presente o

pasado simple+ (complementos)?

Wh questions

Partículainterrogativa

WHICH+ SUST. +

Verbo CONJUGADOen presente o

pasado simple+ (complmnts.)?

2.-HOW TO WRITE A LETTER IN ENGLISH(CORRESPONDENCIA EN INGLÉS)

2.1.-DATE AND PLACE OF ORIGIN(FECHA Y DIRECCIÓN DEL REMITENTE)

Según el lugar de procedencia del remitente, lafecha y dirección de éste se ubicarán en un lugaro en otro de la carta. Por un lado, los norteamericanos(estadounidenses y canadienses) colocan ladirección del remitente en el ángulo superiorizquierdo de la carta. Ésta va seguida de la fecha,que puede ir tanto a la derecha como a laizquierda. Por otro lado, en Gran Bretaña ladirección del remitente se coloca en el ángulosuperior derecho de la carta. La fecha se colocao bien debajo de ésta o bien debajo de ladirección del destinatario a la izquierda.

2.2.-OPENING A LETTER(SALUDO)

Las fórmulas más comunes son:

Cuando en la carta se emplea el formatotradicional con sangría, estas fórmulas vanseguidas de una coma. Por lo tanto:

En el inglés norteamericano también seutilizan los dos puntos. Por lo tanto:

Cuando se trata de cartas en formato sinsangría, existe una tendencia cada vez másgeneralizada a no emplear puntuación ni en elencabezamiento ni en la fórmula de despedida.

· Dear Madam:

· Dear Ms Smith,

· Dear

· Dear Mrs Smith

· Dear Sir

· Dear Madam

· Dear Sir or Madam

· Dear Sir / Madam

· Dear Sirs

9

-91-

2.3.-CLOSING A LETTER(FÓRMULA DE DESPEDIDA)

Las fórmulas más usadas en inglésnorteamericano son "Sincerely yours" y"Sincerely". Los británicos se inclinan por eluso de "Yours sincerely", no obstante, utilizanla fórmula "Yours faithfully" en cartas formalesdirigidas a un destinatario que no se conoce.Ésta es la fórmula que debe emplearse cuandoel encabezamiento de la carta es "Dear Sir","Dear Madam" o "Dear Sir or Madam".

Si no se tiene confianza con la persona a laque va dirigida la carta, ésta puede concluirsecon las fórmulas que a continuación se citan:

Cuando el destinatario es un amigo o unpariente cercano se emplean las siguientesfórmulas:

O, cuando el destinatario no es una personatan allegada:

· As always, (AmE)

· Yours ever, (BrE)

· As ever, (AmE)

· Affectionately, (AmE)

· Fondly, (AmE)

· Warm / Warmest regards, (AmE)

· Fond / Fondest regards,

· Love, · Love from,

· With love from,· Much love,

· Love from all of us,· Love to all,· All my love,

· Best wishes,

· Regards,

· Yours, (BrE)

· With best wishes from,

· Truly yours, (AmE)

· Very truly yours, (AmE)

· Kind /Kindest regards, (BrE)

9

-92-

D A I L Y S P E A K I N G1.-RENT A CAR(ALQUILAR UN COCHE)

Agent: Good morning, can I help you?Agente: Buenos días, ¿puedo ayudarle en algo?

Customer: Yes, please. We’d like to rent a car.Cliente: Sí, por favor. Nos gustaría alquilar un coche.

Agent: How old are you?Agente: ¿Cuántos años tiene?

Customer: I’m 23 years old.Cliente: Tengo 23 años.

Agent: Can I see your ID or passport?Agent: ¿Me puede enseñar su carnet de

identidad o pasaporte?

Agent: I'm afraid you’ll have to pay anadditional fee for being under 25.

Agente: Me temo que tendrá que pagar un costeadicional por tener menos de 25 años.

Customer: Really? How much is it?Cliente: ¿De verdad? ¿Cuánto es?

Agent: Around € 10 per day.Agente: Sobre unos 10 € por día.

Agent: Which car would you like to rent? Thisis the list, there are several groups andmodels, but the cheapest one is themodel Fiat Seiscento.

Agente: ¿Qué coche le gustaría alquilar? Ésta es lalista, hay varios grupos y modelos, pero elmás barato es el modelo Fiat Seiscento.

Customer: Is there an additional driver fee?Cliente: ¿Existe algún suplemento por

conductor adicional?

Agent: No, but there is limited mileage of187.5 miles per day.

Agente: No, pero existe un kilometraje limitadode 300 km por día.

Customer: That's fine. We’d like to rent the FiatSeiscento for a couple of days.

Cliente: Está bien. Nos gustaría alquilar el FiatSeiscento por un par de días.

Customer: How much is it in total?Cliente: ¿Cuánto es en total?

Agent: € 80. But I need a credit card with atleast € 500 for a deposit on therental car. The price includes fullycomprehensive insurance policy,but there is not air conditioning norstereo system.

Agente: 80 €. Pero necesito una tarjeta decrédito con al menos 500 € para eldepósito del alquiler del coche. Elprecio incluye seguro a todo riesgo,pero no hay ni aire acondicionado niradiocasete.

Good morning,can I help you?

Yes, please. We’dlike to rent a car

How old areyou?

I’m 23 years old

Can I see your IDor passport?

I’m afraid you’ll have to pay anadditional fee for being under 25

Around €10 per day

Really? How much is it?

Which car would you like to rent? This is thelist, there are several groups and models, butthe chepest one is the model Fiat Seiscento

Is there anadditionaldriver fee?

No, but there is limitedmileage of 187.5 miles

per day

That’s fine. We’d like torent the Fiat Seiscento for

a couple of days

€ 80. But I need a credit card with at least €500 for a deposit on the rental car. The price

includes fully comprehensive insurance policy,but there is not air conditioning nor stereo

systemHow much is it

in total?

9

-93-


1.-“DO” OR “MAKE”?(¿"DO" O "MAKE"?)

Tanto "to make" como "to do" aluden a laacción de hacer, producir, crear, etc. No existenunas pautas gramaticales fijas que estipulencuándo debe utilizarse uno u otro. En estesentido, tendremos que echar mano de nuestramemoria y, en función del complemento directoque vaya modificando a estas formas, utilizar unverbo u otro.

When to use “make”English Spanish

make (a) noise hacer (un) ruidomake the bed hacer la camamake a note anotarmade* in hecho en

made of hecho demake a mistake equivocarse, cometer un errormake a deal hacer un tratomake a right girar a la derechamake a left girar a la izquierdamake a speech pronunciar un discursomake a suggestion hacer un sugerenciamake money hacer / ganar dineromake a profit ganar dineromake a loss perder dineromake trouble causar problemasmake an appointment concertar una cita

make a messdesordenar, ensuciar;hacer algo mal, hacer unachapuza, arruinar

make a phone call hacer una llamada, llamar [por teléfono]

make a decision tomar una decisión, decidirmake a face poner mala caramake peace hacer las pacesmake war estar en guerramake an attempt / an effort hacer un intento, intentarmake coffee / tea hacer café / témake an excuse poner una excusamake an offer hacer una oferta, ofrecer

make a discovery hacer un descubrimiento,descubrir

make a will hacer el testamentomake a compliment halagar, hacer un cumplidomake preparations hacer preparativos

* “made” (‘hecho’) es el participio pasado de “to make” (‘hacer’).

he makes an appointment

they make peace

he makes a phone call


That old jar is made in China. Esa jarra vieja está hecha en China.

John made a mess of his life. John arruinó su vida.

The president made a speech in the White House. El presidente pronunció un discurso en la Casa Blanca.

Someone who never makes a mistake never makes adiscovery.

Alguien que nunca se equivoca nunca hace undescubrimiento.

9

-94-

When to use “do”English Spanish

do the homework hacer los deberes

do the housework hacer las tareas domésticas

do the nails / hair arreglarse la uñas / el pelo

do films hacer peliculas

do drugs drogarse

do a favour hacer un favor

do work hacer un trabajo

do research investigar

do an exercise hacer un ejercicio

do harm hacer daño

do (a lot of) damage hacer (mucho) daño

do good hacer el bien

do business hacer un negocio, trabajar

do honours in licenciarse en

do the cleaning limpiar

do the washing-up hacer la colada

do the dishes fregar los platos

do an examination hacer un examen, examinarse

do repairs hacer reformas/ arreglos,reparar, arreglar

do a service ofrecer, prestar un servicio

do right hacer bien

do wrong hacer mal

do miracles hacer milagros

Examples:

English Spanish

Anna does her homework every morning. Anna hace sus deberes todas las mañanas.

Alfred Hitchcock did very famous films. Alfred Hitchcock hizo películas muy famosas.

She did me a favour. Me hizo un favor.

Philip did honours in French. Philip se licenció en Francés.

she does a service

he does work

they do repairs

9

-95-


15 Kensington RoadLondonE15 KOR8th June 2004

Julia GarcíaGran Vía 45, 2º A16932 MadridSpainDear Julia,

I arrived in London last Sunday. On Monday I visiteda lot of old buildings and museums like the NationalGallery and the British Museum.

I really liked Buckingham Palace and its gardens.On Tuesday I listened to a beautiful concert. Last

night I ate a very nice meal with my friend Julian in arestaurant in Covent Garden.

On Wednesday I went to Portobello in Notting HillGate to buy some clothes and now I am ready to go backto Spain!

See you soon!Love,Pedro

1.-WRITING A LETTER IN BRITISH ENGLISH(CORRESPONDENCIA EN INGLÉS)


1.-IN THE OFFICE(EN LA OFICINA)

English Spanishcomputer ordenadorprinter impresorahard disk disco duroscreen pantallakeyboard tecladomouse ratónreport informeSITREP(Situation Report) informe de situación

INTREP(Intelligent Report) informe de inteligencia

MEDEVAC REP(Medical Evaluation Report) informe de evaluación médica

file archivo, archivo informáticoto file archivarsubmit remitir, enviarapplication form impreso de solicitudto apply for solicitarcopy copiasend enviarreceive recibircoded message mensaje cifradopersonnel records hoja de serviciosdeadline fecha límite

keyboard

report

codedmessage


1) Is it a formal or an informal letter?

2) When did Pedro arrive in London?

3) Where did Pedro eat a very nice meal with hisfriend Julian?

9

-96-

2.-ON THE MANEUVERS(EN MANIOBRAS)

English Spanish

tent tienda de campaña

sleeping bag saco de dormir

campsite campamento

training instrucción

drill ejercicio

trainer instructor

APC(Armo(u)red Personnel Carrier) vehículo de combate

trail, path camino, senda

patch bache

parking place aparcamiento

firing range campo de tiro

FIBUA(Fight In Build-Up Areas) combate en localidades

urban combat combate en localidades,combate urbano

marksman tirador selecto

Training Centre Centro de Instrucción

simulation simulación

march marcha

mined / contaminated zone zona minada

obstacle obstáculo

warning order orden preparatoria

headquarters cuartel general

Staff Estado Mayor

riot alboroto

safe-conduct salvoconducto

raid golpe de mano

English Spanishfall in a formaron one rank en un filatense firmesat ease descansocall the roll pasar listaleft-face (left turn) izquierdaright-face (right turn) derechaabout-face (about turn) media vueltaforward-march (march off) de frentehalt altoat ease-march paso de maniobrashoulder arms sobre el hombrefall out rompan filas

3.-FORMED IN PARADE(FORMACIÓN DE PARADA)

firing range

tent

APC(Armo(u)red Personnel Carrier)

campsite

formed in parade

9

-97-


Operator A: What’s the position of your unit? Over.Operador A: ¿Cuál es la posición de su unidad? Cambio.

Operator B: We’re deployed in a deep ravine in thegrid 23-34. Over.

Operador B: Estamos desplegados en una vaguadaprofunda en la cuadrícula 23-34. Cambio.

Operator A: Say it again. Over.Operador A: Confirme repitiendo. Cambio.

Operator B: Grid 23-34, close to the hill “The Hawk”. Over.Operador B: Cuadrícula 23-34, cerca de la colina “El

Halcón”. Cambio.

Operator A: Roger. Move on up to the nextemplacement. Over.

Operador A: Recibido. Continúe hasta el próximoemplazamiento. Cambio.

Operator B: We’ll be there within 30 minutes. Over.Operador B: Estaremos allí en 30 minutos. Cambio.

Operator A: Once there, open fire and fix the target. Over.Operador A: Una vez allí, abran fuego y fijen el

objetivo. Cambio.

Operator B: Roger. Out.Operador B: Recibido. Fin.

E X E R C I S E S

What’s the position ofyour unit? Over

Say it again. Over

Roger. Move on up thenext emplacement. Over

Once there, open fire andfix the target. Over

We’re deployed in a deepravine int the grid 23-34. Over

Grid 23-34, close to the hill“The Hawk”. Over

We’ll be there within 30minutes. Over

Roger. Out

1) WRITE A SUITABLE QUESTION FOR EACH OF THEFOLLOWING SENTENCES.

a) I take my bus at nine o’clock.a) At what time do you take your bus?

b) She likes football and tennis.b) ______________________________

c) I am fine, thank you.c) ______________________________

d) They are from Holland.d) ______________________________

e) Yes, he speaks Greek.e) ______________________________

f) I go to work every morning.f) ______________________________

g) We are twenty-two years old.g) ______________________________

h) My favourite meal is Spanish omelet.h) ______________________________

i) Cervantes wrote “El Quijote”.i) ______________________________

j) We don’t eat this kind of fish.j) ______________________________

2) TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES.

a) ¿Te gusta el fútbol?a) Do you like football?

b) ¿Cuándo vas a la escuela?b) ______________________________

c) ¿Cómo os llamáis?c) ______________________________

d) ¿Quién se comió las naranjas?d) ______________________________

e) ¿Cuándo compraste tu coche?e) ______________________________

f) ¿Cuántos alumnos hay en esta clase?f) ______________________________

g) ¿Cómo se llama tu suegra?g) ______________________________

h) ¿Ganaron Hellen y William el partido?h) ______________________________

i) ¿Qué comes hoy?i) ______________________________

j) ¿Hablas ruso?j) ______________________________

English terms Spanish terms1) sleeping bag a) combate en localidades2) path b) Estado Mayor3) urban combat c) saco de dormir4) trainer d) marcha5) Staff e) alboroto6) march f) orden preparatoria7) riot g) senda8) warning order h) instructor

9

-98-

3) MAKE SENTENCES WITH THE FOLLOWING WORDS.a) you /today /Do /work /?a) Do you work today?

b) see /you /Didn’t /they /yesterday /?b) ______________________________

c) father’s /When /your /is /birthday /?c) ______________________________

d) you /How/ spell /do /it /?d) ______________________________

e) study /they /did /when /?e) ______________________________

f) ate /but /didn’t /I /I /potatoes /eat /meat.f) ______________________________

g) you /some /for /Did /breakfast /take /milk /?g) ______________________________

4) WRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THEPAST TENSE.

a) Do you eat meat?a) Did you eat meat?

b) When is your sister’s birthday?b) ______________________________

c) Are they friendly?c) ______________________________

d) How do you make the bed?d) ______________________________

e) Why does she sing this song?e) ______________________________

f) Who are they?f) ______________________________

g) Which computer do you prefer?g) ______________________________

h) Does he play the piano?h) ______________________________

5) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THEVERBS “DO” OR “MAKE” IN THE PRESENT TENSE.

a) If you want to buy that car, I’m sure we canmake a deal.

b) Excuse me, could you ________ me a favourand watch my bags for a moment?

c) Timmy! Don’t ________ a mess in the livingroom.

d) I’m afraid I can’t come. I’m going to ________my homework after school.

e) How much money does your father________?

f) Tom has to ________ a phone call to theUnited States

g) He really doesn’t want to ________ thatdecision.

h) I like to ________ business with Jack.

i) I can’t sleep at night because the cars________ a lot of noise.

6) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THEVERBS “DO” OR “MAKE” IN THE PAST TENSE.

a) I made an appointment to visit my doctoryesterday.

b) How much profit did your company _______last quarter?

c) Sue cooked and I _______ the dishes.

d) I _______ the cleaning last Saturday.

e) She _______ a face because she didn’t likemy cooking.

f) Julian _______ his bed yesterday morning.

g) Last year they _______ a lot of money withthat business.

h) Peter _______ honours in French.

i) She had a lot of problems because she_______ drugs.


9

-99-

8) TRANSLATE INTO SPANISH THE FOLLOWINGSENTENCES.

a) Who discovered America?a) ¿Quién descubrió América?

b) Did they understand the lesson?b) ______________________________

c) When did she go to Mary’s house?c) ______________________________

d) How did you find her?d) ______________________________

e) When did Michael read my letter?e) ______________________________

f) Who makes the speech?f) ______________________________

g) Does it rain?g) ______________________________

9) ACCORDING TO THE NEXT SENTENCES WRITE WHQUESTIONS.

1) Charles sees Séverine.

a) When does Charles see Séverine?b) How ______________________?c) Why ______________________?d) Where ____________________?

2) Charles bought his new car.

a) What did Charles buy?b) Where ____________________?c) When ______________________?d) Why ______________________?e) How ______________________?

10) ACCORDING TO THE GRAMMAR, SAY IF THEFOLLOWING DATES AND PLACES OF ORIGIN AREBRITISH OR AMERICAN.

96 South StreetSanta Rosa, CA 06698

September 14, 1998

John Harrington16 Beacon StreetChicago, IL 59962

Letter A

59 Telephone RoadLondonN89 8GK

5 July 2001

Barclays Bank36, High StreetGuildfordSurrey

Letter B

10

UNIT 10UNIT 10

-101-

G R A M M A R

1.-HOW TO FORM THE GERUND(FORMACIÓN DEL GERUNDIO)

Para construir el presente y pasado continuo(tiempos verbales que se verán en la presenteunidad) es necesario saber cómo se forma elgerundio:

A continuación aparecen algunas de las con-sideraciones que hay que tener en cuenta parala formación del gerundio de determinados ver-bos.

a) Los verbos que terminan en consonantesimplemente añaden la terminación “-ing”:

Examples:

b) Si el infinitivo termina en “e”, se omite dicha“e” y se añade “-ing”:

Examples:

c) Si termina en “ie”, al añadir “-ing” se cam-bia dicha “ie” por “y”:

Examples:

d) Si termina en “y” precedida de consonante,se conserva dicha “y” al añadir “-ing”:

Examples:

e) Los verbos monosílabos (aquelloscompuestos por una sola sílaba) acabados enconsonante precedida de vocal corta*, duplicandicha consonante final delante de la terminación“-ing”:

Examples:

*Se entiende por vocal corta la existencia deuna única vocal (stop, cut), por el contrario,nótese que “meet” también es un verbo monosi-lábico, sin embargo, está compuesto por dosvocales.

f) Los verbos de dos o tres sílabas queacaban en consonante + vocal + consonante,duplican dicha conosnante final delante de laterminación “-ing” si el acento recae en la últimasílaba.

Examples:

g) Los verbos terminados en “l” precedidosde vocal, duplican la “l” delante de la termina-ción “-ing”, excepto en el inglés americano.

English Spanish

travel / travelling viajar / viajando

counsel / counselling aconsejar / aconsejando

English Spanish

refer / referring referir / refiriendo

occur / occurring ocurrir / ocurriendo

English Spanish

stop / stopping parar / parando

put / putting poner / poniendo

swim / swimming nadar / nadando

drop / dropping caerse / cayéndose

English Spanishstudy / studying estudiar / estudiando

fly / flying volar / volando

English Spanishlie / lying mentir / mintiendo

English Spanish

write / writing escribir / escribiendo

come / coming venir / viniendo

English Spanish

eat / eating comer / comiendo

think / thinking pensar / pensando

How to form the gerundVerbo en infinitivo

sin “TO” + -ING

10

-102-

2.-PRESENT CONTINUOUS(PRESENTE CONTINUO)


Este tiempo verbal en inglés, al igual que enespañol, expresa una acción que se está des-arrollando, que no está terminada. Tambiénpuede indicar un futuro inmediato. La diferenciade uso entre este tiempo verbal y el presentesimple es que este último se emplea paraexpresar un hábito, una costumbre o una ver-dad universal.

La forma verbal afirmativa del presente conti-nuo en inglés se forma de la siguiente manera:

Examples:

2.2.-NEGATIVE FORM

(FORMA NEGATIVA)

Para conjugar el presente continuo en nega-tiva lo único que hay que hacer es conjugar enpresente simple y en negativa el verbo “to be”(tal y como se ve en el punto 2 de la unidad 1).

Examples:

3.-PAST CONTINUOUS(PASADO CONTINUO)

El pasado continuo en inglés se forma de lamisma manera que el presente pero con elverbo auxiliar “to be” conjugado en pasadosimple (tal y como se ve en el punto 3.1 de launidad 8.)


La forma afirmativa del pasado continuo seconstruye de la siguiente manera:

Examples:

3.2.-NEGATIVE FORM(FORMA NEGATIVA)

La forma negativa se forma de la siguientemanera:

Past continuous / Negative form

SUJETO +

VerboTO BE

conjugado en pasado simple y en

negativa(forma contraída o no

contraída)*

+GERUNDIO

delverbo

principal

+ (complts.)

English I was eating an apple.

Spanish Estaba comiendo una manzana.

English He was learning English.

Spanish Estaba aprendiendo inglés.

English They were watching tv.

Spanish Estaban viendo la televisión.

English We were discussing the matter.

Spanish Estábamos tratando el asunto.

Past continuous / Affirmative form

SUJETO +Verbo

“TO BE”conjugado enpasado simple

+GERUNDIO

del verboprincipal

+ (complts.)

English I am not eating an apple.I’m not eating an apple.

Spanish No estoy comiendo una manzana

English He is not learning.He isn’t learning.

Spanish No está aprendiendo inglés.

English They are not watching tv.They aren’t watching tv.

Spanish No están viendo la televisión.

Present continuous / Negative form

SUJETO +

VerboTO BE

conjugado en presente y en negativa(forma contraída o no

contraída)

+GERUNDIO

delverbo

principal+ (complts.)

English Spanish

I am eating an apple.I’m eating an apple. Estoy comiendouna manzana.

He is learning English.He’s learning English. Está aprendiendo inglés.

They are watching tv.They’re watching tv. Están viendo la televisión.

Present continuous / Affirmative Form

SUJETO +

Verbo “TO BE”

conjugado enpresente

(forma contraídao no contraída)

+GERUNDIO

del verboprincipal

+ (complts.)

Present simpleEnglish Birds fly.

Spanish Los pájaros vuelan.

Present continuousEnglish A bird is flying over the house.

Spanish Un pájaro está volando por encima de la casa.

10

-103-

* La forma del pasado simple en negativa delverbo “to be” se construye de acuerdo con loindicado en el punto 3.2. de la unidad 8.

Examples:

4.-PRESENT AND PAST CONTINUOUS QUESTION(FORMA INTERROGATIVA DEL PRESENTE Y PASADO CONTINUO)

Para formar oraciones interrogativas en pasa-do o presente continuo se siguen las reglas sin-tácticas que hemos visto anteriormente, esdecir, se va a hacer uso de la inversión y, si esnecesario, de las partículas interrogativas de las“wh questions”. Sin embargo, hay que tener encuenta que las formas continuas del verbo estáncompuestas por dos elementos (el verbo auxiliar“to be” conjugado y el verbo principal en gerun-dio) y que la construcción de las oraciones inte-rrogativas va a variar en algunos aspectos conrespecto a la de las formas simples (como elpresente y el pasado simple).


La forma interrogativa del presente y pasadocontinuo sigue esta estructura:

Examples:

4.2.-NEGATIVE QUESTION FORM(FORMA INTERROGATIVO-NEGATIVA)

Para negar las oraciones interrogativastambién existen dos formas posibles, lacontraída y la no contraída. No obstante, laforma contraída es mucho más común en eldiscurso oral. Por lo tanto:

Como se puede observar en los ejemplos, nose utiliza el auxiliar “to do” para realizar la inver-sión de las oraciones interrogativas. Esto sedebe a que el presente y pasado continuo ya tie-nen su propio auxiliar (“to be”), que es el queusan para la inversión.

4.3.-WH QUESTIONS WITH PRESENT AND PAST CONTINUOUS(INTERROGATIVAS PARCIALES EN PRESENTE Y PASADO CONTINUO)

Las oraciones interrogativas parciales enpresente y pasado simple se construyen conpartículas interrogativas como “which”, “how”,“who”, etc. Estas oraciones interrogativasparciales con presente y pasado continuosiguen esta estructura:

English Wasn’t I eating an apple?Was I not eating an apple?

Spanish ¿No estaba comiendo una manzana?

English Isn’t he learning English?Is he not learning English?

Spanish ¿No está aprendiendo inglés?

English Weren’t they watching tv?Were they not watching tv?

Spanish ¿No estaban viendo la televisión?

English Aren’t you having fun?Are you not having fun?

Spanish ¿No te lo estás pasando bien?

English Was I eating an apple?

Spanish ¿Estaba comiendo una manzana?

English Is he learning English?

Spanish ¿Está aprendiendo inglés?

English Were they watching tv?

Spanish ¿Estaban viendo la televisión?

English Are you having fun?

Spanish ¿Te lo estás pasando bien?

Present and past continuous / Question formVerbo

“TO BE”conjugadoen pasadoo presente

+ SUJETO +GERUNDIO

del verboprincipal

+ (complts.) ?

English I was not eating an apple.I wasn’t eating an apple.

Spanish No estaba comiendo una manzana.

English He was not learning English.He wasn’t learning English.

Spanish No estaba aprendiendo inglés.

English They were not watching tv.They weren’t watching tv.

Spanish No estaban viendo la televisión.

English We were not discussing the matter.We weren’t discussing the matter.

Spanish No estábamos tratando el asunto.

10

-104-

La única mención que debería hacerse alrespecto es que emplean como auxiliar el verbo“to be” en lugar de “to do”.

Examples:

5.-QUESTIONS WITH “HOW”(PREGUNTAS CON “HOW”)

Como se vio en el punto 2 de la unidad 6, sepueden construir oraciones interrogativasparciales combinando “how” con los adverbiosde cantidad “much” y “many” (e.g.: “How manyapples did he eat?”, ‘¿Cuántas manzanascomió?’; “How much money do you have?”,‘¿Cuánto dinero tienes?’). A continuación vamosa ver cómo “how” puede combinarse, ademásde con “much” y “many”, con otros adverbios(e.g.: “often”, ‘a menudo’; “far”, ‘lejos’) y conadjetivos calificativos (e.g.: “heavy”, ‘pesado’;“high”, ‘elevado’; “tall”, ‘alto’; “wide”, ‘ancho’;“long”, ‘largo’; “big”, ‘grande’).

Estas oraciones interrogativas sonsimplemente “wh questions” (ver el punto 1.2 dela unidad 9) encabezadas por la partículainterrogativa “how” seguida de un adverbio o deun adjetivo calificativo.

Examples:

Como se puede observar la estructura deeste tipo de preguntas en inglés difiere en granmedida de la estructura usada en español; por lotanto, aunque las traducciones literales delcuadro de ejemplos (que aparecen entreparéntesis, con letra de menor tamaño yprecedidas por un asterisco) reflejen laestructura en inglés, a la hora de encontrar ennuestra lengua equivalentes para este tipo depreguntas, deberemos decantarnos porestructuras propias del español (como lo son lastraducciones del cuadro de ejemplos que noaparecen entre paréntesis.)

English How far is your house from here?

Spanish ¿A cuánta distancia está tu casa de aquí?(*¿Cómo de lejos está tu casa desde aquí?)

English How heavy is your suitcase?

Spanish ¿Cuánto pesa tu maleta?(*¿Cómo de pesada es tu maleta?)

English How high did you jump?

Spanish ¿Hasta qué altura saltaste?(*¿Cómo de elevado saltaste?)

English How tall are you?

Spanish ¿Cuánto mides?(*¿Cómo de alto eres?)

English How often do you go to the cinema?

Spanish ¿Con qué frecuencia vas al cine?(*¿Cómo de a menudo vas al cine?)

English How big were your cars?

Spanish ¿Cómo eran de grandes tus coches?(*¿Cómo de grande eran tus coches?)

English How long do you want it?

Spanish ¿Cómo lo quieres de largo?(*¿Cómo de largo lo quieres?)

English How big is your dog?

Spanish ¿Cómo es de grande tu perro?(*¿Cómo de grande es tu perro?)

English When was I eating?

Spanish ¿Cuándo estaba comiendo?

English How is he learning English?

Spanish ¿Cómo está aprendiendo inglés?

English Where were they watching tv?

Spanish ¿Dónde estaban viendo la televisión?

English Why are you having fun?

Spanish ¿Por qué te lo estás pasando bien?

English What am I doing?

Spanish ¿Qué estoy haciendo?

Present and past continuous / Wh questions

PARTÍCULAINTERROGATIVA(what, which, who,

where,...)+

Verbo“TO BE”conjuga-do en

presenteo pasado

+ SUJETO +GERUNDIO

delverbo

principal+ (complts.)?

10

-105-

D A I L Y S P E A K I N G1.-HOW TO MAKE AN APPOINTMENT TO SEE THE DOCTOR(CÓMO SOLICITAR UNA CITA MÉDICA)

Itzíar: Could I make an appointment to seethe doctor?

Itzíar: Me gustaría pedir cita para el médico.

Secretary: Next Tuesday would suit you?Secretaria: ¿Le vendría bien el martes que viene?

Itzíar: Well, I’d like to see the doctor assoon as possible.

Itzíar: Bueno, me gustaría ver al doctor loantes posible.

Secretary: I'm afraid next Tuesday is thesoonest you can get. Do you haveany medical insurance?

Secretaria: Me temo que hasta el martes que vieneno podrá atenderle ¿Tiene algún segu-ro médico?

Itzíar: No, I'm afraid I will have to pay for it.Itzíar: No, me temo que tendré que pagar.

Could I make anappointment tosee the doctor?

Well, I’d like to seethe doctor as soon

as possible

No, I'm afraid Iwill have to pay

for it

Next Tuesdaywould suit you?

I'm afraid next Tuesday isthe soonest you can get.Do you have any medical

insurance?


ANIMALSEnglish Spanish

dog perrocat gatomouse ratónpig cerdohorse caballorat ratagoat cabrabear ososheep ovejabird pájaroseagull cigüeñaeagle águilalion leóngiraffe jirafaelephant elefantehippopotamus hipopótamo

PLANTSEnglish Spanish

forest bosquetree árbolbush arbustocactus cactuscarnation clavelgeranium geraniodaisy margaritarose rosatulip tulipánorchid orquídeapine tree pinopalm tree palmerachestnut tree castañooak tree robleeucalyptus eucaliptowater lily nenúfar

giraffe

dog

elephant

bear

rose

water lily

cactus

daisy

1.-ANIMALS AND PLANTS(ANIMALES Y PLANTAS)


I love carnations and daisies. Me encantan los claveles y margaritas.Human beings come from the monkey. Los seres humanos proceden del mono.

Eagles have very beautiful feathers. Las águilas tienen unas plumas muy bonitas.

10

-106-

2.-PARTS OF THE HEAD(PARTES DE LA CABEZA)

HeadEnglish Spanish

head cabezaface caraforehead frenteeyes ojosnose narizlips labiostooth / teeth diente / dientestongue lenguaeyebrow cejaeyelashes pestañasear orejaeyelid párpadohair pelochin barbilla

eyebrow

nose

lips

chin

forehead

hair

ear

3.-PARTS OF THE BODY(PARTES DE LA CUERPO)

The bodyEnglish Spanish English Spanish

shoulder hombro liver hígadothroat garganta kidneys riñonesneck cuello lungs pulmonesarmpit axila heart corazónarm brazo stomach estómagoelbow codo hip caderafinger dedo waist cinturaknuckle nudillo thigh muslonail uña leg piernawrist muñeca foot / feet pie / pieschest pecho calf pantorrillabreasts senos knee rodillaribs costillas ankle tobillonavel ombligo toes dedos de los pies


When I am nervous I bite my nails. Me como las uñas cuando estoy nervioso.My fingers are too small to play the jazz bass. Tengo los dedos demasiado pequeños para tocar el bajo.Her eyes are very expressive. Sus ojos son muy expresivos.

foot

ankle thigh hip nail

finger

arm

neck

shoulderelbowknee

10

-107-


Nowadays, people and environment areexperiencing the consequeces of the worstenvironmental problem: the climatic change. Thischange is mainly due to the use of fossil fuels (oil,coal and gas) and consists of a global warming.

People are changing the climate, and theresults are disastrous, there are extreme weatherevents: droughts and floods, disruption of watersupplies, melting Polar regions, rising sea levels,loss of coral reefs and much more.

Scientists and governmentsworldwide agree on thelatest and starkest evidenceof human-induced climatechange, its impacts and thepredictions for the future.

But it is not too late to slow down globalwarming and to avoid the climate catastrophe, thesolutions exist. Renewable energy sources (windenergy, solar energy,…) offer abundant cleanenergy that is safe for the environment and goodfor the economy. Corporations and governmentsshould invest in renewable energies, particularlyin developing economies. Clean energies shouldreplace fossil fuel developments.

1.-CLIMATIC CHANGE(CAMBIO CLIMÁTICO)

3.-ARE THESE SENTENCES TRUE (T) OR FALSE (F)?(DI SI ESTAS ORACIONES SON VERDADERAS O FALSAS)

a) Oil, coal and gas are fossil fuels. T / F

b) The results of the climatic change are verypositive for the environment. T / F

c) Droughts and floods are extremeweather events. T / F

d) It is too late to slow down globalwarning. T / F

e) Wind energy is a renewable energysource. T / F

f) Renewable energy sources aredangerous for the enviroment. T / F


1) What is this climatic change mainly due to?

2) What do renewable energy sources offer?

3) What should corporations and governments doin developing countries?


1.-IN THE TRAINING(EN LA INSTRUCCIÓN)

English Spanish

crawl gatear

creep reptar

shooting range campo de tiro

grazing fire fuego rasante

cover cubierta

concealment abrigo

minefield campo de minas

trail senda

landmark referencia en el terreno

guerrilla guerrilla

patrol patrulla

friendly fire fuego amigo

rush avanzar rápidamente

night vision visión nocturna

minefield

rush

night vision

10

-108-


Sergeant: Private, what’s the first thing you haveto do in an NBC attack?

Sargento: Soldado, ¿qué es lo primero quetienes que hacer en un ataque NBQ?

Private: To put the mask on, Sir.Soldado: Ponerme la máscara, mi Sargento.

Sergeant: And, after that?Sargento: Y, ¿después de eso?

Private: To find a good concealment to avoidbeing affected by the radiations.

Soldado: Encontrar un buen refugio para queno me afecten las radiaciones.

Sergeant: Exactly, Pérez. That’s it.Sargento: Exactamente, Pérez. Así es.

Private, what’s the firstthing you have to do in

an NBC attack?To put the mask

on, Sir

And, after that?

To find a goodconcealment to avoidbeing affected by the

radiationsExactly, Pérez. That’s it

English Spanish

drag arrastrar

camouflage camuflaje

advance avanzar

terrain terreno

ground suelo

caution prudencia

movement movimiento

assault asalto

defense defensa

ambush emboscada

shell crater cráter de granada

NBC war(Nuclear, Bacteriologicaland Chemical)

guerra NBQ(Nuclear, Bacteriológica yQuímica)

mask máscara

PoW(Prisoner of War) prisionero de guerra

message mensaje

survival supervivencia

maneuvers maniobras

NBC war(Nuclear, Bacteriological and Chemical)

maneuvers

camouflage

10

-109-

E X E R C I S E S

1) PUT THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES INTO THEPRESENT CONTINUOUS.

a) I (spend) £10 a week on cigarretes.a) I am spending £10 a week on cigarretes.

b) This week Julian (work) in a factory in Manchester.b) ________________________________.

c) They (put) in new electronic points.c) ________________________________.

d) She (leave) next week.d) ________________________________.

e) She (use) the car today to take Tom to the dentist.e) ________________________________.

f) We like the coat you (wear).f) ________________________________.

g) I am sure she (lie).g) ________________________________.

h) Those men in the corner (talk) about footballh) ________________________________.

2) FILL IN THE GAPS WITH THE PRESENT CONTINUOUSOF THE FOLLOWING VERBS.

a) A bus is standing at the bus stop just besideme.

b) He ________ one lecture a week.

c) Look! He ________ a ticket in William’s car.

d) I’m afraid we ________, madam.

e) It’s 8:30, Tom and Sally ________ breakfast.

f) I ________ a plane to New York in three hours’time.

3) FILL IN THE GAPS WITH THE SUITABLE FORM OF THE PASTSIMPLE, PRESENT OR PAST CONTINUOUS IN THEAFFIRMATIVE OR NEGATIVE FORM OF THE VERBS INBRACKETS, MORE THAN ONE FORM COULD BE POSSIBLE .

a) Last week that old man (wear) was wearingvery conventional clothes and I (wonder) if he(be) ________ a policeman.

b)I (walk) ________ along Picadilly when I(realize) ________ that a man with a gingerbear (follow) ________ me.

c) To my surprise Sally (come) ________ to mylast birthday.

d) Last night you (play) ________ cards while I(read) ________ a book.

e) Once Peter (travel) ________ by car when he(pass) ________ a field he (see) ________that there (be) ________ only one woman.

f) Today, we (have) ________ a lesson. We (sit)________ at our desks listening to what theteacher (tell) ________ us.

g) Look, it (rain) ________ !, that is why the boys(shut) ________ the windows.

h) The day before yesterday I (work) ________while my sister (learn) ________ her lessons.

4) PUT THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES INTO THEINTERROGATIVE AND NEGATIVE FORM.

a) You are listening to your teacher.a) Are you listening to your teacher?a) You are not (aren’t) listening to your teacher.

b) The neighbours are coming in to watch tv.b) ________________________________.b) ________________________________.

c) Your sister is studying at home.c) ________________________________.c) ________________________________.

d) It is raining now.d) ________________________________.d) ________________________________.

e) Jones and Co. are having a sale at the moment.e) ________________________________.e) ________________________________.

f) I am meeting Thomas at 5:30.f) ________________________________.f) ________________________________.

g) They are thinking of going to the party.g) ________________________________.g) ________________________________.

catch have put

stand close give

English terms Spanish termsa) lips 1) costillasb) nose 2) nudillosc) shoulder 3) narizd) elbow 4) pechoe) wrist 5) rodillaf) ribs 6) codog) kidneys 7) dedos de los piesh) toes 8) muñecai) knee 9) hombroj) throat 10) axilak) lungs 11) riñonesl) armpit 12) labiosm) chest 13) gargantan) knuckles 14) pulmoneso) eyebrow 15) ceja

10

-110-

5) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THEAPPROPRIATE ADVERB OR ADJECTIVE.

a) How often do you go to the cinema? About

twice a week.

b) How ________ is Pau Gasol? He is 6 feet tall.

c) How ________ does it take to go from

Barcelona to Paris by plane? About an hour

and a half.

d) How ________ can you climb?

e) How ________ is Madrid from London?

f) How ________ is your house? Someone told

me ten people could live there.

7) FILL EACH OF THE GAPS WITH THE FOLLOWINGWORDS.

a) I love my dog because it is the most faithfulanimal in the farmyard.

b) In the desert you will find lots of_____________.

c) In Saint Valentine’s Day lovers give_____________ to each other.

d) The _____________ is one of the nationalsymbols of Holland.

e) When I am in Madrid I miss the sound of the______________ flying in the sky.

f) The animal with the longest neck is the____________.

g) The ___________symbolises strength andpower.

h) When I was little the trunk of the____________scared me.

i) I don’t like ______________ because they arevery close related to death.

carnations giraffe tulip

roses lion elephant

seagulls dog cactuses

far high tall

often long big

6) MATCH WORDS 1) TO 15) WITH WORDS A) TO L).

English terms Spanish terms1) terrain a) combate nocturno2) camouflage b) campo de tiro3) PoW c) prisionero de guerra4) night combat d) maniobras5) shooting range e) terreno6) guerrilla f) reptar7) grazing fire g) campo de minas8) maneuvers h) camuflaje9) creep i) fuego rasante10) minefield j) guerrilla

10

-111-


REVIEWREVIEW

-113-

RE

VIE

W

1) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH"MUCH" OR "MANY".

a) How many pupils are there in the classroom?

b) How ______ cheese do you eat per week?

c) How ______ computers are there?

d) How ______ rice did Paul eat?

e) How ______ people attended the conference?

f) How ______ pears did you count?

g) How ______ money do you have in your bankaccount?

2) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH ASUITABLE FORM OF THE VERB "TO BE".

a) There are some books on the table.

b) There _____ a dictionary on the shelf.

c) There _____ a couple of days gap between exams.

d) There _____ nothing I can do about it.

e) There _____ two t-shirts in your wardrobe.

f) There _____ some wine in the bottle.

g) There _____ two new soldiers in the barracks.

3) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH"SOME" OR "ANY".

a) I couldn't see any of your pictures in the exhibition.

b) There is ______ beer in the fridge.

c) I can't read ______ of Paul's books, there aretoo difficult for me.

d) There is not ______ wine left in the bottle.

e) There are ______ pencils in the office.

f) I agree with ______ remarks he made duringthe presentation.

g) ______ day I am going to London.

4) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH ANAPPROPRIATE COMPOUND OF "SOME" , "ANY" OR"NO" FROM THE BOX.

a) There is something amazing about the film.

b) ______ could be the winner.

c) He works ______ between Main Street andRegeant Street.

d) ______ is allowed in this building.

e) Please, don't tell ______ to ______.

f) ______ told me you left school.

g) You can't go ______ without your passport.

h) You can go ______ without your passport.

i) I can do ______ without his support.

5) MAKE SENTENCES USING THE FOLLOWING WORDS.

a) much /How /too /is /much /?a) How much is too much?

b) to /Saturday /Nobody /do /exam /on /wanted /anb) ______________________________.

c) people /lot /Fortunately, /a /came /party /of /to /thec) ______________________________.

d) not /enough /for /This /is /people /car /five /bigd) ______________________________.

e) in /country /are /too /There /fat /many /people /thise) ______________________________.

f) goes /Anywhere /she /finds /she /friendsf) ______________________________.

g) home /is /There /nowhere /likeg) ______________________________.

h) without /can't /you / do /I /anythingh) ______________________________.

nowhere somewhere Anyone

anyone Somebody something

anywhere nothing Nobody anything


-114-

RE

VIE

W

6) MAKE QUESTIONS WITH THE SENTENCES GIVEN.

a) I play the guitar.a) Do you play the guitar?b) She doesn't drink orange juice.b) _______________________________c) They are very tall.c) _______________________________d) He is in Manchester.d) _______________________________e) We don't study very hard.e) _______________________________f) I write very long poems.f) _______________________________g) She is in her classroom.g) _______________________________h) He reads more than two books per week.h) _______________________________i) She doesn't drink alcohol.i) _______________________________

7) MAKE QUESTIONS USING THE FOLLOWING WORDS.

a) literature /you /Aren't /interested /in?a) Aren't you interested in Literature?b) speak /Doesn't /he /French?b) _______________________________c) my /Do /near /house /you/ live?c) _______________________________d) the /dictionary /on /Is /table /the ?d) _______________________________e) for /the/she /this /position/ Isn't /right /person?e) _______________________________f) perfect /Does /know /English /she ?f) _______________________________


a) Hay una guerra contra Italia.a) There is a war against Italy.

b) Debajo de la mesa hay un libro.b) _______________________________

c) Estudio de 5 a 7.c) _______________________________

d) ¿Almuerza ella en un restaurante cerca de mi casa?d) _______________________________

e) Ceno a las 7 en punto.e) _______________________________

f) Después de la cena vamos a la discoteca.f) _______________________________

g) Siempre desayuno antes de mediodía.g) _______________________________

h) Este regalo es para ti.h) _______________________________

9) TRANSLATE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES INTO ENGLISH.a) Él conducía ese coche viejo.a) He drove that old car.

b) Ellos se sentían muy mal.b) _______________________________

c) No encontré las llaves en tu casa.c) _______________________________

d) No perdieron el partido.d) _______________________________

e) ¿Alquilaron su (de ella) casa?e) _______________________________

f) ¿No vendían rosas en esa tienda?f) _______________________________

g) ¿Cantó ella en el concierto?g) _______________________________

h) ¿No robaron los ladrones un famoso cuadro?h) _______________________________

10) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH ASUITABLE WORD FROM THE CHART.

a) Last year I went to Ireland _____ holidays.

b) People _____ Holland are _____.

c) You _____ to me. You _____ tell me the truth.

d) _____ she know how to speak _____?

e) She _____ the bills _____ leaving her house.

f) I _____ too _____ cheese.

g) _____ you _____ that strange sound?

11) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USINGTHE APPROPRIATE NATIONALITY OR COUNTRY.

a) I am from Spain, I am Spanish.b) Paul is from Ireland, he is ________.c) Panos is from _______, he is Greek.d) Michela is from Italy, she is _________.e) Sonia is from _________, she is Dutch.f) Victor is from Russia, he is __________.g) Mette is from _________, she is Norwegianh) François is from France, he is _________.i) Charles is from ________, he is English.j) Nina is from Scotland, she is _________.k) We all are from Europe, we are __________.

paid from went Did didn’tafter lied Does for Dutchate hear much French

-115-

RE

VIE

W

12) WRITE A SUITABLE QUESTION FOR EACH OF THEFOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING WH QUESTIONS.

a) I had lunch at 1 o'clock.a) When did you have lunch?

b) I am fine.b) _______________________________

c) I did it because I wanted.c) _______________________________

d) Paul and Anne went to the party. (preguntar quién fue a la fiesta)

d) _______________________________

e) I am from Japan.e) _______________________________

f) My name is Thomas.f) _______________________________

g) It is raining.g) _______________________________

h) Last week she went to Poland. (preguntar a dónde fue)

h) _______________________________

i) I go to work by bus.(preguntar cómo se desplaza al trabajo)

i) _______________________________

13) TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS.

a) ¿Quién fue al concierto?a) Who went to the concert?

b) ¿Cuándo te despiertas?b) _______________________________

c) ¿Comes fresas?c) _______________________________

d) ¿Quién trajo estos libros?d) _______________________________

e) ¿Hablas inglés?e) _______________________________

f) ¿Por qué te fuiste a Escocia?f) _______________________________

g) ¿Dónde compraste esta camiseta?g) _______________________________

h) ¿De dónde eres?h) _______________________________

i) ¿Qué dijiste?i) _______________________________

j) ¿Qué coche prefieres?j) _______________________________

k) ¿Cómo era tu perro?k) _______________________________

l) ¿Tienes hermanos o hermanas?l) _______________________________

14) MAKE QUESTIONS WITH THE FOLLOWING WORDS ANDTHEN WRITE THESE QUESTIONS IN THE PAST TENSE.

a) a/Do /have /car /you ?a) Do you have a car?a) Did you have a car?

b) she /drive /How /does?b) _______________________________b) _______________________________

c) plays /guitar /Who /the?c) _______________________________c) _______________________________

d) married /When /do /get /they?d) _______________________________d) _______________________________

e) for /does /holidays /Where /go /she?e) _______________________________e) _______________________________

f) you /upset /Why /are /so?f) _______________________________f) _______________________________

g) one /take /Which /do /you?g) _______________________________g) _______________________________

15) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THE VERBS"DO" OR "MAKE" IN THE PRESENT OR PAST TENSE.

a) Students are asked to make suggestions.

b) I failed the exam because I ______ lots of mistakes.

c) Could you ______ me a favour? Could youturn down the volume?

d) Last year Peter ______ a lot of money with hisnew business.

e) Researchers ______ research.

f) Once a week I go to the launderette to ______the washing.

g) If you want to go to the doctor's, you need to______ an appointment.

h) Claire ______ honours in Media Studies tenyears ago.

i) Please, ______ an effort and study thistextbook.

j) Some people think Christ ______ miracles.

k) Charles was expelled from school because he______ a lot of trouble.

l) I have to go now, I have to ______ an urgentphone call.

-116-

RE

VIE

W

16) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THE PRESENTAND PAST CONTINUOUS IN THE AFFIRMATIVE, NEGATIVEAND INTERROGATIVE FORM OF THE FOLLOWING VERBS.

a) Last week I was writing my lesson when yourbrother phoned me.

b) Mary ______ apples, she doesn't like apples.

c) ______ you ______ Geography when he came?

d) Yesterday all students ______ at the blackboardwhile the teacher ______ the lecture.

e) Peter ______ the room when his friend came in.

f) Today the sun ______ and it is very hot.

g) ______ you ______ an English lesson now?

h) Today it is sunny, I am sure ______.

17) TRANSLATE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES INTOENGLISH BY USING QUESTIONS WITH HOW.

a) ¿A cuánta distancia está Londres de Barcelona?a) How far is London from Barcelona?

b) ¿Cuánto mide tu padre?b) ______________________________.

c) ¿Con qué asiduidad vas de compras?c) ______________________________.

d) ¿Cuánto pesa tu mesa?d) ______________________________.

e) ¿Qué anchura tiene el lago?e) ______________________________.

f) ¿Qué longitud tiene la playa?f) ______________________________.

g) ¿Cuánto tiempo lleva llegar a Manchester?g) ______________________________.

study shine leave rain write

give have look eat

11

UNIT 11UNIT 11

-117-

G R A M M A R

1.-FUTURE TENSE(EL TIEMPO FUTURO)


En inglés el futuro de los verbos se formaanteponiendo el auxiliar “will” al verbo eninfinitivo sin la partícula “to”. Esta forma (“will”)se puede contraer en “’ll”. Para la primerapersona del plural y del singular también sepuede utilizar el auxiliar “shall”. Por lo tanto:

1.2-NEGATIVE FORM AND QUESTION FORM(FORMA NEGATIVA E INTERROGATIVA)

Existen dos maneras posibles para construirla forma negativa: (1) intercalando el adverbiode negación “not” entre el auxiliar (“will”) y elverbo principal en infinitivo sin la partícula “to”; o(2) con la forma contraída (“won’t”) de la sumadel auxiliar y de la partícula de negación. Laforma interrogativa se obtiene invirtiendo elorden del sujeto y del auxiliar. Por lo tanto:

Future / Question form

WILL + SUJETO +Verbo principal

en INFINITIVO

sin “TO”+ (complementos)?

Future / Negative and contracted negative form

SUJETO + WILL NOT /WON’T +

Verbo principal en INFINITIVO

sin “TO”

TO BE (‘ser; estar’)Future / Affirmative form

English Spanish

1st SI will beI’ll beI shall be

(yo) seré; estaré

2nd S you will beyou’ll be

(tú) serás; estarás

(usted) será; estará

3rd S he/ she/ it will behe’ll/ she’ll/ it’ll be (él/ ella/ *ello) será; estará

1st Pwe will bewe’ll bewe shall be

(nosotros/ as) seremos; estaremos

2nd P you will beyou’ll be

(vosotros/ as) seréis; estaréis

(ustedes) serán; estarán

3rd P they will bethey’ll be (ellos/ as) serán; estarán

Future / Negative and contracted negative formEnglish Spanish

1st SI will not beI won’t beI shall not be

(yo) no seré; no estaré

2nd S you will not beyou won’t be

(tú) no serás; no estarás

(usted) no será; no estará

3rd S he/ she/ it will not behe/ she/ it won’t be (él/ ella/ *ello) no será; no estará

1st Pwe will not bewe won’t bewe shall be

(nosotros/ as) no seremos; no estaremos

2nd P you will not beyou won’t be

(vosotros/ as) no seréis;no estaréis

(ustedes) no serán; no estarán

3rd P they will not bethey won’t be (ellos/ as) no serán; no estarán

TO BE (‘ser; estar’)Future / Question form

English Spanish

1st S will I be?shall I be? ¿seré; estaré (yo)?

2nd S will you be?¿serás; estarás (tú)?

¿será; estará (usted)?

3rd S will he/ she/ it be? ¿será; estará (él/ ella/ *ello)?

1st P will we be?shall we be?

¿seremos; estaremos(nosotros/ as)?

2nd P will you be?¿seréis; estaréis (vosotros/as)?

¿serán; estarán (ustedes)?

3rd P will they be? ¿serán; estarán (ellos/ as)?

11

-118-

1.3.-NEGATIVE QUESTION(FORMA INTERROGATIVO-NEGATIVA)

Para construir oraciones interrogativo-negativas en futuro tenemos dos opciones: (1)hacer uso de la forma negativa contraída(“won’t”) que es más común a nivel oral; (2) ohacer uso de la forma negativa no contraída(“will not”).

1.4.-FUTURE WITH “GOING TO”(FUTURO PRÓXIMO)

En inglés también se puede expresar futurocon la partícula “going to”, precedida del verbo“to be” (conjugado en pasado o en presente) yseguida del verbo en infinitivo sin “to”. Por lotanto:

Este futuro expresa proximidad, es decir, quela acción que se va a realizar (o que se realizó)se encuentra (o se encontraba) próxima a unmomento determinado en el tiempo, en caso deusar el verbo “to be” en presente, la acción quese va a llevar a cabo está cercana al momentopresente, y en caso de usar el verbo “to be” enpasado la acción que se va llevar a cabo estácercana a un momento pasado.

Examples:

1.5- DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE FUTURE WITH“GOING TO” AND THE SIMPLE

(DIFERENCIAS DE USO ENTRE EL FUTURO CON“GOING TO” Y EL FUTURO SIMPLE)

La diferencia de uso entre el futuro próximo yel futuro con “will” radica en la intención delhablante. Por lo tanto, se usurá “will” cuandouno se ofrezca como voluntario para hacer algoo cuando se haya tomado una decisión;asimismo, se hará uso del futuro con “going to”a la hora de referirse a algo que ya estáplaneado y organizado de antemano.

Examples:

English I am going to meet some friends at the café.

Spanish Voy encontrarme con unos amigos en la cafetería[es un hecho que ya está planeado]

English I will call you as soon as I arrive in Dublin.

Spanish Te llamaré en cuanto llegue a Dublín.[he tomado la decisión de llamarte y lo haré]

English I am not going to eat at home.

Spanish No voy a comer en casa.

English He is going to read a book.

Spanish Va a leer un libro.

English They are going to drink some water.

Spanish Van a beber agua.

English He was going to play the piano.

Spanish Iba a tocar el piano.

English They were not going to study the lesson.

Spanish No iban a estudiar la lección.

English I was going to go to Ireland.

Spanish Iba a ir a Irlanda.

Future with “going to”

SUJETO +

Verbo “TO BE”

conjugadoen pasado oen presente

+ “GOING TO” +Verbo principal

en INFINITIVO

sin “TO“

TO BE (‘ser; estar’)Future / Negative question form

and contracted negative question formEnglish Spanish

1st S will I not be?won’t I be? ¿no seré; no estaré (yo)?

2nd S will you not be?won’t you be?

¿no serás; no estarás (tú)?

¿no será; no estará (usted)?

3rd S will he/she/it not be?won’t he/she/it be? ¿no será; no estará (él/ella/*ello)?

1st P will we not be?won’t we be?

¿no seremos; no estaremos(nosotros/ as)?

2nd P will you not be?won’t you be?

¿no seréis; no estaréis(vosotros/ as)?

¿no serán; no estarán(ustedes)?

3rd P will they not be?won’t they be? ¿no serán, no estarán (ellos/ as)?

Future / Negative question form

WILL + SUJETO + NOT +Verbo en

INFINITIVOsin “TO“

+ (compts.) ?

Future / Contracted negative question form

WON’T + SUJETO +Verbo principal

en INFINITIVO

sin “TO”+ (complementos) ?

-119-

11

2.-FIRST TYPE CONDITIONAL SENTENCES(ORACIONES CONDICIONALES DE PRIMER TIPO)

Las oraciones condicionales de primer tiposiguen esta estructura:

Examples:

3.-PRESENT PERFECT(PRETÉRITO PERFECTO COMPUESTO)

El pretérito perfecto compuesto se forma conel verbo “to have” conjugado en presente (parala tercera persona del singular “has” o sucontracción “’s”; para el resto de las personas“have” o su contracción “’ve”) y el verboprincipal en participio pasado. Por lo tanto:

El pretérito perfecto compuesto expresa:1)Una acción finalizada en el momento en el

que se está comunicando y relacionada dealguna manera con el momento presente.

2)Una acción que todavía continúa en elmomento presente, pero relacionada conuna forma adverbial anterior.

3)Una acción que tuvo lugar en el pasado,sin referencia a un tiempo concreto.

La forma interrogativa se obtiene invirtiendoel orden del sujeto y auxiliar (“Have I walked?”,‘¿He andado?’). La forma negativa se consigueintercalando el adverbio de negación “not” entreel auxiliar y el participio (“I have not walked”,‘No he andado’). Nótese que también se puedeabreviar ésta en “haven’t”, y en “hasn’t” para latercera persona del singular.

TO WALK (andar)

Present perfect / Negative formand

contracted negative form

English Spanish

1st S I have not walkedI haven’t walked (yo) no he caminado

2nd S you have not walkedyou haven’t walked

(tú) no has caminado

(usted) no ha caminado

3rd S

he/ she/ it has not walkedhe/ she/ ithasn’t walked

(él/ ella/ *ello)no ha caminado

1st P we have not walkedwe haven’t walked

(nosotros/ as)no hemos caminado

2nd P you have not walkedyou haven’t walked

(vosotros/ as)no habéis caminado

(ustedes) no han caminado

3rd P they have not walkedthey haven’t walked (ellos/ as) no han caminado

English1

I have seen your car on my way here.

Spanish He visto tu coche de camino aquí.

English

2

I have been in Wales since last week.

Spanish Desde la semana pasada he estado en Gales.

English I have had this pen for a month.

Spanish He tenido esta pluma desde hace un mes.

English3

I have played that song.

Spanish He tocado esa canción.

TO WALK (‘andar’)Present perfect / Affirmative form

English Spanish

1st S I have walkedI’ve walked (yo) he caminado

2nd S you have walkedyou’ve walked

(tú) has caminado(usted) ha caminado

3rd S he/she/it has walkedhe/she/it’s walked (él/ ella/ *ello) ha caminado

1st P we have walkedwe’ve walked

(nosotros/ as)hemos caminado

2nd P you have walkedyou’ve walked

(vosotros/ as)habéis caminado

(ustedes) han caminado

3rd P they have walkedthey’ve walked (ellos / as) han caminado

Present perfect / Affirmative form

SUJETO +Verbo

“TO HAVE”conjugado en

presente+

PARTICIPIOPASADO

del verbo principal

English If I go it will rain.

Spanish Si voy lloverá.

English If you drink too much you will get drunk.

Spanish Si bebes demasiado te emborracharás.

English If he plays they will win.

Spanish Si juega ganarán.

If I go to London[Presente Simple]

it will rain[Futuro simple]

First type conditional sentences

Partícula “IF” +Oración en

PRESENTESIMPLE

+Oración enFUTUROSIMPLE

11

-120-

Para obtener la interrogativa negativa (nocontraída), que es menos común en el discursohablado que la contraída, se sigue este orden:

Por lo tanto:

Por el contrario, el pasado simple hacereferencia a una acción que ocurrió en elpasado y que excluye toda relación con eltiempo actual.

Examples:

4.-USE OF “SINCE” AND “FOR”(USO DE “SINCE” Y “FOR”)

Las preposiciones inglesas “since” y “for”significan ‘desde’, ‘desde hace’ y ‘durante’.

La diferencia de uso entre “since” y “for”radica en que “since” se emplea cuando sehace referencia a un momento concreto, esdecir, “since” precede a una expresión temporalque hace referencia a un momento concreto enel pasado (e.g.: “my birthday”, “1976”, “I sawyou”, “last week”, etc.).

“For” se emplea cuando se hace referencia aun periodo de tiempo, es decir, “for” precede auna expresión temporal que hace referencia unperiodo de tiempo y no a un momento concreto(e.g.: “five days”, “one year”, “a moment”, etc.).

English Peter hasn’t talked to me for one week.

Spanish Peter no me ha hablado durante una semana.

English Peter hasn’t talked to me since last summer.

Spanish Peter no me habla desde el verano pasado.

English I had a very bad pain in my chest for sevenmonths.

Spanish Tuve un dolor muy fuerte en el pechodurante siete meses.

English I haven’t had any pain in my chest since January.

Spanish No he tenido ningún dolor en el pecho desdeenero.

English This is the first time I meet Anne since lastyear.

Spanish Esta es la primera vez que me encuentrocon Anne desde el año pasado.

English This is the first time I meet Anne for two months.

Spanish Esta es la primera vez que me encuentrocon Anne desde hace dos meses.

English I went to England last summer.Spanish Fui a Inglaterra el verano pasado.English He drank too much wine.Spanish Bebió demasiado vino.

TO WALK (‘andar’)Present perfect / Negative question form

English Spanish

1st S Have I not walked? ¿No he caminado (yo)?

2nd S Have you not walked?¿No has caminado (tú)?¿No ha caminado (usted)?

3rd S Hashe/she/it not walked? ¿No ha caminado (él/ ella/ ello*)?

1st P Have we not walked? ¿No hemos caminado(nosotros/ as)?

2nd P Have you not walked?¿No habéis caminado(vosotros/ as)?¿No han caminado(ustedes)?

3rd P Have they not walked? ¿No han caminado (ellos/ as)?

Present perfect / Negative question

Verbo “TO HAVE”en presente

+ SUJETO + NOT +PARTICIPIO

PASADOdel verboprincipal

+ (compts.) ?

TO WALK (‘andar’)Present perfect / Contracted negative question form

English Spanish

1st S haven’t I walked? ¿no he caminado (yo)?

2nd S haven’t you walked? ¿no has caminado (tú)?¿no ha caminado (usted)?

3rd S hasn’t he/ she/ itwalked?

¿no ha caminado (él/ ella/*ello)?

1st P haven’t we walked? ¿no hemos caminado(nosotros/ as)?

2nd P haven’t you walked?¿no habéis caminado(vosotros/ as)?¿no han caminado(ustedes)?

3rd P haven’t they walked? ¿no han caminado (ellos/ as)?

TO WALK (andar)Present perfect / Question form

English Spanish

1st S have I walked? ¿he caminado (yo)?

2nd S have you walked?¿has caminado (tú)?¿ha caminado (usted)?

3rd S has he/ she/ it walked? ¿ha caminado (él/ ella/ ello*)

1st P have we walked? ¿hemos caminado(nosotros/ as)?

2nd P have you walked?¿habéis caminado(vosotros/ as)?¿han caminado (ustedes)?

3rd P have they walked? ¿han caminado (ellos/ as)?

-121-

11


Tourists: Excuse me, is Gains Road far from here?Turistas: Disculpe, ¿está la calle Gains lejos de

aquí?

Carlos: Yes, it is rather far. I’m afraid you might needto take a bus to the city centre.

Carlos: Sí, está bastante lejos. Me temo quetendrán que coger un autobús al centro dela ciudad.

Tourists: Where can we take this bus?Turistas: ¿Dónde podemos coger este autobús?

Carlos: The bus stop is quite near. Go straighton along this street until you get to thetraffic lights, then take the third turningon the left.

Carlos: La parada de autobús está bastante cerca.Sigan esta calle hasta que lleguen alsemáforo, después cojan la tercera calle amano izquierda.

Tourists: And, how long does this route take?Turistas: Y, ¿cuánto tiempo dura el trayecto?

Carlos: About fifteen minutes. And, if you ask thedriver, he will tell you where to get off.

Carlos: Sobre unos quince minutos. Y, si lepreguntan al conductor, él les indicarádónde tienen que bajarse.

Tourist: Thank you very much for your help.Turistas: Muchas gracias por su ayuda.

Carlos: You are welcome.Carlos: De nada.

1.-ASKING THE WAY(CÓMO PREGUNTAR DIRECCIONES)

Tourists: Could you show us in the map?Turistas: ¿Nos lo podría mostrar en el mapa?

Carlos: Of course.Carlos: Por supuesto.

Tourists: How often are there buses to he citycentre?

Turistas: ¿Con qué frecuencia hay autobuses alcentro de la ciudad?

Carlos: I think every ten minutes.Carlos: Creo que cada diez minutos.

Excuse me, is GainsRoad far from here?

Yes, it is rather far. I’m afraidyou migh need to take a bus to

the city centre

Where can we takethis bus?

The bus stop is quite near.Go straight on along this street until

you get to the traffic lights, thentake the third turning on the left

Could you show us inthe map?

Of course

How often arethere busesto the citycentre?

I think everyten minutes

And, how long doesthis route take?

About fifteen minutes. And, ifyou ask the driver, he will tell

you where to get offThank you very much

for your helpYou are welcome

11

-122-


1.-MEANS OF TRANSPORT(MEDIOS DE TRANSPORTE)

English Spanishtrain (by ~) tren (en ~)ticket billetereturn ticket billete de ida y vueltaluggage equipajewindow (at the ~) ventanilla (en la ~)station estacióncar (by ~) coche (en ~)plane (by ~) avión (en ~)boat (by ~) barco (en ~)bicycle (by ~) bicicleta (en ~)coach (by ~) autocar (en ~)tram (by ~) tranvía (en ~)

underground, tube (by ~)subway (AmE) (by ~) metro (en ~)

bus (by ~) autobús (en ~)get into subir a

bicycle

train

car

2.-CLOTHES(ROPA)

English Spanish

overcoat abrigo

jacket chaqueta

hat sombrero

boots botas

underpants calzoncillos

shirt camisa

tie corbata

belt cinturón

cap gorra

gloves guantes

blouse blusa

bag bolso

panties bragas

skirt falda

jersey jersey

stocking medias

handkerchief pañuelo

socks calcetines

baghat

shoesgloves

tie cap

-123-

11

3.-THE SIZES AND THEIR EQUIVALENCES(LAS TALLAS Y SUS EQUIVALENCIAS)

Dress (vestido) / Overcoat (abrigo) / Trousers (pantalón)

USAUK 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46

EUROPE 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56

Shirt (camisa)USAUK 14 15 151/2 16 161/2 17 171/2 18

EUROPE 36 38 39 41 42 43 44 45

Shoes (zapatos)USAUK 5 6 7 8 81/2 9 91/2 10 11

EUROPE 38 39 40 41 42 43 43 44 44

4.-THE CITY(LA CIUDAD)

English Spanishcity ciudadtown pueblo; ciudadavenue avenidasquare plazagardens jardinesfountain fuenteroad carretera; calzada

pavement (BrE)sidewalk (AmE) acera

bus stop parada de autobús

underground station (BrE)tube station (BrE)subway station (AmE)

estación de metro

pedestrian crossing (BrE)crosswalk (AmE) paso de peatones

traffic lights semáforobuilding edificioconsulate consuladostreet lamps farolasshop window escaparatesewer alcantarillatown hall ayuntamientolocal authority diputación

building

street lamp

town hall

gardens

crosswalk (AmE)pedestrian crossing (BrE)church

11

-124-


1.-THE UNITED KINGDOM OF GREAT BRITAIN AND NORTHERN IRELAND(EL REINO UNIDO DE GRAN BRETAÑA E IRLANDA DEL NORTE)

The United Kingdom issituated in the north-west coastof Europe across the EnglishChannel. It consists of two largeislands (Great Britain andNorthern Ireland) and about5000 smaller ones. Itsneighbours are Ireland to westand France to south-east.

The United Kingdom consistsof four nations: England (Londoncapital), Scotland (Edinburghcapital), Wales (Cardiff capital)and Northern Ireland (Belfast

capital). Each of these nations has a very distinct identityand you should not call a Welshman “English” and viceversa.

Great Britain is often incorrectly used to refer to theUnited Kingdom. It is the largest of the British Isles, anarchipielago that also includes Ireland (Republic ofIreland and Northern Ireland), the Faroe Islands(Denmark) and the Isle of Man. This means that NorthernIreland belongs to the United Kingdom but not to GreatBritain. The Isle of Man is an internally self-governingdependency of the British Crown and its people areBritish citizens. Great Britain includes the main island(Wales, Scotland, England) and some islands such asAnglesey, the Isle of Wight, the Hebrides, the OrkneyIslands and the Shetland Islands.

England is the largest and the most denselypopulated of the nations that make up the UnitedKingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. Thename "England" is derived from "land of the Angles". It isoften incorrectly used as a synonym for Great Britain orthe United Kingdom, which is inaccurate and can beoffensive.


English Spanishtelephone booth cabina de teléfonosembassy embajadathe post and telegraphoffice

oficina de correos ytelégrafos

museum museohospital hospitalchurch iglesiabank bancochemist’s (BrE)drugstore (AmE) farmacia

prison cárcelhotel hotelshop tiendapolice station comisaría de policíacinema cinetheatre teatrocastle castillonight club discotecatravel agency agencia de viajeshairdresser’s peluqueríamarket mercado


a) The United Kingdom is situated in thenorth-east coast of Europe. T / F

b) Northern Ireland belongs to the UnitedKingdom. T / F

c) The people that come from the Isle ofMan are British. T / F

d) The United Kingdom consists of fournations. T / F

e) Edinburgh is the capital of England. T / Ff) Great Britain is a synonym for United

Kingdom. T / Fg) The Republic of Ireland doesn't belong

to the British Isles. T / F

h) The Faroe Islands are Danish. T / Fi) The Faroe Islands belong to the British

Isles. T / F

1) What does the United Kingdom consist of?

2) What is the name of the capital of Wales?

3) Does Northern Ireland belong to Great Britain orto the United Kingdom?

4) Why is the Isle of Man different?

5) What does Great Britain include?

6) What is the name of the most populated nationof the United Kingdom?

telephone booth

market

hairdresser’shotel

-125-

11

M I L I T A R Y T E R M S1.-PARTS OF THE RIFLE, MACHINE GUN & PISTOL(PARTES DEL FUSIL, AMETRALLADORA Y PISTOLA)

English Spanishbarrel cañónbutt culatatrigger gatillopistol empuñadurarear sight alzafront sight punto de miraforearm guardamanostripod trípodebipod bípodesling portafusafeed cover tejafeed tray bandejacharging handle palanca de montarbuffer muelle recuperadorchamber recámaramagazine cargadorbore ánimatrigger guard guardamontesflash suppressor apagallamasejection port ventana de expulsiónbayonet bayonetafiring pin percutorhammer martilloextractor extractor


Sergeant: Ramírez, show me your rifle.Sargento: Ramírez, enséñame el rifle.

Private: Yes, Sir.Soldado: Sí, mi Sargento.

Sergeant: Do you have any problem with yourweapon?

Sargento: ¿Tienes algún problema con el arma?

Private: Yes, Sir. I have a cartridge in the chamber.Soldado: Sí, mi Sargento. Tengo un cartucho en la

recámara.

Sergeant: Pull the charging handle down and take itout.

Sargento: Baja la palanca de montar y sácalo.

Private: I did it but it’s still stuck.Soldado: Lo he hecho pero sigue atascado.

Ramírez, show me yourrifle Yes, Sir

Do you have any problemwith your weapon?

Yes, Sir. I have a cartridgein the chamber

Pull the charginghandle down and take

it out

I did it but it’s still stuck

barrel / bore

front sightejection port

rear sight

hammer

trigger pistol magazine

11

-126-

E X E R C I S E S

1) INSERT “SINCE” OR “FOR”.

a) He has been in prison for a year.

b) I have been taking driving lessons ______ lastAugust.

c) She has driven the same car ______ 1975.

d) My life has changed ______ I was a girl.

e) We have been waiting for you ______ twohours!

f) I’ve been very patient with you ______ severalyears.

g) You haven’t spoken to me ______ the lastcommittee meeting.

h) They have been under water ______ half anhour.

2) FILL THE FOLLOWING BOX BY INSERTING THE PASTFORM AND THE PAST PARTICIPLE OF EACH VERB.

3) WRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THE“BE GOING TO” FORM.

a) I go to the cinema this evening.

a) I am going to go to the cinema this evening.

b) She buys one ticket to Berlin.

b) ________________________________.

c) They run for one hour.

c) ________________________________.

d) He walks along the street.

d) ________________________________.

e) You are the president.

e) ________________________________.

f) The party starts very soon.

f) ________________________________.

g) Dalila is my wife’s best friend.

g) ________________________________.

h) She has twins.

h) ________________________________.

i) They try to win the game.

i) ________________________________.

j) We play football and baseball.

j) ________________________________.

k) Lissa plays the piano.

k) ________________________________.

l) Mary buys a book for her father.

l) ________________________________.

m)They send her a present.

m) ________________________________.

Present Past PastParticiple

a) look looked looked

b) love

c) see

d) eat

e) understand

f) be

g) want

h) wear

i) bite

j) kiss

k) watch

-127-

11

4) WRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THEPRESENT PERFECT TENSE.

a) I go to the cinema.

a) I have gone to the cinema.


b) ______________________________.


c) ______________________________.


d) ______________________________.


e) ______________________________.


f) ______________________________.


g) ______________________________.

h) She has twins.

h) ______________________________.


i) ______________________________.


j) ______________________________.


k) ______________________________.


l) ______________________________.


m) ______________________________.

5) WRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THEPAST TENSE OF THE “BE GOING TO” FORM.

a) I go to the cinema this evening.

a) I was going to go to the cinema this evening.


b) ______________________________.


c) ______________________________.


d) ______________________________.


e) ______________________________.


f) ______________________________.


g) ______________________________.

h) She has twins.

h) ______________________________.


i) ______________________________.


j) ______________________________.


k) ______________________________.


l) ______________________________.


m) ______________________________.

11

-128-

6) WRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THEFUTURE SIMPLE TENSE.

a) I go to the cinema.

a) I will go to the cinema.


b) ______________________________.


c) ______________________________.


d) ______________________________.


e) ______________________________.


f) ______________________________.


g) ______________________________.

h) She has twins.

h) ______________________________.


i) ______________________________.


j) ______________________________.


k) ______________________________.


l) ______________________________.


m) ______________________________.

7) MAKE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES NEGATIVE.a) I am going to see my boyfriend.

a) I am not going to see my boyfriend.

b) I will ask you some questions.

b) ______________________________.

c) Will you come to my party tonight?

c) _______________________________

d) She was going to study the lesson.

d) ______________________________.

e) They have been in Madrid for five months.

e) ______________________________.

f) They will speak English.

f) ______________________________.

g) Are you going to sell your car?

g) _______________________________

h) Have they come soon?

h) _______________________________

i) It is going to rain.

i) ______________________________.

j) They were going to write a letter.

j) ______________________________.

k) Has she gone to our school this morning?

k) _______________________________

l) Will you stay here in winter?

l) _______________________________

m) I will finish my work tomorrow.

m) ______________________________.

n) It will be a very nice summer.

n) ______________________________.

8) MAKE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES INTERROGATIVE.

a) They were going to write a letter.a) Were they going to write a letter?

b) You have taken some eggs for breakfast.b) _______________________________

c) Anna will meet Peter tomorrow at half past one.c) _______________________________

d) He is an English teacher.d) _______________________________

e) You told me the truth.e) _______________________________

f) She has studied French since 1985.f) _______________________________

g) They weren’t going to come.g) _______________________________

h) Her birthday is on October the 14th.h) _______________________________

i) I won’t go with you to the zoo.i) _______________________________

j) Michael is not going to read your article.j) _______________________________

9) PUT THE VERBS IN BRACKETS INTO THE CORRECT FORM.

a) If I see him I will give him a lift.(to give)

b) The table will collapse if you _____ on it.(to stand)

c) If he _____ all that he will be ill.(to eat)

d) If I find your passport I _____ you at once.(to telephone)

e) The police _____ him if they catch him.(to arrest)

f) If he _____ in bad light he will ruin his eyes.(to read)

g) Someone _____ your car if you leave it unlocked.(to steal)

h) What will happen if my parachute _____? (not to open)

i) If he _____ my car I will give him £10. (to wash)

j) I will be very angry if you _____ any more mistakes.(to make)

k) If you give my dog a bone he _____ it at once.(to bury)

-129-

11



1) pistol grip a) bayoneta

2) barrel b) recámara

3) sling c) empuñadura

4) bore d) portafusa

5) bayonet e) ánima

6) rear sight f) cañón

7) chamber g) guardamanos

8) forearm h) alza

UNIT 12UNIT 12

-131-

12

G R A M M A R

1. THE CONDITIONAL TENSE(EL TIEMPO CONDICIONAL)

1.1. AFFIRMATIVE FORM(FORMA AFIRMATIVA)

La forma condicional afirmativa del verbo eninglés se obtiene de manera muy parecida acomo se construye la del futuro simple:

El auxiliar “would” es invariable para todaslas personas, es decir, no tiene una forma“especial” para la tercera persona del singularcomo ocurre, por ejemplo, en el presentesimple. La forma “would” se puede contraer en“’d”.

Examples:

1.2. NEGATIVE FORM(FORMA NEGATIVA)

La forma negativa del condicional en inglésse construye con la forma “would not” o sucontracción “wouldn’t” más el infinitivo delverbo que se desea poner en condicional sin lapreposición “to”.

TO WALK (‘andar’)Conditional / Negative formEnglish Spanish

1st S I would not walkI wouldn’t walk (yo) no andaría

2nd S you would not walkyou wouldn’t walk

(tú) no andarías

(usted) no andaría

3rd S he/ she/ it would not walkhe/ she/ it wouldn’t walk (él /ella/ *ello) no andaría

1st P we would not walkwe wouldn’t walk (nosotros/ as) no andaríamos

2nd P you would not walkyou wouldn’t walk

(vosotros/ as) no andaríais

(ustedes) no andarían

3rd P they would not walkthey wouldn’t walk (ellos/ as) no andarían

Conditional / Negative form

SUJETO + WOULD NOT/WOULDN’T + Verbo en INFINITIVO

sin “TO”

English I would give you my car.

Spanish Te daría mi coche.

English You’d take a taxi.

Spanish Cogerías un taxi.

English We would like to go to France.

Spanish Nos gustaría ir a Francia.

English They’d meet my mother.

Spanish Conocerían a mi madre.

English She would read this book.

Spanish Leería este libro.

TO WALK (‘andar’)Conditional / Affirmative form

English Spanish

1st S I would walkI’d walk (yo) andaría

2nd S you would walkyou’d walk

(tú) andarías

(usted) andaría

3rd S he/ she/ it would walkhe’d/ she’d/ it’d walk (él /ella/ *ello) andaría

1st P we would walkwe’d walk (nosotros/ as) andaríamos

2nd P you would walkyou’d walk

(vosotros/ as) andaríais

(ustedes) andarían

3rd P they would walkthey’d walk (ellos /as) andarían

Conditional / Affirmative form

SUJETO + WOULD + verbo en INFINITIVOsin “TO”

-132-

12


Para construir oraciones interrogativas entiempo condicional en inglés no se emplea elauxiliar “ to do”, sino que se hace uso de“would”, cuya forma es invariable para todas laspersonas.

1.4. NEGATIVE QUESTION FORM(FORMA INTERROGATIVO-NEGATIVA)

Para construir oraciones interrogativo-negativas en condicional tenemos dosopciones: (1) hacer uso de la forma negativacontraída (“wouldn’t”) que suele ser lo máscomún, o (2) hacer uso de la forma negativa nocontraída (“would not”).

Examples:

2. THE IMPERATIVE(EL IMPERATIVO)

El imperativo en inglés se construyesimplemente con la forma de infinitivo delverbo sin la partícula “to” y, a diferencia de otrasformas verbales que necesitan el pronombrepersonal explícito (“I eat”; “you would like”;“they have seen”, etc.), el imperativo en inglésno lo requiere. En inglés se emplea esta únicaforma para la segunda persona del singular ydel plural (“you”, ‘tú’, ‘vosotros’, ‘usted’,‘ustedes’) cuando en español se necesitancuatro formas distintas:

Examples:

English Spanish

Do it

Hazlo (tú) / Hacedlo (vosotros/ as)

Hágalo (usted) / Háganlo (ustedes)

Eat

Come (tú) / Comed (vosotros/ as)

Coma (usted) / Coman (ustedes)

Study

Estudia (tú) / Estudiad (vosotros/ as)

Estudie (usted) / Estudien (ustedes)

Come

Ven (tú) / Venid (vosotros/ as)

Venga (usted) / Vengan (ustedes)

English Wouldn’t you lend me your car?Would you not lend me your car?

Spanish ¿No me dejarías tu coche?

English Wouldn’t they go to England?Would they not go to England?

Spanish ¿No irían a Inglaterra?

Conditional / Negative question form

WOULDN’T + SUJETO +Verbo en

INFINITIVOsin “TO”

(complts.) ?

Conditional / Contracted negative question form

WOULDN’T + SUJETO +Verbo en


+ (complts.) ?

TO WALK (‘andar’)Conditional / Question

English Spanish

1st S would I walk? ¿andaría (yo)?

2nd S would you walk?¿andarías (tú)?

¿andaría (usted)?

3rd S would he/ she/ it walk? ¿andaría (él/ ella /*ello)?

1st P would we walk? ¿andaríamos (nosotros/ as)?

2nd P would you walk?¿andaríais (vosotros/ as)?

¿andarían (ustedes)?

3rd P would they walk? ¿andarían (ellos/ as)?

Conditional / Question form

WOULD + SUJETO +Verbo en


+ (complts.) ?

-133-

12

Para la forma negativa del imperativo seemplea el auxiliar “to do” en su forma negativa:“do not”, que se emplea en contextos formales,y “don’t”, que se emplea en contextos másinformales:

Examples:

El auxiliar “do” también se emplea en la formaafirmativa del imperativo cuando se quiereenfatizar la orden:

Examples:

Para formular órdenes o sugerencias que,además de a otras personas, incluyan al propiohablante, en inglés se utilizan los “let’scommands”. Se forman de la siguiente manera:

La forma negativa de este tipo deconstrucciones imperativas sería la siguiente:

Examples:

English Let’s eat pizza.

Spanish Comamos pizza.

English Let’s not go to the store.

Spanish No vayamos a la tienda.

Let’s commands / Negative form

LET’S + NOT +Verbo en


+ (complts.) ?

Let’s commands / Affirmative firm

LET’S +Verbo en


+ (complts.) ?

English Do eat

SpanishCome (tú) / Comed (vosotros)

Coma (usted) / Coman (ustedes)

English Do study this lesson

SpanishEstudia (tú) / Estudiad (vosotros) esta lección

Estudie (usted) / Estudien (ustedes) esta lección

English Do not do it

SpanishNo lo hagas (tú) / No lo hagáis (vosotros)

No lo haga (usted) / No lo hagan (ustedes)

English Don’t be a fool

SpanishNo seas (tú) tonto / No seáis (vosotros) tontos

No sea (usted) tonto / No sean (ustedes) tontos

D A I L Y S P E A K I N G1.-CUSTOMS(LA ADUANA)

Customs officer: Where are you from?Aduanero: ¿De dónde es usted?

Teresa: I’m Spanish.Teresa: Soy española.

Customs officer: Do you have an entry permit?Aduanero: ¿Tiene un permiso de entrada?

Teresa: Yes, here it is.Teresa: Sí, aquí está.

Customs officer: How long are you going to stay in thecountry for?

Aduanero: ¿Cuánto tiempo va a permanecer en el país?

Teresa: Two months.Teresa: Dos meses.

Customs officer: And, what’s the purpose of your journey?Aduanero: Y, ¿cuál es el motivo de su viaje?

Teresa: I am going to take a French course atthe University of Paris. Do I have toopen my suitcase?

Teresa: Voy a estudiar en la Universidad de Parísun curso de francés. ¿Tengo que abrir lamaleta?

Customs officer: No. Thank you very much.Aduanero: No. Muchas gracias.

Teresa: You are welcome.Teresa: De nada.

Where are youfrom?

I’m Spanish

Do you have anentry permit?

Yes, here it is

How long are yougoing to stay in the

country for? Two months

I’m going to take aFrench course at

University of Paris.Do I have to open

my suitcase?

And, what’sthe purpose

of yourjourney?

No. Thank you verymuch

You are welcome

-134-

12

English Spanishdraughts damaschess ajedrezathletics atletismobasketball baloncestohandball balonmanovolleyball voleibolmountaineering alpinismobilliards billarcycling ciclismoskiing esquífootball fútbolgolf golfriding hípicaice hockey hockey sobre hieloswimming nataciónskating patinajerugby rugbytennis tenis


ridingtennis

rugbyswimming

1.-SPORTS AND LEISURE TIME(DEPORTES Y TIEMPO LIBRE)

English Spanish

fishing pesca

theatre teatro

cinema cine

opera ópera

dance danza

go for a strollpasear

go for a walk

go for jogging ir a correr

reading leer

hiking senderismo

hobby pasatiempo

play a musical instrument(play the guitar/ the violin/ thepiano/ the harp)

tocar un instrumento musical(tocar la guitarra/ el violín/ elpiano / el arpa)

play the harp

reading

fishing

Examples:

English Spanish

What do you do in your free time? ¿Qué haces en tu tiempo libre?

When I was a child I used to ride horses. Cuando era pequeño solía montar a caballo.

Draughts and chess are intellectual games. Las damas y el ajedrez son juegos intelectuales.

-135-

12

R E A D I N G C O M P R E H E N S I O N1.-TERRORIST ATTACK(ATAQUE TERRORISTA)

Because of the terrorist attacks on the World TradeCenter and the Pentagon in 2001, there are manypeople concerned about the possibility of futureincidents and their potential impact. As a result of thiskind of devastating acts there is a great uncertaintyabout the future and stress levels are increasing.Nevertheless, there are things you can do to preparefor the unexpected and to reduce the stress. Forexample, you can create an emergencycommunications plan, you can establish a meetingplace, you can assemble a disaster supplies kit orcheck on the school emergency plan of any school-agechildren you may have. And in the event that disasterstrikes, you have to:

- remain calm and be patient;- follow the advice of local emergency officials;- listen to your radio or television for news and

instructions;- if the disaster occurs near you, check for injuries;

give first aid and get help for seriously injuredpeople;

- if the disaster occurs near your home and you arethere, check for damage using a flashlight; do notlight matches or candles or turn on electricalswitches; check for fires, fire hazards and otherhousehold hazards; sniff for gas leaks, starting atthe water heater; and, if you smell gas or suspect aleak, turn off the main gas valve, open windows,and get everyone outside quickly;

- shut off any other damaged utilities;- call your family contact, do not use the telephone

again unless it is a life-threatening emergency;- check on your neighbours, especially those who are

elderly or disabled.


1) When did the terrorist attacks on the WorldTrade Center and the Pentagon take place?

2) What can you do in order to prepare yourselffor a terrorist attack?

M I L I T A R Y T E R M S1.-COMMUNICATIONS(COMUNICACIONES)

English Spanishsignal transmisionesinformation source fuente de informaciónreport informar; informemessage mensajetactical communications transmisiones tácticasradio communications transmisiones radiowireless sin cableantenna antenaaerialwire cablefax faxoperator operadorcall sign indicativocode cifrarinterference interferenciajamming

dial a number marcar un número[de teléfono]

channel canalwave onda

signal

operator

-136-

12

English Spanishwound herida; heridofracture fracturashock shockburn quemadurafrostbite congelaciónsunstroke golpe de calorblister ampollaarm bandageleg bandage

vendaje de brazovendaje de pierna

plaster escayolastretcher camillacasualty bajafever fiebrebruise magulladurapill pastillasevere injury herida gravelight injury herida leveevacuation evacuación

2.-FIRST AID(PRIMEROS AUXILIOS)

leg bandage

bruise


Private: Hello, Pérez! Do you know whathappened to Corporal Martínezyesterday?

Soldado: ¡Hola, Pérez! ¿Sabes qué le pasó al CaboMartínez ayer?

Private: Yes, he was wounded on his leg.Soldado: Sí, se hirió una pierna.

Private: How was it?Soldado: ¿Cómo fue?

Private: A shell explosion. Mortar shrapnel.Soldado: La explosión de una granada. Metralla de

mortero.

Private: Was it a severe injury?Soldado: ¿Fue una herida grave?

Private: No, it wasn’t serious.Soldado: No, no fue grave.

severe injury

Hello, Pérez! Do you knowwhat happened to Corporal

Martínez yesterday?Yes, he was wounded

on his leg

How was it? A shell explosion.Mortar shrapnel

Was it a severe injury?

No, it wasn’t serious

-137-

12

E X E R C I S E S

1) WRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THECONDITIONAL TENSE.

a) I speak French.a) I would speak French.

b) We go to the hotel this morning.b) ______________________________.

c) Paul meets his girlfriend this afternoon.c) ______________________________.

d) Hellen comes from Scotland.d) ______________________________.

e) Peter’s best friend plays basketball.e) ______________________________.

f) We eat meat twice a week.f) ______________________________.

g) They have breakfast at half past seven.g) ______________________________.

h) You buy this vase.h) ______________________________.

i) I write my curriculum.i) ______________________________.

2) WRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THECONTRACTION OF CONDITIONAL TENSE.

a) I speak French.a) I’d speak French.

b) We go to the hotel this morning.b) __________________________________.

c) Paul doesn’t meet his girlfriend this afternoon.c) __________________________________.

d) Hellen doesn’t come from Scotland.d) __________________________________.

e) Peter’s best friend doesn’t play basketball.e) __________________________________.

f) We eat meat twice a week.f) __________________________________.

g) They have breakfast at half past seven.g) __________________________________.

h) You buy this vase.h) __________________________________.

i) I write my curriculum.i) __________________________________.

3) WRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USING THENEGATIVE OF THE CONDITIONAL TENSE.

a) I speak French.a) I would not speak French.

b) We go to the hotel this morning.b) ______________________________.

c) Paul meets his girlfriend this afternoon.c) ______________________________.

d) Hellen comes from a Scotland.d) ______________________________.

e) Peter’s best friend plays basketball.e) ______________________________.

f) We eat meat twice a week.f) ______________________________.

g) They have breakfast at half past seven.g) ______________________________.

h) You buy this vase.h) ______________________________.

i) I write my curriculum.i) ______________________________.


a) you /my new house /? /go to /Woulda) Would you go to my new house?

b) piano /not /play /they /Would /the /?b) ______________________________

c) a mistake /would /You /makec) ______________________________

d) for you /I /tonight /’d /cookd) ______________________________

e) wouldn’t /go /Michael /a walk /fore) ______________________________

f) like to /me /see /She /not /wouldf) ______________________________

g) She‘d /like to /book /read /good /ag) ______________________________

-138-

12

5) MAKE INTERROGATIVE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES.

a) I wouldn’t visit my grandmother.a) Wouldn’t I visit my grandmother?

b) He would like to be in France.b) ______________________________

c) They wouldn’t have a better job.c) ______________________________

d) Martha’s father would find a good place.d) ______________________________

e) He wouldn’t drive faster.e) ______________________________

f) My legs would hurt very much.f) ______________________________

g) Louise would not study in China.g) ______________________________

h) I’d borrow your chair.h) ______________________________

i) My mother wouldn’t make any suggestion.i) ______________________________

7) PUT THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES INTO THE NEGATIVE FORM.

a) Go home.a) Don’t go home. /Do not go home.

b) Play this song.b) ______________________________.

c) Smoke.c) ______________________________.

d) Open the door.d) ______________________________.

e) Sit down.e) ______________________________.

f) Stop.f) ______________________________.

g) Let’s count the money.g) ______________________________.

h) Let’s work together.h) ______________________________.

i) Let’s begin now.i) ______________________________.


6) MAKE IMPERATIVE SENTENCES WITH THE FOLLOWING WORDS. a) Write a letter to your cousin.a) Do write a letter to your cousin.b) ______________________________.b) ______________________________.

c) ______________________________.c) ______________________________.

d) ______________________________.d) ______________________________.

e) ______________________________.e) ______________________________.

f) ______________________________.f) ______________________________.

g) ______________________________.g) ______________________________.

h) ______________________________.h) ______________________________.

Subject Verb Complements

you write a letter to your cousin

we study for one hour

you make peace

you come here right now

we go to the cinema

you say it

we play a song for her

we start the work

English terms Spanish terms1) operator a) interferencia

2) wire b) indicativo

3) radio commnications c) operador

4) report d) antena

5) jamming e) marcar un número [de teléfono]

6) dial a number f) transmisiones radio

7) aerial g) informe

8) call sign h) cable

UNIT 13UNIT 13

-139-

13

G R A M M A R

1. MODAL VERBS(VERBOS MODALES)

Los verbos modales son un conjunto deverbos anómalos que poseen una serie decaracterísticas comunes:

a) Tienen la misma forma verbal invariablepara todas las personas, excepto “have (got)to”, que tiene “has” en la tercera persona delsingular.

Examples:

b) En las oraciones interrogativas se invierteel orden del sujeto y del verbo modal, mientrasque en los verbos no modales se usa el auxiliar“to do” (las oraciones interrogativas con verbosmodales se construyen de una forma similar acomo se construyen las oraciones con el verbo“to be”, tal y como se explica en la unidad 1).

Aquellos modales que aceptan la formanegativa contraída tienen dos maneras paraformar oraciones interrogativas:

En las oraciones negativas la partículanegativa “not” va siempre detrás del verbo.

Examples:

Nótese que “cannot”, a diferencia del restode los verbos modales, va todo junto en laforma negativa.

c) Cuando acompañan a un verbo eninfinitivo, siempre lo preceden en las oracionesafirmativas y negativas.

Examples:

d) Cuando el verbo modal acompaña a unverbo en infinitivo, dicho infinitivo aparece sin lapartícula “to”, salvo con los verbos modales“ought to” y “have to”

Examples:

English He can write.

Spanish Puede escribir.

English He could do it better.

Spanish Lo podría / lo pudo hacer mejor.

English She has to go to Hannover.

Spanish Tiene que ir a Hannover.

English He can write.

Spanish Puede escribir.

English He might do it later.

Spanish Puede que lo haga más tarde.

English You shouldn’t take it so seriously.

Spanish No deberías tomártelo tan a pecho.

English Can he?Could he?

Spanish ¿Puede?¿Pudo / podría?

English He cannot (can’t).He could not (couldn’t).

Spanish No puede.No pudo / no podría.

English Couldn’t she speak louder?Could she not speak louder?

Spanish ¿No podría hablar más alto?

Modal verbs / Contracted negative question form

Verbomodal ennegativacontraído

+ SUJETO [ +Verbo

eninfinitivosin “TO”

+ (complts.) ] ?

Modal verbs / Negative question form

Verbomodal + SUJETO + NOT [ +

Verboen

infinitivosin “TO”

+ (complts.) ] ?

English He can sing.

Spanish Puede cantar.

English She has to sing.

Spanish Tiene que cantar.

-140-

13

1.1.-CAN

El verbo modal “can” significa ‘poder’, ‘tenerla capacidad o la habilidad para llevar a cabouna acción’. También se puede utilizar paraexpresar permiso, posibilidad, imposibilidad opetición. La forma negativa de “can” (“cannot” o“can’t”) expresa deducción. Las formas “can”,“cannot” y “can’t” sólo se utilizan en presente.

La perífrasis verbal “to be able to” se usapara expresar capacidad en los tiemposverbales en los que “can” no puede conjugarse,por ejemplo, en futuro o pasado. Por lo tanto, laforma negativa hará referencia a la falta decapacidad. No obstante, “to be able to” puedeconjugarse en todos los tiempos que hasta elmomento hemos visto en este libro:

1.2.-COULD

“Could” expresa habilidad en el pasado; conla forma negativa, imposibilidad en el pasado.También se puede usar para hacersugerencias, especulaciones (como “might”),

para pedir algo educadamente o para expresarcríticas. “Could” se refiere tanto al tiempopasado (‘pude’) como al condicional (‘podría’.)

to be able toEnglish Spanish

Ability in the future: I will be able to speak English. Capacidad en futuro: Podré hablar inglés.

Inability in the future: I will not (won’t) be able to cometomorrow. Incapacidad en futuro: No podré venir mañana.

Ability in the past: He was able to read a whole bookin one day. Capacidad en pasado: Pudo leer un libro entero en un solo día.

CanEnglish Spanish

Ability: He can write. Capacidad: Puede escribir.

Permission: Can I go with you? Permiso: ¿Puedo ir contigo?

Possibility/Impossibility: Albert can become rich and famous ifhe knows the right people. Posibilidad/Imposibilidad: Alberto puede hacerse rico y famoso si

conoce a la gente adecuada.

Request: Can I have a glass of water? Petición: ¿Puedo tomarme un vaso de agua?

Deduction: They cannot (can’t) be at home.The lights are off. Deducción: No pueden estar en casa.

Las luces están apagadas.

CouldEnglish Spanish

Skill in the past: My father could speak French whenhe was ten years old.

Habilidad enpasado:

Mi padre podía hablar francés cuandotenía diez años.

Polite request: Could you repeat that again, please? Solicitar algoeducadamente: ¿Podría repetir eso de nuevo, por favor?

Impossibility in thepast:

I was so nervous I could not (couldn’t)remember anything.

Imposibilidad enpasado:

Estaba tan nervioso que no puderecordar nada.

Suggestion: We could go to the cinema. Sugerencia: Podríamos ir al cine.

Criticism: You could have told me the truth. Crítica: Podrías haberme dicho la verdad.

-141-

13

1.3.-MUST

El verbo “must” expresa obligaciónineludible de hacer algo. Asimismo, puedeexpresar deducción de un hecho, prohibición(en su forma negativa) o una sugerencia.

Ya que “must” es un verbo defectivo y nopuede conjugarse en determinados tiemposverbales (e.g., pasado, futuro, etc.); nos vemosobligados a utilizar “have to” en el tiempooportuno para expresar este tipo de obligación.Por lo tanto, la forma negativa de “have to”expresará esa ausencia de obligación. Nótese

que, “must” implica un mayor grado deobligación que “have to”. Asimismo, “have to”también podrá utilizarse en tiempo presentecon ese mismo matiz de obligación.

“Have to” no es un verbo modal propiamentedicho ya que no posee la mayoría de lascaracterísticas de los verbos modalesexpuestas anteriormente. Esto quiere decirque, se comporta como el resto de los verbos ala hora de hacer preguntas o a la hora de negar(con el auxiliar “to do”). Además, para latercera persona del singular ha de emplearse laforma “has”. Veamos algunos ejemplos:

MustEnglish Spanish

Obligation They must study to pass the exam. Mustthey study to pass the exam? Obligación Deben estudiar para aprobar el examen.

¿Deben estudiar para aprobar el examen?

Deduction The rumour must be true. Deducción: El rumor debe de ser verdad.

Prohibition: You must not (mustn’t) come back late Prohibición: No debes volver tarde.

Suggestion: You must see the British Museum! It’swonderful! Sugerencia: ¡Deberías ver el Museo Británico! ¡Es

maravilloso!

Have toEnglish Spanish

Obligationin the present:

I have to go to class.I must go to class.

Obligaciónen presente:

Tengo que ir a clase.Debo ir a clase.

Obligationin the past: They had to study. Obligación

en pasado: Tuvieron / tenían que estudiar

Lack of obligationin the past: She did not (didn’t) have to study. Ausencia de obligación

en pasado: No tuvo / tenía que estudiar.

Obligationin the future: He will have to go to London. Obligación en futuro: Tendrá que ir a Londres.

Lack of obligationin the future: I will not (won’t) have to come soon. Ausencia de obligación

en futuro: No tendré que volver temprano.

Examples:

1.4.-NEED

El verbo “need” expresa necesidad. “Need”es un verbo semi-modal, esto significa quepuede comportarse como modal o no, es decir,que puede adquirir (o no) las propiedadesestructurales de los verbos modales.

Examples:

English They need not (needn’t) take it unless they want to.

Spanish No necesitan cogerlo a no ser que quieran.

English They don’t need to take it unless they want to.

Spanish No necesitan cogerlo a no ser que quieran.

English Need you go?

Spanish ¿Necesitas irte?

English Do you need to go?

Spanish ¿Necesitas irte?

English Need he go so soon?

Spanish ¿Necesita irse tan temprano?

English Does he need to go so soon?

Spanish ¿Necesita irse tan temprano?

English I need to study harder.

Spanish Necesito estudiar más duro.

English She needs to be loved.

Spanish Necesita ser amada.

English Do you have to wear a uniform?

Spanish ¿Tienes que llevar uniforme?

English Did she have to bring an umbrella?

Spanish ¿Tuvo que llevar paraguas?

English You don’t have to read the whole book.

Spanish No tienes que leer todo el libro.

English She doesn’t have to drive.

Spanish No tiene que conducir.

-142-

13

Nótese que el verbo “need” se comportacomo modal en las tablas sombreadas enamarillo. Esto quiere decir que para la formanegativa, se intercala la partícula de negación“not” entre “need” y el verbo en infinitivo sin lapartícula “to” (también puede contraerse en“needn’t”), mientras que para la forma negativano modal, se antepone la partícula “don’t” alverbo “need”, seguida del verbo en infinitivocon la partícula “to”. Para la forma interrogativase invierte el orden del sujeto y del verbo

modal, mientras que para la forma interrogativano modal de hace uso del auxiliar “to do” comose ha explicado en unidades anteriores.

1.5.-MAY

El modal “may” expresa permiso yposibilidad. También es utilizado para hacerespeculaciones. Por lo tanto:

Nótese que la forma negativa de “may” nose abrevia.

MayEnglish Spanish

Permission: May I go? Permiso: ¿Puedo ir?

Possibility It may rain tomorrow. Posibilidad: Es posible que llueva mañana.

Speculation: That may be the man who won thelottery. Especulación: Puede que ése sea el hombre al que le

tocó la lotería.

1.6.-MIGHT

Con el verbo modal “might” sirve paraexpresar posibilidad, así como para hacerespeculaciones. Por lo tanto:

La forma “might not” no se contrae.

MightEnglish Spanish

Possibility: She might be the winner.She might not be the winner. Posibilidad: Puede que sea la ganadora.

Puede que no sea la ganadora.

Speculation:Might she be the winner?They might come into the house through anopen window.

Especulación:¿Puede que sea la ganadora?Puede que entren en la casa a través deuna ventana abierta.

1.7 SHOULD / OUGHT TO

Los verbos modales “should” y “ought to”pueden: expresar obligación moral, servir paradar consejos, así como para criticar accionespasadas. La forma negativa contraída de“should not” es “shouldn’t”. Por lo tanto:

*Nótese que para criticar acciones pasadas elverbo principal debe ir en infinitivo compuesto(have + participio de pasado) o en infinitivosimple.

Should / Ought toEnglish Spanish

Moral obligation:

I should read more.I ought to read more.

Obligación moral:Debería leer más.

Should I read more?Ought I to read more? Debería leer más?

Advice / Suggestion:

You should be more responsible.

Consejo / Sugerencia:

Deberías ser más responsable.You ought to be more responsible.

You should not (shouldn’t)drink so much.No deberías beber tanto.

You ought not to drink so much.

Criticism: He shouldn’t (should not) have lied.*He ought not to have lied. Crítica: No debería haber mentido.

-143-

13

D A I L Y S P E A K I N G1.-SHOPPING. BUYING FOOD(DE COMPRAS. COMPRANDO COMIDA)

Customer: Could I have some of that cheese,please?

Cliente: ¿Me podría dar un poco de esequeso, por favor?

Shop assistant: Which one do you want? TheCamembert?

Dependiente: ¿Cuál quiere? ¿El Camembert?

Customer: Yes, the Camembert will do. Howmuch is it?

Cliente: Sí, el Camembert está bien. ¿Cuántocuesta?

Shop assistant: £9 a pound.Dependiente: 9 libras por libra.

Customer: I’ll have half a pound.Cliente: Quiero media libra.

Shop assistant: Here you are.Dependiente: Aquí tiene.

Customer: Thank you very much.Cliente: Muchas gracias.

Shop assistant: You are welcome.Dependiente: De nada.

Could I havesome of that

cheese, please?

Which one do youwant? The

Camembert?

Yes, theCamembert will do.

How much is it?

£9 a pound

I’ll have half apound

Here you are

Thank you verymuch

You arewelcome

2.-SHOPPING. BUYING CLOTHES(DE COMPRAS. COMPRANDO ROPA)

Teresa: Look at that sweater! Isn’t it nice? Whydon’t we come in?

Teresa: ¡Mira ese jersey! ¿A que es bonito? ¿Porqué no entramos?

Miguel: Ok, let’s come in.Miguel: Vale, entremos.

Miguel: I’ll take it, I love it.Miguel: Me lo llevo, me encanta.

Teresa: Do it! This colour really goes with yourcomplexion.

Teresa: ¡Hazlo! Este color te sienta muy biena la cara.

Teresa: Oh, I like very much these trousers too!Please, Miguel, try them on.

Teresa: ¡Oh, estos pantalones también me gustanmucho! Por favor, Miguel, pruébatelos.

Miguel: Ok, I will, but I need a smaller size...these are fine, I’ll take them.

Miguel: Vale, me los probaré, pero necesito unatalla más pequeña... éstos me van bien, melos llevo.

Teresa: Anyway, I think that if you have anyproblems, you can change them forother trousers or get the money back.

Teresa: De todas formas, creo que si tienes algúnproblema puedes cambiarlos por otros pan-talones o te devuelven el dinero.

Look at that sweater!Isn’t it nice? Why don’t

we come in?

Ok, let’s come in

I’ll take it,I love it

Do it! This colourreally goes withyour complexion

Oh, I like very much thesetrousers too!. Please,Miguel, try them on

Ok, I will, but I need asmaller size... these are

fine, I’ll take them

Anyway, I think that if youhave any problems, you can

change them for othertrousers or get the money

back

-144-

13


1.-LENGTH(LONGITUD)


She weighs 129 pounds. (AmE) Pesa 58,66 kg.

She weighs 9 stone 3 pounds. (BrE) Pesa 58,66 kg.

Anglo-Saxon Metric System(Sistema Métrico Anglosajón)

European Metric System(Sistema Métrico Decimal)

1 inch1 pulgada 2,54 cm

12 inches12 pulgadas

= 1 foot= 1 pie 30,48 cm

3 feet3 pies

= 1 yard= 1 yarda 91,4 cm

220 yards220 yardas

= 1 furlog= 1 estadio 201,17 m

8 furlongs8 estadios

= 1 mile= 1 milla

1.609 km1,760 yards1.760 yardas

= 1 mile= 1 milla

2.-WEIGHT(PESO)



1 ounce1 onza 28,35 g

16 ounces16 onzas

= 1 pound= 1 libra 454 g

14 pounds14 libras = 1 stone 6,35 kg

112 pounds112 libras = 1 hundredweight 50,8 kg

2,000 pounds = 1 short ton 907 kg

20 hundredweights = 1 ton / long ton 1.016 kg2,240 pounds

3.-CAPACITY(CAPACIDAD)



1 fluid ounce1 onza fluida 2,84 cl

20 fluid ounces20 onzas fluidas

= 1 pint= 1 pinta 0,568 l

2 pints2 pintas

= 1 quart= 1 cuarto 1,136 l

4 quarts4 cuartos

= 1 gallon= 1 galón 4,546 l

-145-

13


1.-DAVID BOWIE

David Robert Jones was born on 8th January, 1947, inLondon (England, United Kingdom). David Jonesstarted playing the saxophone at the age of 13, andhe left Bromley Technical High School (where a friendparalyzed David's left pupil in a fight) to work as acommercial artist three years later.In 1966, he changed his name to David Bowie toavoid confusion with the Monkees' Davy Jones.He married the American-born Angela Barnett on 20th

March, 1970. They had a son in June 1971. Thecouple divorced in 1980.Bowie's tribute to the New York City of Andy Warhol,the Velvet Underground and Bob Dylan, included histheme song "Changes".He produced albums for Lou Reed ("Transformer"and its hit "Walk on the wild side") and wrote andproduced Mott the Hoople's anthem "All the YoungDudes".Bowie revitalized Iggy Pop's career by producing"The Idiot" and "Lust for life" (both in 1977).Bowie had no luck in his acting career: "Into theNight" (1985), "Absolute Beginners" (1986);"Labyrinth" (1986), "The Linguini Incident" (1992) and"Twin Peaks". None of these films were commercialsuccesses.In 1992 Bowie married Somalian supermodel Iman.His wedding present to his wife was an album called"Black Tie White Noise", which received positivereviews.


1) What happened to David's eye a long time ago?

2) Why did he change his name to David Bowie?

3) Was his acting career successful?

4) What was his wedding present to his wife?

a) David Bowie was born in 1947. T / F

b) He started playing the saxophone at the age of 15. T / F

c) A friend paralyzed his left pupil in a fight. T / Fd) He changed his name to David Bowie

because he liked it more. T / F

e) In 1972 he married Angela Barnett. T / F

f) His song “Changes” was a tribute to New York. T / Fg) He produced the album “Transformer” for

Lou Reed. T / F

h) “Labyrinth” was a very famous album. T / F

i) The supermodel Iman became his wife in 1992. T / F



English Spanishtask misiónattack atacar; ataqueassault asaltoenemy enemigocombat combatehand-to-hand combat combate cuerpo a cuerpoendurance march marcha de endurecimientoplatoon position posición de secciónapproaching avenue avenida de aproximaciónadvanced vanguardiarearguard retaguardiaflank flancobody gruesosuppress neutralizar

1.-OPERATIONS, OFFENSIVE(OPERACIONES, OFENSIVA)

English Spanishlanding zone zona de lanzamientodeparture line línea de partidaaim at apuntar adestroy destruirtarget objetivoimpact

impactar; impactohitseize an objective tomar un objetivoassembly area zona de reunióncoordination line línea de coordinacióncounterattack contraataquepursue perseguirencircle rodearsiege sitiar

aim at

assault

-146-

13


Captain: Lieutenant, cross the departureline at 7 am.

Capitán: Teniente, cruce la línea de partida alas 7 am.

Lieutenant: That’s right, Sir. After that, my platoonwill advance up to that river but…Where is the enemy position?

Teniente: De acuerdo, mi Capitán. Después deeso, mi sección avanzará sobreaquel río pero… ¿Dónde seencuentra la posición enemiga?

Captain: It’s behind that hill. The attack willbe performed once you receivethe order by radio.

Capitán: Está detrás de aquella colina. Elataque tendrá lugar una vez hayarecibido la orden por radio.

Lieutenant: We will need fire support aftercrossing the departure line.

Teniente: Necesitaremos fuego de apoyodespués de cruzar la línea de partida.

Captain: The mortars will support your assault.Capitán: Los morteros apoyarán el asalto.

Lieutenant,cross the

departure lineat 7 am

E X E R C I S E S


a) ¿Puedes hacer esto ahora? No, ahora no puedo.a) Can you do it now? No, now I can’t.

b) La próxima semana no tendré que venir.b) __________________________________.

c) Tienes que estudiar la lección tercera.c) __________________________________.

d) Alex y Raúl deben comprar sus libros.d) __________________________________.

e) Sus (de ella) explicaciones deben ser ciertas.e) __________________________________.

f) ¿Podría darme el nombre de la escuela?f) __________________________________.

g) Deberías ir a Londres, es una ciudad muy bonita.g) __________________________________.

h) ¿Necesitas llevar falda?h) __________________________________.

2) REWRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USINGTHE FUTURE SIMPLE TENSE.

a) I can play a song for you with a guitar.a) I will be able to play a song for you with a guitar.

b) I must study to pass my exam.b) __________________________________.

c) She can’t say it louder.c) __________________________________.

d) I need my pills.d) __________________________________.

e) James must do an assignment.e) __________________________________.

f) You must pronounce perfectly.f) __________________________________.

g) You can’t understand these sentences.g) __________________________________.

h) I can´t see your eyes.h) __________________________________.

It’s behind that hill. Theattack will be performed

once you receive the orderby radio

The mortars will supportyour assault

That’s right, Sir. After that, myplatoon will advance up to that riverbut... Where is the enemy position?

We will need fire support aftercrossing the departure line

-147-

13

3) PUT THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES INTO THEINTERROGATIVE FORM.

a) I can play a song for you.a) Can I play a song for you?

b) He must study to pass his exam.b) __________________________________

c) She can’t act like a queen.c) __________________________________

d) They need to go on holidays.d) __________________________________

e) James could walk for hours.e) __________________________________

f) He should do better at Physics.f) __________________________________

g) You can’t understand these sentences.g) __________________________________

h) She will be able to attend lectures during pregnancy.h) __________________________________

i) She couldn’t speak Russian.i) __________________________________

4) REWRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES IN THESIMPLE PAST TENSE.

a) She can’t read your article.a) She couldn’t read your article /

She was not able to read your article.

b) My cousins can dance flamenco.b) ________________________________.

c) I must do my homework.c) ________________________________.

d) We need to be accepted.d) ________________________________.

e) Our questions must be answered.e) ________________________________.

f) Do you need to take music lessons?f) ________________________________.

g) They need not study at home.g) ________________________________.

h) They can be right.h) ________________________________.

i) I must not do this exam.i) __________________________________.

5) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH“MIGHT”, “SHOULD” AND “MUST” IN THEAFFIRMATIVE OR NEGATIVE FORM.

a) Nancy said you didn’t need to buy heranything for her birthday, but I really think youshould at least get her some flowers or a nicebottle of wine.

b) Nina said she would come over right afterwork, so she _______ be here by 6:00.

c) Oh, my God, he is unconscious. Don’t movehim, he _______ have internal injuries.Somebody call an ambulance.

d) You _______ be kidding! That can’t be true.

e) We should invite Sally and her husband tocome to the picnic on Saturday. We haven’tseen them in weeks,and they _______ reallyenjoy a nice day at the beach.

f) You _______ worry so much. It doesn’t do youany good.

g) I would love to go on the cruise to Tahiti withRobin and Michelle. But such a luxurious trip_______ cost a fortune.

6) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THESUITABLE FIGURE.

Length

a) 91,4 cm = 1 yard = ____ feet = ____ inches.b) 76,2 cm = ____ feet = ____ inches.c) 182,8 cm = ____ yards = ____ feet = ____ inches.d) 121,92 cm = ____ feet = ____ inches.e) 201,17 m = ____ furlong = ____ yards = ____ feet =

____ inches.f) 4.827 km = ____ miles = ____ furlongs = ____ yards =

____ feet = ____ inches.

Weight

a) 454 g = ____ pound = ____ ounces.b) 908 g = ____ pounds = ____ ounces.c) 3,175 kg= ____ stone = ____ pounds = ____ ounces.d) 6,35 kg = ____ stone = ____ pounds = ____ ounces.e) 101,6 kg = ____ hundredweights = ____ stones =

____ pounds = ____ ounces.f) 907 kg = ____ short ton = ____ hundredweights =

____ stones = ____ pounds = ____ ounces.

Capacity

a) 5,68 cl = ____ fluid ounces.b) 28,4 cl = ____ fluid ounces = ____ pints.c) 1,133 l = ____ fluid ounces = ____ pints = ____ quart.d) 9,092 l = ____ fluid ounces = ____ pints = ____ quarts =

____ gallon.

English terms Spanish terms1) endurance march a) tomar un objetivo2) departure line b) sitiar3) hand-to-hand combat c) línea de partida4) seize an objective d) retaguardia5) assembly area e) marcha de endurecimiento6) to siege f) zona de lanzamiento7) landing zone g) combate cuerpo a cuerpo8) rearguard h) zona de reunión

-148-

13


7) FILL IN THE GAPS BY INSERTING THE RIGHT MODALVERB FROM THE BOX IN THE AFFIRMATIVE ORNEGATIVE FORM, YOU CAN USE MODAL VERBSMORE THAN ONCE.

a) Ted’s flight from Amsterdam took more than 11hours. He might be exhausted after such along flight. He _______ prefer to stay intonight and get some rest.

b) Hiking the trail to the peak _______ bedangerous if you are not well prepared fordramatic weather changes.

c) When you have a small child in the house, you_______ leave small objects lying around.

d) _______ you hold your breath for more thana minute?

e) Jenny’s engagement ring is enormous!. It_______ have cost a fortune.

f) Please make sure to water my plants while Iam gone. If they don’t get enough water, they_______ die.

g) I _______ speak Arabic fluently when I was achild and we lived in Egypt.

h) The book is optional. My professor said we_______ read it if we needed extra credit. Butwe _______ read it if we don’t want to.

i) You _______ take your umbrella along withyou today. The weatherman on the news saidthere is a storm north of here and it _______rain later on this afternoon.

j) Do you _______ chew with your mouth openlike that? It is making me sick watching youeat that piece of pizza.

8) CORRECT THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES IF NECESSARY.

a) I don’t might go to the cinema.a) I might not go to the cinema.

b) Hellen don’t must be late.b) __________________________________.

c) We don’t can do this exercise, it is very difficult.c) __________________________________.

d) I have not to go to Sally’s office this afternoon.d) __________________________________.

e) Does Mary must pass this exam?e) __________________________________

f) Won’t you must work this afternoon?f) __________________________________

g) They can to swim but they don’t can to play football.g) __________________________________.

h) He not cans be there next week.h) __________________________________.

i) I don’t need to study that much.i) __________________________________.

j) He have work hard.j) __________________________________.

can could have to

must might should

UNIT 14UNIT 14

-149-

14

G R A M M A R

1.-PASSIVE VOICE(VOZ PASIVA)

La formación de la oración pasiva en ingléses similar a la del español, es decir, en laoración pasiva la persona o cosa que recibela acción del verbo en la oración activa pasa aser el sujeto paciente del verbo pasivo (e.g.:“María ve un árbol” / “Un árbol es visto porMaría”), mientras que el sujeto de la oraciónactiva pasa a ser el complemento agente de laoración pasiva (“María ve un árbol” / “Un árboles visto por María”). La forma verbal de la vozpasiva se construye de la siguiente manera:

- se utiliza el verbo “to be” (acepción ‘ser’)como verbo auxiliar, conjugado en la persona,el número y tiempo oportunos;

- el auxiliar va acompañado por el participiopasado del verbo principal.

Examples:Future

Present perfect

Present continuous

Past continuous

Simple past

Conditional

Future with “going to” (present)

Future with “going to” (past)English The jewel was going to be stolen.Spanish La joya iba ser robada.English Was the jewel going to be stolen?Spanish ¿Iba a ser robada la joya?

English The jewel is going to be stolen.Spanish La joya va a ser robada.English Is the jewel going to be stolen?Spanish ¿Va a ser robada la joya?

English The jewel would be stolen.Spanish La joya sería robada.English Would the jewel be stolen?Spanish ¿Sería robada la joya?

English The jewel was stolen.Spanish La joya fue robada.English Was the jewel stolen?Spanish ¿Fue robada la joya?

English The jewel was being stolen.Spanish La joya estaba siendo robada.English Was the jewel being stolen?Spanish ¿Estaba siendo robada la joya?

English The jewel is being stolen.Spanish La joya está siendo robada.English Is the jewel being stolen?Spanish ¿Está siendo robada la joya?

English The jewel has been stolen.Spanish La joya ha sido robada.English Has the jewel been stolen?Spanish ¿Ha sido robada la joya?

English The jewell won’t be stolen.Spanish La joya no será robada.English Won’t the jewel be stolen?Spanish ¿No será robada la joya?

TO BE (‘ser; estar’)Simple present / Affirmative form

English Spanish

1st S I am lovedI’m loved (yo) soy amado/ a

2nd S you are lovedyou’re loved

(tú) eres amado/ a

(usted) es amado/ a

3rd S he/ she/ it is lovedhe/ she/ it’s loved (él/ ella/ *ello) es amado/ a

1st P we are lovedwe’re loved (nosotros/ as) somos amados/ as

2nd P you are lovedyou’re loved

(vosotros/ as) sois amados/ as

(ustedes) son amados/ as

3rd P they are lovedthey’re loved (ellos/ as) son amados/ as


EnglishActivevoice

Peter bebe un vaso de agua

Spanish Peter drinks a glass of water

EnglishPassivevoice

un vaso de agua es bebido por Peter

Spanish a glass of water is drunk by Peter

-150-

14

En inglés, el uso de la voz pasiva es mucho másfrecuente que en español. Por ejemplo, la vozpasiva se emplea en inglés para construir ciertotipo de oraciones impersonales cuando en españolno se utiliza este modo, sino que se empleanestructuras con la forma impersonal “se”:

Examples:

En inglés (a diferencia de lo que ocurre enespañol que sólo el objeto directo [DO] puedeser el sujeto paciente de la oración pasiva) elobjeto indirecto [IO] en cierto tipo de oracionestambién puede ser el sujeto paciente de la vozpasiva:

Active voice:Michael gave a book to the boys for their birthdays.[subject] [verb] [DO] [IO] [complement]

(1) Passive voice (subject: DO):A book was given to the boys for their birthdays by Michel.

(2) Passive voice (subject: IO):The boys were given a book for their birthdays by Michel.

Nótese que el verbo auxiliar “to be” siempreconcordará con el sujeto paciente, así en (1)adopta la forma “was” (ya que el sujeto pacientees singular, “a book”), mientras que en (2)adopta la forma “were” (ya que el sujetopaciente es plural, “the boys”).

A la hora de transformar una oración activaen la que la función de sujeto está siendoejercida por un pronombre personal (“I”, “you”,“he”, “she”, “it”, “we” o “they”), hay que tener encuenta que este sujeto activo será elcomplemento agente de la oración pasiva y quelas formas anteriormente mencionadas (“I”,“you”, “he”, “she”, “it”, etc.) se convertirán en“me”, “you”, “him”, “her”, “it”, “us” y “them”,respectivamente.

Existe la posibilidad de que en las oracionespasivas no aparezca el complemento agente, bienporque no se sepa quién o qué es, bien porqueresulte irrelevante. Cuando el sujeto de la oraciónactiva es “they”, en la oración pasiva se sueleomitir el complemento agente (“by them”).

Suject Verb Complements

English

Activevoice

They cut a tree

Spanish Ellos cortaron un árbol

English

Passivevoice

A tree was cut (by them)

Spanish Un árbol fue cortado (por ellos)

Passive voice

Subject Verb Agent

(1) Michael was seen by him

(2) Some friends are brought by them

(3) Your books have been bought by her

(4) A letter will be sent by us

Active voice


(1) He saw Michael

(2) They bring some friends

(3) She has bought your books

(4) We will send a letter

English It is said that she is a teacher.

Spanish Se dice que (ella) es profesora.

English He is often seen with your sister.

Spanish Se le ve (a él) a menudo con tu hermana.

English It is believed that she needs a doctor.

Spanish Se cree que (ella) necesita un médico.

-151-

14

2.-PREPOSITIONS II(PREPOSICIONES II)

A continuación vamos a ver una lista de laspreposiciones más usadas en inglés:

Preposition Translation Examples

ABOVE arriba, sobre [superioridad, ya sea física omoral]

The sky is above.El firmamento está en lo alto.The Captain is above the Lieutanant.El Capitán está por encima del Teniente.

OVERsobre, encima [posición de un objetoencima de otro sin contacto directo;repetición; exceso]

The lamp is over the table.La lámpara está encima de la mesa.I overreacted to his remarks.Mi reacción frente a sus observaciones fue exagerada.Read this over again.Lee esto otra vez.

ONUPON

sobre, encima [posición de un objetosobre otro en contacto directo; tiempodeterminado; estado]

I left the book on the table.Dejé el libro encima de la mesa.On New Year’s day.El día de Año Nuevo.The house is on fire.La casa está ardiendo.

IN en, dentro de [movimiento haciadentro; lapso de tiempo; modo]

I am in the room.Estoy en la habitación.Come in!¡Entra!In a minute.En un minuto.In a bad temper.De mal humor.

INTO dentro [movimiento de fuera adentro;división]

I walked into the shop.Entré en la tienda.The glass was broken into a hundred of pieces.El vaso se rompió en cien pedazos.

FROM de, desde [punto de partida espacial otemporal; origen, causa]

I come from London.Vengo de Londres.Butter comes from milk.La mantequilla es un derivado de la leche.I’ll be there from 2 to 3.Estaré allí de 2 a 3.He died from a heart attack.Murió de un ataque al corazón.I received a letter from your sister.Recibí un carta de tu hermana.

OF de [relación de un objeto con otro;posesión; causa]

The door of the room.La puerta de la habitación.I’m afraid of ghosts.Tengo miedo a los fantasmas.

BELOWBENEATH inferioridad [en cualquier sentido]

The Lieutenant is below the Captain.El Teniente está por debajo del Capitan.Below the sun.Debajo del sol.

UNDER bajo, debajo [posición opuesta a “on”]The dog is lying under the table.El perro está tumbado debajo de la mesa.The paper is under the book.El papel está debajo del libro.

AT en, a [situación en reposo; tiempo;dirección]

I live at 15 Green Street.Vivo en la calle Green, número 15.I am at home.Estoy en casa.He came at three o’clock.Vino a las tres en punto.

TO a, para [movimiento hacia o hasta unlugar; finalidad]

I wrote to her.Le escribí.This train goes to London.Este tren va a Londres.I came to see sports.Vine para ver los deportes.

-152-

14

D A I L Y S P E A K I N G1.-AT THE DOCTOR’S(EN EL MÉDICO)

Itziar: Good morning! May I come in?Itzíar: ¡Buenos días! ¿Se puede?

Doctor: Good morning! Of course. What’s thematter?

Médico: ¡Buenos días! Por supuesto. ¿Qué le ocurre?

Itziar: Hummm... I don’t feel very good, lately myhead hurts very much.

Itzíar: Hummm... No me encuentro muy bien,últimante me duele mucho la cabeza.

Doctor: How is this pain like?Médico: ¿Cómo es el dolor?

Itziar: It’s an acute and constant pain.Itzíar: Es un dolor agudo y continuo.

Doctor: That’s right, are you allergic to anymedicine?

Médico: Bien, ¿es alérgica a algún medicamento?

Itziar: No, I’m not.Itzíar: No, no lo soy.

Doctor: Ok, you have to take these pills, and don’teat hot food.

Médico: De acuerdo, tiene que tomar estas pastillas yno coma comida picante.

Itziar: How often do I have to take them?Itzíar: ¿Cada cuánto tengo que tomarlas?

Doctor: Twice a day, before breakfast and lunch.Médico: Dos veces al día, antes del desayuno y la

comida.

Itziar: Thank you very much.Itzíar: Muchas gracias.

Doctor: You are welcome.Médico: De nada.

Preposition Translation Examples

ACROSS a través de, al otro lado de[movimiento de una parte a otra]

The Post Office is just across the street.La oficina de correos está al otro lado de la calle.

THROUGH por, a través de; por completo[paso de una parte a otra]

He jumped through the window.Saltó por/a través de la ventana.It is raining hard and I am wet through.Está lloviendo mucho y estoy completamente mojado.

BY por [complemento agente; modo;proximidad]

This book was written by Bernard Shaw.Este libro fue escrito por Bernard Shaw.She sat by the fire.Estaba sentada junto al fuego.I like travelling by car.Me gusta viajar en coche.

FOR por; para [finalidad, duración en eltiempo o en el espacio]

This book is for you.Este libro es para ti.They walked for miles in the woods.Anduvieron durante horas en el bosque.I sat there for an hour.Estuve sentado allí durante una hora.

¡Good moorning!May I come in?

¡Good moorning!Of course.

What’s the matter?Hummm... I don’t feelvery good, lately my

head hurts very much How is this pain like?

It’s an acute andconstant pain

That’s right, are youallergic to any

medicine?

No, I’m not

Ok, you have to take thesepills, and don’t eat hot food

How often do I haveto take them?

Twice a day, beforebreakfast and lunchThank you very much

You are welcome

-153-

14

C I V I L I A N V O C A B U L A R Y1.-DISEASES AND PAINS(ENFERMEDADES Y DOLENCIAS)

English Spanishheadache dolor de cabezastomachache dolor de estómagoheart attack ataque al corazónearache dolor de oídosore throat garganta doloridasore arms brazos doloridossore eyes ojos doloridossore lips labios resecossore fingers dedos doloridossore feet pies doloridosAIDS sidahepatitis hepatitissyphilis sífilisgonorrhea gonorreadiarrhoea diarrealaxative laxantesedative sedantedowner

analgésicopainkilleranalgesictemperature fiebrecough resfriadocoldburning pain ardormedicine medicamentocough tosersneeze estornudarsting escocertake the blood pressure tomar la tensión

En inglés la estructura gramatical para expresar quea alguien le duele algo difiere bastante de la que seemplea en español. En inglés se pueden utilizar dosverbos, "to hurt" y "to ache". Cuando la oración está enpresente simple y se quiere decir que duele una partedel cuerpo ("leg", 'pierna'; "arm", 'brazo'; "foot", 'pie';etc.) estos verbos se conjugan en tercera persona delsingular (hay que añadirles -s); pero cuando lo queduelen son varias partes del cuerpo ("legs", 'piernas';"arms", 'brazos'; "feet", 'pies'; etc.) los verbosanteriormente mencionados se conjugan en tercerapersona del plural (no hay que añadirles -s).

Cuando en inglés se quiere expresar que a quien leduele algo no es a uno mismo, en lugar de utilizar eladjetivo posesivo "my", se utilizan los adjetivosposesivos correspondientes al resto de las personas (latraducción que aparece entre paréntesis, con letra máspequeña y encabezada por un asterisco es latraducción literal, pero no es la gramaticalmentecorrecta en español; la correcta es la que apareceencima de la literal y con letras de tamaño "normal").

English my (part of the body) hurtsmy (part of the body) aches

Spanish me duele el/la...

English my (parts of the body) hurtmy (parts of the body) ache

Spanish me duelen los/las...

English SpanishHis leg hurts.His leg aches.

Le duele (a él) la pierna.(*Su pierna [de él] duele.)

His legs hurt.His legs ache.

Le duelen (a él) las piernas.(*Sus piernas [de él] duelen.)

Her arm hurts.Her arm aches.

Le duele (a ella) el brazo.(*Su brazo [de ella] duele].)

Her arms hurt.Her arms ache.

Le duelen (a ella) los brazos.(*Sus brazos [de ella] duelen.)

Your foot hurts.Your foot aches.

Te duele (a ti) el pie.(*Tu pie [de ti] duele.)

Le duele (a usted) el pie.(*Tus pies [de usted] duele.)

Your feet hurt.Your feet ache.

Te duelen (a ti) los pies.(*Tus pies [de ti] duelen.)

Te duelen (a ti) los pies.(*Tus pies [de ti] duelen.) His arm hurts His leg aches

sore throat

sore eyes

to take the blood pressure

sore arms

-154-

14 R E A D I N G C O M P R E H E N S I O N

1.-THE EURO(EL EURO)

Since the 1st of January 2002, the euro isthe European single currency. The euro hasreplaced the former national currencies ofseveral European countries located in theEuropean Union (Spanish peseta, Frenchfranc, German mark, Italian lira, etc.)However nowadays there are still Europeancountries that do not want to join the Euro(Norway, Sweden, United Kingdom, etc.)Despite the fact that the euro is the singlecurrency in several European countries,each country has chosen its own design forone of the faces of the coin (for example,Spanish coins bear the portrait of JuanCarlos I.) The euro is a strong currency andits entry has meant a considerable effort forthe countries, for people and forgovernments. But despite this fact, the euroentry has yielded a great many advantages,now it is not necessary to exchange nationalmoney to pay along the most of thecountries of Europe and we have a currencyable to compete with any of the currenciesof the world.


1) When did the euro become the European singlecurrency?

2) Can you say the names of several Europeancountries that have replaced their formernational currency?

3) Is the euro able to compete with any of thecurrencies of the world?

Hay que tener en cuenta que cuando el sujeto a quienle duele algo es plural ("they" [‘ellos /as’], "we" [‘nosotros/as’] o "you" [acepción 'vosotros /as' o 'ustedes']) losverbos "to hurt" y "to ache" siempre van a estarconjugados en tercera persona del plural, porquesiempre serán varias las partes del cuerpo que duelan.

English Their right legs hurt.Their right legs ache.

Spanish Les duele (a ellos/as) la pierna derecha.(*Sus piernas derechas [de ellos/as] duelen.)

English Our left arms hurt.Our left arms ache.

Spanish Nos duele (a nosotros/as) el brazo izquerdo.(*Nuestos brazos izquierdos [de nosotros/as] duelen.)

English Your heads hurt.Your heads ache.

SpanishOs duele (a vosotros/as) la cabeza.(*Vuestras cabezas [de vosotros/as] duelen.)

Les duele (a ustedes) la cabeza.(*Sus cabezas [de ustedes] duelen.)


I got up with a headache. Me levanté con dolor de cabeza.

I have a temperature. Tengo fiebre.

My right foot hurts. Me duele el pie derecho.

I have an acute pain in the stomach. Siento dolor muy fuerte en el estómago.

I have a very bad cold. Estoy muy resfriado.

How often do I have to take the medicine? ¿Cada cuánto tiempo tengo que tomar el medicamento?

Their heads hurtTheir heads ache

-155-

14

M I L I T A R Y T E R M S1.-OPERATIONS, DEFENSIVE(OPERACIONES, DEFENSIVA)

English Spanishentrenchment fortificacióntrench trincherafoxhole pozo de tiradorminefield campo de minasbooby trap trampa explosivabarbed wire alambradadefensive defensivadefeat derrotademolition demolición

firing position posición de tiroposición de fuego

pillbox casamatabunker búnkerwithdraw retirarsewithdrawal retiradareinforce reforzarreinforcement refuerzosreplacement relevostronghold punto fuerte, fortalezafortify fortificarsapper zapadorbreak through abrir brechablow up explotarditch zanja

firing position

barbed wireentrenchment

replacement


Sergeant: Watch that cord!!Sargento: ¡¡Cuidado con ese cable!!

Private: What’s it, Sir?Soldado: ¿Qué es, mi Sargento?

Sergeant: It’s a booby trap. Take care.Sargento: Es una trampa explosiva. Ten cuidado.

Private: Sir, I come back to the trench toreport by radio to the Lieutenant.

Soldado: Mi Sargento, vuelvo a la trincherapara informar por radio al Teniente.

Sergeant: That’s right, I’ll be waiting here.Sargento: De acuerdo, estaré esperando aquí.

Watch that cord!!

What’s it, Sir?It’s a booby trap.

Take care

Sir, I come back to thetrench to report by

radio to the Lieutenant

That’s right, I’ll bewaiting here

-156-

14

1) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY INSERTINGTHE PASSIVE FORM OF THE VERBS IN BRACKETS.

1) (past) When he (move) was moved from one

prison to another, he escaped.

2) (simple past) I (not introduce) __________ toher mother.

3) (simple past) Last year the town (destroy)__________ by an earthquake.

4) (simple past) Umbrellas and sticks (leave)__________ in the cloakroom.

5) (present) Tenants (ask) __________ not toplay their radios loudly after midnight.

6) (future) The books (give) __________ bytomorrow.

7) (simple past) The “For Sale” notice (take)__________ recently.

2) REWRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USINGTHE PASSIVE TENSE.

a) The milkman brings the milk to my door.a) The milk is brought to my door by the

milkman.

b) Joan and Julian steal things from supermarketsevery day.

b) __________________________________.

c) An ambulance takes the sick man to hospital.c) __________________________________.

d) The postman clears these boxes three times aday.

d) __________________________________.

e) Dogs guard the warehouse.e) __________________________________.

f) A Japanese firm makes these television sets.f) __________________________________.

g) The crowd shout him down.g) __________________________________.

3) MAKE PASSIVE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCESMAINTAINING EACH TENSE.

a) We never saw him in the dining room.a) He was never seen in the dining room by us.

b) The watchman called the police.b) __________________________________.

c) Tom had a slight injury.c) __________________________________.

d) The court found him guilty.d) __________________________________.

e) She hasn’t paid me for the work.e) __________________________________.

f) They have brought the children in Italy.f) __________________________________.

g) They won’t take him to prison.g) __________________________________.

h) He hasn’t watched tv.h) __________________________________.

i) Anne often takes him for his brother.i) __________________________________.

4) TRANSLATE INTO SPANISH THE FOLLOWINGSENTENCES.

a) It is said that he is the best football player.a) Se dice que es el mejor futbolista.

b) It is believed that he is a bad student.b) __________________________________.

c) It is thought that Charles is a good private.c) __________________________________.

d) It is considered that we are rich.d) __________________________________.

e) It was found that they were guilty.e) __________________________________.

f) It is kown that the story is false.f) __________________________________.

g) It is said that his girlfriend is from Japan.g) __________________________________.

h) It is believed that John loves her.h) __________________________________.

E X E R C I S E S

-157-

14English terms Spanish terms

1) defeat a) demolición

2) demolition b) retirarse

3) minefield c) casamata

4) barbed wire d) alambrada

5) stronghold e) derrota

6) sapper f) zapador

7) pillbox g) campo de minas

8) withdraw h) punto fuerte

5) INSERT “AT”, “TO”, “IN”, “ON”, “INTO”, “WITH” OR “BY”.

a) Could I speak to Tom?

b) Are you going _____ bus?

c) Turn right _____ the end of this street andyou’ll see it _____ front of you.

d) I’m going to Bath _____ Monday _____ Tom.Would you like to come _____ us?

e) Children get presents _____ Christmas and_____ their birthdays.

f) He arrived _____ London _____ six o’clock_____ a foggy November day.

g) He started going _____ school _____ the age of five.

h) We arrived _____ the airport _____ good timefor the plane.

i) The children jumped _____ the river _____shouts of delight.

6) INSERT “FROM”, “IN”, “OVER”, “WITH”, “TO”,“FOR”, “BY”, “OF”, “OUT”, “AT”, “ON”.

a) There is a parcel of books ______ you ______ thetable. They must be ______ my brother. He alwayssends me books ______ my birthday.

b) How do I get ______ the Public Library? Go ______the end ______ this street and turn right.

c) Although we were ______ a hurry she insisted______ stopping to look for it.

d) ______ the beginning of a textbook there is apreface, and ______ the end there is an index.

e) Are you ______ your own? No, I’m ______ afriend ______ mine.

f) The rows are lettered ______ A to T, beginning______ the row nearest the stage.


UNIT 15UNIT 15

-159-

15

G R A M M A R

1.-PHRASAL VERBS(VERBOS CON PARTÍCULAS)

Los “phrasal verbs” son verbos conpartículas que están compuestos por un verboy una preposición o un adverbio. Éstosadquieren un nuevo significado (diferente deaquel compuesto por la suma de suscomponentes) es decir, que no debemosguiarnos por nuestra intuición y debemosaprendérnoslos de memoria dentro del contextode cada situación

Algunos de los “phrasal verbs” más utilizadosen inglés son:

1.1.-HOW TO FORM PHRASAL VERBS(FORMACIÓN DE VERBOS CON PARTÍCULAS)

En la mayoría de los “phrasal verbs”, si elobjeto es un sustantivo, éste puede colocarseentre el verbo y la preposición (o adverbio) odespúes de la preposición (o adverbio). Por lotanto:

Sin embargo, si el objeto es un pronombre,éste siempre va entre el verbo y la preposición(o adverbio). Por lo tanto:

Recuerde que el objeto de algunos “phrasalverbs” siempre va después de la preposicióno adverbio, es decir, que no es posibleintercalar el objeto entre el verbo y lapreposición (o adverbio). Tal es el caso de losverbos sombreados en amarillo en la tabla de laizquierda.

English I looked after the children while theirparents were away.

Spanish Cuidé a los niños mientras sus padresestaban fuera.

English She looked for the keys for more than twohours.

Spanish Buscó las llaves durante más de doshoras.

English I have decided to give up smoking.

Spanish He decidido dejar de fumar.

English All applicants have to fill in an applicationform.

Spanish Todos los candidatos tienen que rellenaruna solicitud.

Example:

EnglishPut it on. right

Put on it. wrong

Spanish Póntelo.

Example:

EnglishPut on your coat.

orPut your coat on.

Spanish Ponte tu abrigo.

Verb Preposition Translation

turn

on encender [un aparato eléctrico]

off apagar [un aparato eléctrico]

up subir [el volumen]; presentarse

down bajar [el volumen]

take

off quitarse [ropa]; despegar [avión]

out sacar

put on ponerse [ropa]

give up dejar, abandonar, renunciar a[un hábito, vicio]

fill in rellenar [un impreso, solicitud]

look

after cuidar

for buscar

-160-

15

2.-“SO” / “NEITHER DO I”(PARTÍCULAS PARA MOSTRAR ACUERDO O DESACUERDO)

2.1.-“SO”(PARTÍCULA PARA MOSTRAR ACUERDO)

Para mostrar acuerdo con lo que un interlocutorha dicho.

Oración del interlocutor afirmativa, respuestaafirmativa. Por lo tanto:

So

SO + VERBO AUXILIARen el tiempo oportuno + SUJETO

English Spanish Simple present Presente simple

I am very intelligent.So am I

Soy muy inteligente.

Yo también(soy inteligente)

So is she Ella también(es inteligente)

I like chicken.So do I

Me gusta el pollo.

A mí también(me gusta el pollo)

So does she A ella también(le gusta el pollo)

Simple past Pasado simple

I was in Tom’s class.So was I

Estuve en clase de Tom.

Yo también(estuve en clase de Tom)

So was she Ella también(estuvo en clase de Tom)

I saw the film.So did I

Vi la película.

Yo también(vi la película)

So did she Ella también(vio la película)

Present perfect Presente perfecto

I have read a book.So have I

He leído un libro.

Yo también(he leído un libro)

So has she Ella también(ha leído un libro)

I have seen you in the disco.So have I

Te he visto en la discoteca.

Yo también(te he visto en la discoteca)

So has she Ella también(te ha visto en la discoteca)

Present perfect (passive voice) Presente perfecto (voz pasiva)

I have been told that...So have I

Me han dicho que...

A mí también(me han dicho que...)

So has she A ella también(le han dicho que...)

Present continuous Presente continuo

I am studying the wholelesson.

So am IEstoy estudiando toda la

lección

Yo también(estoy estudiando toda la lección)

So is she Ella también(está estudiando toda la lección)

Past continuous Pasado continuo

I was studying the wholelesson.

So was IEstaba estudiando toda la

lección

Yo también(estaba estudiando toda la lección)

So was she Ella también(estaba estudiando toda la lección)

Future Futuro

I will do my homework.So will I

Haré los deberes.

Yo también(haré los deberes)

So will she Ella también(hará los deberes)

-161-

15

English Spanish Conditional Condicional

I would tell her the truth.So would I

Le diría la verdad.

Yo también(le diría la verdad)

So would she Ella también(le diría la verdad)

Future with “going to” (present) Futuro Próximo

Peter is going to work inthat firm.

So am IPeter va a trabajar en esa

empresa.

Yo también(voy a trabajar en esa empresa)

So is she Ella también(va a trabajar en esa empresa)

Future with “going to” (past) Pasado Próximo

Peter was going to work inthat firm.

So was IPeter iba a trabajar en esa

empresa.

Yo también(iba a trabajar en esa empresa)

So was she Ella también(iba a trabajar en esa empresa)

Nótese que para saber cuál es la partícula quehay que utilizar en la respuesta, primero hay queprestar atención al tiempo verbal en el que seexpresa la oración y, a continuación, el auxiliar querige a ésta. Por lo tanto, si el verbo de la oraciónprincipal está en presente y no es un verbo anómalo(es decir, un verbo que no sea el verbo "to be"), larespuesta deberá hacerse con "do" o "does". Por el

contrario, si el verbo en presente es el verbo "to be",la respuesta será con "are", "is" o "am". A lo largode todo el libro se han visto detalladamente este tipode cuestiones, en consecuencia, si existen dudasde qué auxiliar es el que rige a una oración enfuturo, condicional, presente continuo… seríanecesario remitirse a la unidad en la que se explicantodos estos aspectos.

2.2.-“NEITHER”(PARTÍCULA PARA MOSTRAR ACUERDO)

Oración del interlocutor negativa, respuestanegativa (reafirma esa negación mostrandoacuerdo.) Por lo tanto:

Neither

NEITHER + VERBO AUXILIARen el tiempo oportuno + SUJETO

English Spanish Simple present Presente simple

I am not very intelligent.Neither am I

No soy muy inteligente.

Yo tampoco(soy inteligente)

Neither is she Ella tampoco(es inteligente)

I do not (don’t) like chicken.Neither do I

No me gusta el pollo.

A mí tampoco(me gusta el pollo)

Neither does she A ella tampoco(le gusta el pollo)


I was not (wasn’t) in Tom’sclass.

Neither was INo estuve en clase de Tom.

Yo tampoco(estuve en clase de Tom)

Neither was she Ella tampoco(estuvo en clase de Tom)

I did not (didn’t) see the film.Neither did I

No vi la película.

Yo tampoco(vi la película)

Neither did she Ella tampoco(vio la película)


I have not (haven’t) read abook.

Neither have INo he leído un libro.

Yo tampoco(he leído un libro)

Neither has she Ella tampoco(ha leído un libro)

I have not (haven’t) seenyou in the disco.

Neither have INo te he visto en la

discoteca.

Yo tampoco(te he visto en la discoteca)

Neither has she Ella tampoco(te ha visto en la discoteca)

-162-

15

English Spanish Present perfect (passive voice) Presente perfecto (voz pasiva)

I have not (haven’t) beentold that...

Neither have I

No me han dicho que...

A mí tampoco(me han dicho que...)

Neither has she A ella tampoco(le han dicho que...)


I am not studying the wholelesson.

Neither am INo estoy estudiando toda la

lección.

Yo tampoco(estoy estudiando toda la

lección)

Neither is sheElla tampoco

(está estudiando toda lalección)


I was not (wasn’t) studyingthe whole lesson.

Neither was INo estaba estudiando toda la

lección

Yo tampoco(estaba estudiando toda la

lección)

Neither was sheElla tampoco

(estaba estudiando toda lalección)

Future Futuro

I will not (won’t) do myhomework.

Neither will I

No haré los deberes.

Yo tampoco(haré los deberes)

Neither will she Ella tampoco(hará los deberes)

Conditional Condicional

I would not (wouldn’t) tellher the truth.

Neither would I

No le diría la verdad.

Yo tampoco(le diría la verdad)

Neither would she Ella tampoco(le diría la verdad)

Future with “going to” (present) Futuro próximo

Peter is not (isn’t) going towork in that firm.

Neither am IPeter no va a trabajar en

esa empresa.

Yo tampoco(voy a trabajar en esa empresa)

Neither is she Ella tampoco(va a trabajar en esa empresa)

Future with “going to” (past) Pasado próximo

Peter was not (wasn’t) going towork in that firm.

Neither was IPeter no iba a trabajar en

esa empresa.

Yo tampoco(iba a trabajar en esa empresa)

Neither was she Ella tampoco(iba a trabajar en esa empresa)

Recuerde que la partícula "neither", al igual que"not", expresa negación. Por lo tanto, como eninglés nunca se niega dos veces, no es necesearioañadir ninguna partícula adicional de negación. Porotro lado, tal y como se ha visto a lo largo de este

libro, la mayoría de los auxiliares en la formanegativa pueden contraerse ( "wouldn't", "won't","don't", "aren't"…); nótese que "I am not" secontrae en “I’m not”.

-163-

15

2.3.-GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTIONS TO DESAGREE WITH SOMEONE(CONSTRUCCIONES GRAMATICALES PARAMOSTRAR DESACUERDO)

a) En este tipo de oraciones, a diferencia de loque ocurre en las anteriores, uno de losinterlocutores hace una afirmación ( e.g. "I live inMadrid", 'Vivo en Madrid') y el otro muestradesacuerdo con éste ( e.g. " I don't", 'Yo no (vivo enMadrid’.) Por lo tanto:

Oración del interlocutor afirmativa, respuestanegativa. Por lo tanto:

SUJETO + VERBO AUXILIARen el tiempo oportuno + Partícula de

negación NOT

English SpanishSimple present Presente simple

I am very intelligent.I am not (’m not)

Soy muy inteligente.

Yo no(soy inteligente)

She is not (isn’t) Ella no(es inteligente)

I like chicken.I do not (don’t)

Me gusta el pollo.

A mí no(me gusta el pollo)

She does not (doesn’t) A ella no(le gusta el pollo)


I was in Tom’s class.I was not (wasn’t)

Estuve en clase de Tom.

Yo no(estuve en clase de Tom)

She was not (wasn’t) Ella no(estuvo en clase de Tom)

I saw the film.I did not (didn’t)

Vi la película.

Yo no(vi la película)

She did not (didn’t) Ella no(vio la película)


I have read a book.I have not (haven’t)

He leído un libro.

Yo no(he leído un libro)

She has not (hasn’t) Ella no(ha leído un libro)

I have seen you in the disco.I have not (haven’t)

Te he visto en la discoteca.

Yo no(te he visto en la discoteca)

She has not (hasn’t) Ella no(te ha visto en la discoteca)


I have been told that...I have not (haven’t)

Me han dicho que...

A mí no(me han dicho que...)

She has not (hasn’t) A ella no(le han dicho que...)


I am studying the wholelesson.

I am not (’m not)Estoy estudiando toda la

lección.

Yo no(estoy estudiando toda la lección)

She is not (isn’t) Ella no(está estudiando toda la lección)


I was studying the wholelesson.

I was not (wasn’t)Estaba estudiando toda la

lección.

Yo no(estaba estudiando toda la lección)

She was not (wasn’t) Ella no(estaba estudiando toda la lección)

Future Futuro

I will do my homework.I will not (won’t)

Haré los deberes.

Yo no(haré los deberes)

She will not (won’t) Ella no(hará los deberes)

-164-

15

English Spanish Conditional Condicional

I would tell her the truth.I would not (wouldn’t)

Le diría la verdad.

Yo no(le diría la verdad)

She would not (wouldn’t) Ella no(le diría la verdad)


Peter is going to work inthat firm.

I am not (’m not)Peter va a trabajar en esa

empresa.

Yo no(voy a trabajar en esa empresa)

She is not (isn’t) Ella no(va a trabajar en esa empresa)


Peter was going to work inthat firm.

I was not (wasn’t)Peter iba a trabajar en esa

empresa.

Yo no(iba a trabajar en esa empresa)

She was not (wasn’t) Ella no(iba a trabajar en esa empresa)

Nótese que también se pueden contraer losauxiliares en la forma negativa.

b) Oración del interlocutor negativa, respuestaafirmativa (e.g. “I don’t live in Madrid”, ‘No vivo enMadrid’) y el otro muestra desacuerdo con éste (e.g. “Ido”, ‘Yo sí (vivo en Madrid)’. Por lo tanto:

SUJETO + VERBO AUXILIARen el tiempo oportuno

English SpanishSimple present Presente simple

I am not very intelligent.I am

No soy muy inteligente.Yo sí

(soy inteligente)

She is Ella sí(es inteligente)

I do not (don’t) like chicken.I do

No me gusta el pollo.A mí sí

(me gusta el pollo)

She does A ella sí(le gusta el pollo)


I was not (wasn’t) in Tom’s class.I was

No estuve en clase de Tom.Yo sí

(estuve en clase de Tom)

She was Ella sí(estuvo en clase de Tom)

I did not (didn’t) see the film.I did

No vi la película.Yo sí

(estuve en clase

She did Ella sí(vio la película)


I have not (haven’t) reada book.I have

No he leído un libro.Yo sí

(he leído un libro)

She has Ella sí(ha leído un libro)

I have not (haven’t) seenyou in the disco.

I have No te he visto en ladiscoteca.

Yo sí(te he visto en la discoteca)

She has Ella sí(te ha visto en la discoteca)


I have not (haven’t) beentold that...

I haveNo me han dicho que...

A mí sí(me han dicho que...)

She has A ella sí(le han dicho que...)


I am not studying thewhole lesson.

I am No estoy estudiando toda lalección.

Yo sí(estoy estudiando toda la lección)

She is Ella sí(está estudiando toda la lección)

-165-

15

English SpanishPast continuous Pasado continuo

I was not (wasn’t) studyingthe whole lesson.

I wasNo estaba estudiando toda la

lección

Yo sí(estaba estudiando toda la lección)

She was Ella sí(estaba estudiando toda la lección)

Future Futuro

I will not (won’t) do myhomework.

I willNo haré los deberes.

Yo sí(haré los deberes)

She will Ella sí(hará los deberes)

Conditional Condicional

I would not (wouldn’t) tellher the truth.

I wouldNo le diría la verdad.

Yo sí(le diría la verdad)

She would Ella sí(le diría la verdad)


Peter is not (isn’t) going towork in that firm.

I amPeter no va a trabajar en

esa empresa.

Yo sí(voy a trabajar en esa empresa)

She is Ella sí(va a trabajar en esa empresa)


Peter was not (wasn’t) going towork in that firm.

I wasPeter no iba a trabajar en

esa empresa.

Yo sí(iba a trabajar en esa empresa)

She was Ella sí(iba a trabajar en esa empresa)

3.-VERB + “-ING” (= GERUND) (USO DE LOS VERBOS EN GERUNDIO)

El gerundio de los verbos en inglés se utiliza enlos siguientes supuestos:

a) Después de los verbos que expresan gustos ypreferencias (like, love, enjoy, mind, prefer)

b) Después de preposiciones

c) Al utilizar un verbo como sujeto de una oración

English Spanish After verbs of preference Después de verbos de preferencia

I don’t mind cooking.

I hate ironing.

No me importa cocinar.

Odio planchar.

After prepositions Después de preposiciones

I am good at finding bargains.

Thank you you for giving me a hand

Soy bueno para encontrar gangas.

Gracias por echarme una mano.

Verb as a subject Verbo como sujeto

Buying clothes often takes me a long time.

Writing a personal letter is very hard for me.

Por lo general comprar ropa me lleva mucho tiempo.

Escribir una carta personal es muy duro para mí.

En caso de dudas de cómo formar los gerundios,remitirse al apartado 1 de la unidad 10.

-166-

15C I V I L I A N V O C A B U L A R Y

1.-DIFFERENCES BETWEEN BRITISH AND AMERICAN ENGLISH(DIFERENCIAS ENTRE EL INGLÉS BRITÁNICO Y ELAMERICANO)

D A I L Y S P E A K I N G1.-CALLING THE INSURANCE COMPANY(LLAMANDO A LA ASEGURADORA)

Itziar: My car’s broken down. Could you tow itaway?

Itzíar: Mi coche se ha averiado. ¿Podría remolcarlo?

Operator: Where are you?Operador ¿Dónde se encuentra usted?

Itziar: I'm in Fawcett Road.Itzíar: Estoy en la calle Fawcett.

Operator: Can you give me your name?Operador: ¿Puede decirme su nombre?

Itziar: My name’s Itziar Johnson.Itzíar: Me llamo Itzíar Johnson.

Operator: What’s your insurance company?Operador: ¿Cuál es su compañía de seguros?

Itziar: Alliance Insurance Company.Itzíar: Alliance Insurance Company.

Operator: Could you please wait there?, we’ll towyour car away in fifteen minutes.

Operador: ¿Podría esperar allí?, remolcaremos sucoche en quince minutos.

Itziar: Thank you very much.Itzíar: Muchas gracias.

Operator: You are welcome.Operador: De nada.

My car’s broken down.Could you tow it away?

I’m in Fawcett Road

My name’sItziar Johnson

Where are you?

Can you giveme your name?

What’s yourinsurancecompany?

AllianceInsuranceCompany

Couldyou pleasewait there?,

we’ll tow yourcar away in

fifteen minutes.

Thank you verymuch.You are

welcome

Use of different spelling (Uso de una ortografía diferente)British English American English Spanish

analyse analyze analizarcentre center centrocolour color colorfavour favor favorfibre fiber fibra

flavour flavor saborglamour glamor glamour

maneuver manoeuvre maniobraneighbour neighbor vecino

travelled (pas & pas. part.), travelling (gerund) traveled, traveling viajado, viajando counselled (pas & pas. part.), counselling (gerund) counseled, counseling aconsejado, aconsejandocontrolled (pas & pas. part.), controlling (gerund) controled, controling controlado, controlando

grey gray gris

El inglés británico y el americano son la misma lenguaen esencia, no obstante, el inglés británico difiere enbastantes aspectos respecto al americano (o viceversa.)En primer lugar, la producción del inglés americano ybritánico son diferentes en lo que el acento se refiere. Ensegundo lugar, pueden darse situaciones en las que seutilicen palabras diferentes para referirse a la mismarealidad ( e.g. "Autumn" (BrE), "Fall" (AmE), 'otoño'.)Finalmente, la ortografía también puede variar ( e.g."centre" (BrE), "center" (AmE), 'centro'.)

colour (BrE)color (AmE)

tavelled, travelling (BrE)traveled, traveling (AmE)

-167-

15

Use of different words(Uso de diferentes palabras para referirse a la misma realidad)British English American English Spanish

sweets candies caramelosbiscuits cookies galletas

underground subway metropetrol gasoline, gas gasolina

petrol station gas station gasolinerachemist's drugstore farmacia

road highway carreterabill check cuenta, factura

pavement sidewalk aceralorry truck camiónlift elevator ascensorflat apartment apartamento

holidays vacation vacacionesFrench fries chips patatas fritas

film movie películaboot trunk maletero

bonnet hood capónote bill billete

shop assistant salesman, salewoman,clerk, salesclerk dependiente /a

trousers pants pantalones

reverse charge call collect call llamada a cobrorevertido

letter box mail box buzóntyre tire neumático

road (BrE) / highway (AmE)

lorry (BrE) / truck (AmE)

holidays (BrE) / vacation (AmE)


1.-STONEHENGE

The most famous Neolithic monument ofEngland, Stonehenge, was built in several phaseson a sacred site on the Salisbury Plain from 2750BC to 1500 BC. In form, Stonehenge consists of aseries of concentric rings of standing stones aroundan altar stone at the center. Stonehenge is surelyBritain's greatest national icon, it symbolizesmystery, power and endurance. Its original purposeis unclear to us, but somepeople believe that it was atemple made for the worship ofancient earth deities. It isconsidered to be anastronomical observatory formarking significant events onthe prehistoric calendar (apowerful cult of sun worshipseems to have dominated thismonument.) Nevertheless other people think that itwas a sacred site for the burial of ancienthighranking citizens from the societies. In any case,the ancient participant in the rites of Stonehengewould experience a deep connection with nature.


1) Where is Stonehenge situated?

2) What does Stonehenge symbolize?

3) When was Stonehenge built?

a) Stonehenge was built in several phases. T / Fb) At the center of a series

of concentric rings there isan altar.

T / F

c) It is doubtful thatStonehenge is Britain'snational icon.

T / F

d) Nowadays its originalpurpose is very clear to us. T / F

e) An a s t r o n o m i c a lobservatory for marking

significantevents onthe prehistoric calendar is oneof the most probable hypothesis about its originalpurpose.

T / F

f) There is certainly a strong connection betweenthe ancient participant in the rites of thismonument and nature.

T / F


-168-

15

M I L I T A R Y T E R M S1.-PEACEKEEPING MISSIONS(MISIONES DE PAZ)

English SpanishUN

(United Nations)ONU

(Organización de Naciones Unidas)

NATO(North Atlantic Treaty Organization)

OTAN(Organización del Tratado del Atlántico Norte)

NGO(Non Governmental Organization)

ONG(Organización No Gubernamental)

IO(International Organization)

OI(Organización Internacional)

RC (Red Cross) Cruz RojaUNHCR

(United Nations High Commission for Refugees)ACNUR

(Alto Comisionado de las Naciones Unidas para los Refugiados)

UNMO(United Nations Military Observer) Observador Militar de las Naciones Unidas

NATO(North Atlantic Treaty Organization)

English Spanishcheckpoint puesto de controlsniper francotiradorconvoy convoyhumanitarian aid ayuda humanitariadeliver rations distribuir racionesshelter contenedorethnical cleansing limpieza étnicaagreement acuerdocease-fire alto el fuegoarson incendioloot saquear; saqueorefugee refugiadoreturnee retornadoDP (Displaced People) desplazadofacilities instalacioneswarehouse almacénpolitical asylum asilo políticopapers documentaciónGeneral Elections Elecciones Generalespolling station colegio electoralmurder asesinatowarrior factions bandos combatientes

RC (Red Cross)

refugees

humanitarian aid

convoy

-169-

15


Corporal: My Unit is in a peacekeeping missionabroad.

Cabo: Mi Unidad está en una misión de pazen el extranjero.

Private: Where are they?Soldado: ¿Dónde están?

Corporal: They are operating in Kosovo.Cabo: Están operando en Kosovo.

Private: Hot spot, isn't it?Soldado: Zona conflictiva, ¿verdad?

Corporal: Yes, there still are lots of snipersin the cities.

Cabo: Sí, todavía hay muchosfrancotiradores en las ciudades.

Private: What Organization is leading thisOperation?

Soldado: ¿Qué Organización está liderando laOperación?

Corporal: UN is in charge, but next monthNATO will be in command.

Cabo: La ONU está al frente, pero el mesque viene tomará el mando la OTAN.

My Unit is in a peacekeepingmission abroad Where are they?

They are operating in Kosovo

Yes, there still are lots of snipersin the cities

Hot spot, isn't it?

What Organization is leadingthis Operation?

UN is in charge, but next monthNATO will be in command

E X E R C I S E S

1) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USINGONE OF THE GIVEN PREPOSITIONS.

a) I can’t hear the radio. Can you turn it up,please?

b) My neighbour has left the city and we’relooking ________ his cat.

c) The room was dark so she turned ________the lights.

d) I am determined to give ________ smoking.

e) He took ________ his jacket and tie, and put________ a sweater.

f) Are you going to take my money ________ ofthe bank?

g) I filled ________ the insurance forms.

2) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH APHRASAL VERB IN THE RIGHT TENSE.

a) The music was too loud, so she turned downthe volume.

b) A babysitter is a person who ________children when their parents are away.

c) I’m ________ my glasses. I can’t find themanywhere.

d) When Jim gets home from work, he ________his suit and ________ his pijamas.

e) Can you ________ the number of the busstation in the phone book?

f) Could you ________ this application form?

after up off onin out up

-170-

15

3) AGREE WITH THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS.a) I am from Italy.a) So I am.

b) I don’t eat vegetables.b) ______________________________.

c) I have never been to New York.c) ______________________________.

d) I have eaten in that Chinese restaurantd) ______________________________.

e) I swim a lot every day.e) ______________________________.

f) I din’t find you in the party.f) ______________________________.

g) Last year I was unemployed.g) ______________________________.

h) I have never liked onions.h) ______________________________.

i) When I was child I went to Rome.i) ______________________________.

j) I was going to forgive her.j) ______________________________.

k) I will not tell the teachers about Jim’s problem.k) ______________________________.

l) I would not expect her to come.l) ______________________________.

4) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH A GERUND.

a) (iron) I'm quite good at ironing.

b) (cook) I'm not very good at ________.

c) (read) When I'm on my own, I really enjoy________.

d) (walk) I think that ________ is very relaxing.

e) (swim) ________ is my favourite holiday activity.

f) (do the washing up) The job I most hate in thehouse is ________.

5) PUT THE VERBS IN BRACKETS INTO THE CORRECTFORM (GERUND OR INFINITIVE).

a) (come) Would you like to come to a party withme tonight?

b) (go) Oh yes, I love ________ to parties.

c) (work, get up) I don't want ________ in anoffice because I hate ________ early.

d) (study) ________ the night before the exammakes me nervous.

e) (buy, live) Joe would like ________ a flatbecause he doesn't like ________ with hisparents.

f) (travel, fly) I love ________ but I'm afraid of________ so I always go by train or bus.

g) (go)I enjoy ________ to funfairs.

h) (jog, swim) Do you like ________? I think________ is better.

i) (think, have) Just ________ of ________ tostudy makes me sad.


a) (have) He dreads having to retire.

b) (not speak) My mother told ________ toanyone about it.

c) (meet) I arranged ________ them there.

d) (leave, say)He surprised us all by ________the room without ________ "goodbye".

e) (explain, listen) He tried ________ it but sherefused ________.

f) (telephone, ask, look) I suggest ________ thehospitals before ________ the police________ for him.

g) (hear, not enter) After ________ the conditionsI decided ________ for the competition.


1) RC a) Organización Internacional

2) checkpoint b) distribuir raciones

3) deliver rations c) observador militar(de las Naciones Unidas)

4) IO d) ACNUR

5) UN e) puesto de control

6) agreement f) acuerdo

7) UNMO g) Cruz Roja

8) UNHCR h) ONU

-171-

15


Sentences Agree Disagreea) I really like classical music. So do I I don'tb) I don't like mushrooms. Neither do Ic) I have a microwave.d) I don't speak German.e) I went to the beach today.f) I didn't watch TV last night.g) I haven't been to Venice.h) I'm going to stay in tonight.i) I have been disappointed by Peter.j) I will see him in his birthday.k) I would not eat that piece of cake.l) I was going to take part in the meeting.

10)WHAT DO THESE ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS STAND FOR IN ENGLISH?WHAT IS THE TRANSLATION IN SPANISH?

Abbreviation It stands for Spanish translationa) UN United Nations Organización de Naciones Unidas (ONU)b) NATOc) NGOd) IOe) RC

11) COMPLETE THE CHART.

7) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH A WORDUSED IN BRITISH ENGLISH.

a) The telephone bill was too high for me to pay.

b) I went to Covent Garden by ________

c) People buy medicines in the ________

d) My house is half a mile down the ________

e) Fortunately, there is a ________ in thatten-storey building, otherwise I couldn't walk up.

f) I own a very nice ________ in the ________ ofLondon.

8) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH A WORDOR WORDS USED IN AMERICAN ENGLISH.

a) Peter was so stressed out that he needed totake a vacation.

b) It was difficult to fit three suitcases in the________ of the car.

c) I paid the chair with one hundred dollar________.

d) Paul had no money and desperately needed tomake a phone call, that's why me made a________.

e) When buying ice-creams, chocolate andvanilla are my favourite ________.

f) Pedestrians walk on the ________.

REVIEWREVIEW

-173-

RE

VIE

W

2) PUT THE FOLLOWING VERBS IN BRACKETS INTO THEPRESENT PERFECT AND THEN INSERT SINCE OR FOR.

a) Where (be, you) have you been ?I (not see)haven’t seen you for ages.

b) It (not snow) ____________ in Athens____________ 1941.

c) I’m hungry, I (not eat) ____________ anything____________ breakfast.

d) He (not cut) ____________ his hair____________ seven months.

e) I (work) ____________ without a break____________ 13 hours.

f) You (change) ____________ a lot____________ I last saw you.

3) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USINGTHE FUTURE WITH “GOING TO” OF THE VERBS INBRACKETS IN THE PRESENT TENSE.

a) (not attack) The lion is not going to attack you.

b) (rain, it) ______ tomorrow?

c) We (buy) ______ him a pen for his birthday.

d) I (not win) ______ the race.

e) (eat, we) ______ bacon tomorrow at dinner?

f) She (not buy) ______ any more chocolate.

g) (have, they) ______ a party next week?

1) FILL THE FOLLOWING CHART WITH SINCE OR FORACCORDING TO THE SENTENCE GIVEN.


I have studied English…

a) for two months.b) January.c) the beginning of the year.d) about 10 minutes.e) I was a child in Elementary School.f) six weeks.g) a long time.h) three days.I) I was 14 years old.j) a year ago.k) a year.l) twelve days.

m) 1997.n) I came to America.o) 3 hours a day, for the last two years.

-174-

RE

VIE

W

4) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USINGTHE FUTURE WITH “GOING TO” OF THE VERBS INBRACKETS IN THE PAST TENSE.

a) Yesterday I (write) was going to write mylesson, but in the end I decided to watch a film.

b) I (not buy) ______________ her a present, butin the last minute she invited me to herbirthday.

c) (spend, they) ______________ a week inGermany?

d) Paul (give) ______________ the lecture,however, he had an accident.

e) (marry, she) ______________ you last year?

f) (travel, you) ______________ to Ireland lastJanuary?

g) We (not buy) ______________ new clothesfor our aniversary, but the clothes we had werenot the appropriate to the occasion.

5) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THESIMPLE FUTURE OR THE FUTURE WITH “GOINGTO”.

a) Why are you holding a piece of paper? I (write) am going to write a letter to myfriends back home in Texas.

b) I’m about to fall asleep. I need to wake up!I (get) ____________ you a cup of coffee.That will wake you up.

c) I can’t hear the television!I (turn) ____________ it up so you can hear it.

d) We are so excited about our trip next month toFrance. We (visit) ____________ Paris, Niceand Nantes.

e) Hillary (come) ____________ to the party.John (be) ____________ there as well.

f) After I graduate, I (attend) ____________medical school and become a doctor. I havewanted to be a doctor all my life.

g) Excuse me, I need to talk to someone aboutour hotel room. I am afraid it is simply toosmall for four people.That man at the service counter (help)____________ you.

6) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USINGTHE PRESENT PERFECT OR THE PAST SIMPLE OFTHE VERBS IN BRACKETS.

a) Did you like the movie “Star Wars”? I don’tknow. I (see, never) have never seen thatmovie.

b) (be, you) ____________ up to late?

c) (not hear, you) ____________ the news yet? Igot married last July. Claudia and I (decide)____________ to get married spontaneously.We (not do) ____________ even organize aparty, because the wedding took place in LasVegas.

d) Hey Paul. I (not see) ____________ you forages!

e) Jim (arrive) ____________ in Las Vegas aweek ago.

f) My best friend and I (know) ____________each other for over fifteen years. We still gettogether once a week.

g) Sally is a fantastic writer. She (write)____________ ten very creative short storiesin the last year.

h) I (not have) ____________ this much funsince I (be) ____________ a kid.

i) Listen Jessica, I don’t care if you (miss)____________ the bus this morning. You (be)____________ late to work too many times.You are fired!

j) Peter is from Missouri, which is hundreds ofmiles from the coast, so he (see, never)____________ the ocean. He should comewith us to Miami.

k) How sad! George (dream) ____________ ofgoing to California before he died, but hedidn’t do it. He (see, never) ____________ theocean.

l) In the last hundred years, travelling (become)____________ much easier and verycomfortable. In the 19th century, it (take)____________ two or three months to crossNorth America by wagon. The trip (be)____________ very rough and oftendangerous. Things (change) ____________ agreat deal in the last hundred and fifty years.Now you can fly from New York to Los Angelesin a matter of hours.

m)Charles, I can’t believe how much you(change) ______________ since the last timeI (see) ______________ you. You (grow)______________ at least a foot!

-175-

RE

VIE

W

7) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THESIMPLE PRESENT OR THE FUTURE WITH “GOING TO”.

a) Today after I (get) get out of class, I (go)______ to a movie with some friends.

b) Do you know what you want to do after you(graduate) ______ ?

c) If it (snow) ______ this weekend, we (go)______ skiing near Lake Tahoe.

d) She (make) ______ some major changes inher life. She (quit) ______ her job and go backto school. After she (finish) ______ studying,she (get) ______ a better paid job and buy ahouse. She is going to improve her life!

e) Tom (call) ______ when he (arrive) ______ inManchester. He (stay) ______ with you for twoor three days until his new apartment (be)______ available.

8) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THESIMPLE PRESENT OR THE SIMPLE FUTURE.

a) When you (arrive) arrive in Oslo, call myfriend Jonas. He (show) ________ you aroundthe city and help you get situated.

b) If the people (not stop) ________ cutting downtrees in the rain forest, we (experience)________ huge changes in the environmentduring the twenty-first century.

c) I promise that I (not tell) ________ your secretto anybody. Even if somebody (ask) ________me about what happened that day, I (notreveal) ________ the truth to a single person.

d) After you (leave) ________ work, will youplease drop by the grocery store and pick upsome milk and bread? No problem, I (pick) ________ up thegroceries and be, at home by 6 o’clock. Great. You will probably get home before I (do)________.

e) I (call) ________ you as soon as I arrive inDublin. If I am not there when you (call) ________,make sure to leave a message.I will. And please don’t forget to water myplants and feed the cat. I promise I (take) ________ care of everythingwhile you are in Ireland.

9) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS BY USINGTHE VERBS IN BRACKETS IN THESE FIRST TYPECONDITIONAL SENTENCES.

a) Here is Peter’s number. I am sure he (help)will help you if you (ask) ask him.

b) You (get) ________ wet if you (not take)________ your umbrella.

c) If it (be) ________ nice tomorrow, we (go)________ for a walk.

d) If I (tell) ________ you the truth, (believe, you)________ me?

e) She (come) ________ to your party if you(invite) ________ her.

f) He (go) ________ if he (have) ________ time.

10) FILL IN THE GAPS BY USING THE CONDITIONALTENSE OF THE FOLLOWING VERBS.

If I could choose, I (a) would be a famous actress. I

(b)________ in Beverly Hills. Everybody

(c)________ me and I (d)________ a big house with

a garden and maids and I (e)________ up early. I

(f)_______ around with my dog and I (g)________ at

the fanciest hotels and I (h)________ at the best

restaurants.

travel live be know

not get stay own eat

-176-

RE

VIE

W


a) to /I /invitation /say /? /Would /your /noa) Would I say no to your invitation?

b) an /not /for /answer /I /take /would /nob) ______________________________.

c) not /do /letters /in /Please /, /capital /writec) ______________________________.

d) they /What /say /? /wouldd) _______________________________

e) be /come /? /he /to /Wouldn’t /ablee) _______________________________

f) your /’ /d /to /house /I /gof) ______________________________.

g) party /go /I /wouldn’t /to /Why /?/yourg) _______________________________

h) would /like /he /? /What /lookh) _______________________________

12) TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH THE FOLLOWINGSHORT SENTENCES.

a) Jugaría al fútbol.a) I would play football.

b) ¿Jugarías al fútbol?b) _______________________________

c) ¿Te gustaría jugar al fútbol?c) _______________________________

d) Haz los deberes.d) ______________________________.

e) No comas naranjas.e) ______________________________.

f) ¿Qué escribirían ellos?f) _______________________________

g) ¿Por qué no se lo diría (ella) a sus abuelos?g) _______________________________

13) REWRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USINGTHE FUTURE SIMPLE TENSE.

a) I can eat a whole large pizza.a) I will be able to eat a whole large pizza.

b) I must say the truth.b) ______________________________.

c) Can you repeat the sentence?c) _______________________________

d) Must he study the whole lesson?d) _______________________________

e) He can’t read my mind.e) ______________________________.

f) Can’t they take a joke?f) _______________________________

g) I can’t explain why.g) ______________________________.

h) I can dance ballet.h) ______________________________.

i) Mustn’t she invite her parents to dinner?i) _______________________________

j) We mustn’t waste time.j) ______________________________.

14) REWRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES IN THESIMPLE PAST TENSE.

a) Can’t we take criticism?a) Couldn’t we take criticism? /

Weren’t we (Were we not) able to take criticism?

b) Must I paint you a picture?b) _______________________________

c) They must hand in their assignments.c) ______________________________.

d) Their reasons must be explained carefully.d) ______________________________.

e) Do you need a visa?e) _______________________________

f) You mustn’t speak during the exam.f) ______________________________.

g) Applicants need to call 1-800-486-624 forfurther information.

g) ______________________________.

h) You can make yourself.h) ______________________________.

i) Mustn’t we follow their example?i) _______________________________

j) Can he play the piano?j) _______________________________

-177-

RE

VIE

W

15) PUT THE FOLLOWING WORDS INTO THE RIGHTORDER SO THEY MAKE SENSE.

a) might /She /to Paris /go /nota) She might not go to Paris.

b) be /I /the book /not /will /read /able tob) ______________________________.

c) your /tell /surname /Could /me /you?c) _______________________________

d) have to /clothes /did /They /not /new /buyd) ______________________________.

e) so /Need /you /fast /drive?e) _______________________________

f) the whole /She /not /lesson /need /studyf) ______________________________.

g) not / have come /ought /He /tog) ______________________________.

h) Should /I /go /should /or /stay /I?h) _______________________________

16) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THEMODAL VERBS GIVEN IN BRACKETS IN THEAFFIRMATIVE OR NEGATIVE FORM.

a) They (can/might) might be away for theweekend but I’m not sure.

b) Listen, please. You (may not/might not)________ speak during this exam.

c) You (may/might) ________ leave now if youwish.

d) They (can’t/may not) ________ still be out!

e) (Could/May) ________ you open the windowa bit, please?

f) He (can/could) ________ be fromManchester, judging by his accent.

g) (May/Can) ________ you swim?

h) You (couldn’t/might not) ________ smoke onthe bus.

i) With luck, tomorrow (can/could) ________ bea cooler day.

j) You (can/might) ________ be right but I’mgoing back to check the times.

17) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH THEMODAL VERBS GIVEN IN BRACKETS IN THEAFFIRMATIVE OR NEGATIVE FORM.

a) (Can’t/May) May I make a call on your mobile?

b) Do you know if Mark (can/may) ________ sing?

c) (Can’t/May) ________ I sit here, please?

d) Caroline, your friends (can/could) ________stay the night if they want to. They areperfectly welcome.

e) I’m sorry but you (can’t/may) ________ usethe computer until after I’ve finished.

f) (May/Could) ________ you lend me 40 eurosuntil Monday?

g) Listen, please. Students (may/could)________ study in the library from five to ninein the evening.

h) The exam (can’t/might) ________ be easy.You never know.

i) Claire reckons she is from America, but I thinkshe (can’t/might) ________ be fromScandinavia.

j) I (can’t/might) ________ go to the party but I’mnot sure yet.

k) This (must/could) ________ be the rightanswer but we’ll have to check with yourteacher to make sure.

l) She (can’t/could) ________ steal things fromshops. She is rich and famous.

m) I really think Real Madrid (can’t/could)________ lose the final of the King’s Cup.

n) She’s been revising 10 hours a day for 3weeks. She (could/must) ________ beexhausted.

o) He (can’t/may) ________ be from the USA.He doesn’t speak English.

-178-

RE

VIE

W

18) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH“NEEDN’T” OR “MUSTN’T”.

a) I don’t mind at all. You needn’t apologize.

b) It’s a secret. You ________ tell anybody.

c) It’s not urgent. You ________ do it now.

d) You can type those letters later. You ________do it now.

e) I can find my own way there. You ________wait for me.

f) If I show you my new hat, you ________ laugh.

g) Keep quiet. You ________ talk so loudly inhere. People are trying to work.

h) I’m not deaf. You ________ shout.

i) You ________ drive at more than 70 mph in the UK.

j) I’ll do everything. You ________ do anythingunless you really want to.

k) If you want an explanation for this grammarpoint, you ________ do a thing. I’ll send youone automatically.

19) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH“COULDN’T” OR “MIGHT NOT”.

a) Unfortunately, James and Michelle hadalready made plans, so they couldn’t comewith us to the exhibition at the Museum ofContemporary Art.

b) We should call Tom before we go over to hishouse; he __________ be there. I don’t wantto drive all the way there for nothing.

c) I know Susan wants to go to the ballet with us,but we’d better call her before we get herticket. She works Wednesday nights, and she__________ be able to get time off thatevening.

d) Victoria __________ hear the speakerbecause the crowd was shouting so loudly.

e) It __________ be a bad idea to take somesnacks along while we’re hiking. Last time, wegot so hungry we had to come back earlywithout finishing the hike.

f) Peter might be angry, or he __________. Younever know with him because he is sotemperamental.

g) I heard the band is really popular, and ticketssell out quickly. You __________ get tickets ifyou wait too long.

h) That __________ possibly be Mr. Jones. He’slost so much weight that he looks like acompletely different person.

i) Charles __________ be angry at me. I havenever done anything to upset him.

20) CORRECT THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES IFNECESSARY.

a) Sally don’t must miss lectures.a) Sally mustn’t miss lectures.

b) Does she need to go to London?b) ________________________________.

c) Wont’ he must study a little bit harder?c) ________________________________.

d) He have to earn a living.d) ________________________________.

e) He not cans tell you his secret.e) ________________________________.

f) She might plays the guitar in the concert.f) ________________________________.

g) Will they can understand the language?g) ________________________________.

h) Peter didn’t could stand the weather.h) ________________________________.

i) Martha don’t can run faster.i) ________________________________.

j) Humans ought to have equal rights.j) ________________________________.

k) I should to ask you to do me a favour.k) ________________________________.

l) Might she to call the fire department?l) ________________________________.

m) I have not to get up early tomorrow morning.m) ________________________________.

n) I need not to get up early tomorrow morning.n) ________________________________.

o)Needs he say anything else?o) ________________________________.

-179-

RE

VIE

W

21) REWRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USINGTHE PASSIVE VOICE.

a) They had to carry the injured man.a) The injured man had to be carried.

b) They were going to tape our conversation.b) ______________________________.

c) They will ask him many questions.c) ______________________________.

d) He hasn’t returned the books yet.d) ______________________________.

e) People spend less money on school books nowadays.e) ______________________________.

f) Vandals damaged most paintings.f) ______________________________.

g) The computer corrects all sentences.g) ______________________________.

h) They are repairing her car at the moment.h) ______________________________.

i) They will punish you severely for this.i) ______________________________.

22) REWRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BY USINGTHE PASSIVE VOICE.

a) The terrible news shocked everybody.a) Everybody was shocked by the terrible news.

b) That company will publish a new book next year.b) ______________________________.

c) He has forgot our address.c) ______________________________.

d) They introduced the secretary to her new boss.d) ______________________________.

e) The members of the committee areconsidering our plan.

e) ______________________________.

f) They will give a prize to whoever solves thisproblem.

f) ______________________________.

g) The executive committee would approve thenew policy.

g) ______________________________.

h) They have altered this notice.h) ______________________________.

i) Paul gave her my telephone number.i) ______________________________.

23) MAKE IMPERSONAL THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES.a) They say she wears a long blue dress.a) She is said to wear a long blue dress.a) It is said that she wears a long blue dress.

b) They believed he was one of the threegreatest mathematicians.

b) ______________________________.b) ______________________________.

c) They think Susan is in her mid fifties.c) ______________________________.c) ______________________________.

d) They consider Peter is quite social.d) ______________________________.d) ______________________________.

e) They found him dead.e) ______________________________.e) ______________________________.

f) They told me his secrets. (solamente poner a “me” como sujeto de la oración)

f) ______________________________.

g) They gave her her birthday present. (solamente poner a “her” como sujeto de la oración)

g) ______________________________.

h) They know him as Peter Smith.(solamente poner a “him” como sujeto de la oración)

h) ______________________________.

24) FILL IN THE GAPS WITHASUITABLE PASSIVE CONSTRUCTION.a) Nobody has ever called me “stupid”!a) I have never been called “stupid”!

b) They have planted thousands of tress.b) Thousands of tress __________.

c) They will crown him sportsman of the year.c) He __________ sportsman of the year.

d) They have to work out a publicity campaign torestore the image of the Prime Minister.

d) A publicity campaign has to __________ torestore the image of the Prime Minister.

e) They would do everything to bring warcriminals to justice.

e) Everything __________ to bring war criminalsto justice.

f) I haven’t decided anything yet.f) Nothing __________ yet.

g) We require suitable candidates to be bilingual.g) Suitable candidates __________ to be

bilingual.

h) The boss asked John to remain in charge foranother year.

h) John __________ by the boss to remain incharge for another year.

i) The policemen are interviewing him right now.i) He __________ by the policemen right now.

-180-

RE

VIE

W

25) FILL EACH OF THE FOLLOWING GAPS WITH “IN”,“ON” OR “AT”.

a) He will see his friend in the evening.

b) Several people visited my school _______ Friday.

c) Our language class usually begins _______ 8o’clock.

d) The best part of Halloween begins _______midnight.

e) The English Test will be given _______December 13 and December 15.

f) The weather is usually warm _______ August.

g) The weather is colder _______ winter.

h) I will pick you up _______ 1:45 p.m.

i) He woke up _______ 4 o’clock _______ themorning.

j) After Christmas vacation, I will see you_______ January 17.

k) Did they start the show _______ noon?

l) My dream will probably come true _______the future.

m)_______ the past, we always went to school _______Monday _______ the morning _______ 8:30.

n) What will you do _______ Christmas Eve?

o) _______ 2010 we will be 35. Imagine that!

p) _______ three years time he will be atuniversity.

q) I saw him _______ Peter’s birthday party_______ April 17th.

r) The plane lands _______ 3:45 p.m. _______London.

s) Will you wait for me _______ the bus stop?

t) Do you live _______ the city or _______ thecountry?

26) AGREE WITH THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS BYUSING “SO” OR “NEITHER”.

a) I like Peter.a) So do I.

b) I didn’t enjoy the film.b) ______________________________.

c) I don’t like living in the city.c) ______________________________.

d) I am not going to go to London.d) ______________________________.

e) I have never been to Paris.e) ______________________________.

f) I will make you laugh.f) ______________________________.

g) I would go out with Sally.g) ______________________________.

h) I am going to buy a new car.h) ______________________________.

i) Last year I visited the British Museum.i) ______________________________.

27) AGREE WITH THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS BYUSING “SO” OR “NEITHER”.

a) I would love to see you sometime.a) So would I.

b) I need a vacation.b) ______________________________.

c) I don’t like butter.c) ______________________________.

d) I have been to Asia.d) ______________________________.

e) I was sick yesterday.e) ______________________________.

f) I spent the whole evening reading a book.f) ______________________________.

g) I didn’t know that you won the championship.g) ______________________________.

h) I hate carrots.h) ______________________________.

i) I would like to visit the Greek Islands.i) ______________________________.

j) I am going out tonight.j) ______________________________.

-181-

RE

VIE

W


a) (see) I look forward to seeing you again.

b) (do) Do you know what ______ in case of anaccident.

c) (go) Are you thinking of ______ to London?

d) (write) I enjoy ______ picture postcards.

e) (not buy) We decided ______ a new car.

f) (play) Do you like ______ tennis?

g) (read) ______ Hamlet is a difficult task toaccomplish.

h) (pay) Bill promised ______ George the moneyhe owed him.

i) (sing) Would you like ______ with me in theconcert.

j) (not tell) My mother told me ______ the secretto anyone.

k) (study)I recommend ______ three hours everynight.

l) (learn) I am quite good at ______ new words.

VERBSVERBS

-183-

R E G U L A R V E R B S

RE

GU

LA

RV

ER

BS

PREFACE

A continuación se ofrece el modelo de conjugación para los verbos regulares delos tiempos verbales que se ven en el libro. El presente anexo aparece dividido endos partes principales: la conjugación activa (active voice) y la conjugación pasiva(passive voice). A su vez cada parte cuenta con tres bloques:

En el primer bloque están recogidas las formas afirmativas (affirmative form),negativas (negative form) e interrogativas (question form*) de los siguientestiempos verbales:

el presente simple de indicativo (simple present)

el pretérito perfecto de indicativo (present perfect)

el presente continuo de indicativo (present continuous)

el pretérito imperfecto y el pretérito indefinido de indicativo (simple past)

el pasado continuo de indicativo (past continuous)

el futuro simple de indicativo (future)

el futuro próximo de indicativo (future with “going to” [present])

el pasado próximo de indicativo (future with “going to” [past])

y el condicional simple de indicativo (conditional)

En el segundo bloque se recogen las formas afirmativas y negativas delimperativo (imperative).

Por último, en el tercer bloque se presentan las formas conocidas en españolcomo “no personales del verbo”, a saber, el infinitivo (infinitive), el participio pasado(past participle) y el gerundio (gerund).

* Cabe señalar que por defecto se ofrece la forma interrogativa para la segunda persona del singular(“you”, ‘tú’, ‘usted’) y del plural (“you”, ‘nosotros/ as’, ‘ustedes’) ya que esta forma suele coincidir conel resto de las formas verbales para el mismo tiempo a excepción, claro está, del pronombre personalque sirve como sujeto (“you”, “we”, “they”, etc.). En el caso de que dicha forma verbal sea diferentepara otra persona (como suele ocurrir con la primera y tercera del singular [“I”, ‘yo’; “he/ she/ it”, ‘él/ella/ *ello’]) dicha forma también aparece recogida.

-184-

RE

GU

LA

RV

ER

BS

Simple presentEnglish Spanish

1st S I love (yo) amo

2nd S you love(tú) amas

(usted) ama

3rd S he/ she/ it loves (él/ ella/ *ello) ama

1st P we love (nosotros/ as) amamos

2nd P you love(vosotros/ as) amáis

(ustedes) aman

3rd P they love (ellos/ as) aman

Present perfectEnglish Spanish

1st S I have lovedI’ve loved (yo) he amado

2nd S you have lovedyou’ve loved

(tú) has amado

(usted) ha amado

3rd S he/ she/ it has lovedhe’s/ she’s/ it’s loved (él/ ella/ *ello) ha amado

1st P we have lovedwe’ve loved (nosotros/ as) hemos amado

2nd P you have lovedyou’ve loved

(vosotros/ as) habéis amado

(ustedes) han amado

3rd P they have lovedthey’ve loved (ellos/ as) han amado

Present continuousEnglish Spanish

1st S I am lovingI’m loving (yo) estoy amando

2nd S you are lovingyou’re loving

(tú) estás amando

(usted) está amando

3rd S he/ she/ it is lovinghe’s/ she’s/ it’s loving (él/ ella/ *ello) está amando

1st P we are lovingwe’re loving (nosotros/ as) estamos amando

2nd P you are lovingyou’re loving

(vosotros/ as) estáis amando

(ustedes) están amando

3rd P they are lovingthey’re loving (ellos/ as) están amando

Simple pastEnglish Spanish

1st S I loved (yo) amaba; amé

2nd S you loved(tú) amabas; amaste

(usted) amaba; amó

3rd S he/ she/ it loved (él/ ella/ *ello) amaba; amó

1st P we loved (nosotros/ as) amábamos; amamos

2nd P you loved(vosotros/ as) amabais;amasteis

(ustedes) amaban; amaron

3rd P they loved (ellos/ as) amaban; amaron

A C T I V E V O I C EAFFIRMATIVE FORM

Past continuousEnglish Spanish

1st S I was loving (yo) estaba amando

2nd S you were loving(tú) estabas amando

(usted) estaba amando

3rd S he/ she/ it wasloving (él/ ella/ *ello) estaba amando

1st P we were loving (nosotros/ as) estábamos amando

2nd P you were loving(vosotros/ as) estabais amando

(ustedes) estaban amando

3rd P they were loving (ellos/ as) estaban amando

FutureEnglish Spanish

1st S I will loveI’ll love (yo) amaré

2nd S you will loveyou’ll love

(tú) amarás(usted) amará

3rd S he/ she/ it will lovehe’ll/ she’ll/ it’ll love (él/ ella/ *ello) amará

1st P we will lovewe’ll love (nosotros/ as) amaremos

2nd P you will loveyou’ll love

(vosotros/ as) amaréis(ustedes) amarán

3rd P they will lovethey’ll love (ellos/ as) amarán

-185-

RE

GU

LA

RV

ER

BS

Future with “going to” (past)English Spanish

1st S I was going to love (yo) iba a amar

2nd S you were going to love(tú) ibas a amar

(usted) iba a amar

3rd S he/ she/ it was going to love (él/ ella/ *ello) iba a amar

1st P we were going to love (nosotros/ as) íbamos a amar

2nd P you were going to love(vosotros/ as) ibais a amar

(ustedes) iban a amar

3rd P they were going to love (ellos/ as) iban a amar

Future with “going to” (present)English Spanish

1st S I am going to loveI’m going to love (yo) voy a amar

2nd S you are going to loveyou’re going to love

(tú) vas a amar(usted) va a amar

3rd S he/ she/ it is going to lovehe’s/ she’s/ it’s going to love (él/ ella/ *ello) va a amar

1st P we are going to lovewe’re going to love (nosotros/ as) vamos a amar

2nd P you are going to loveyou’re going to love

(vosotros/ as) vais a amar(ustedes) van a amar

3rd P they are going to lovethey’re going to love (ellos/ as) van a amar

ConditionalEnglish Spanish

1st S I would loveI’d love (yo) amaría

2nd S you would loveyou’d love

(tú) amarías(usted) amaría

3rd S he/ she/ it would lovehe’d/ she’d/ it’d love (él/ ella/ *ello) amaría

1st P we would lovewe’d love (nosotros/ as) amaríamos

2nd P you would loveyou’d love

(vosotros/ as) amaríais

(ustedes) amarían

3rd P they would lovethey’d love (ellos/ as) amarían


1st S I do not loveI don’t love (yo) no amo

2nd S you do not loveyou don’t love

(tú) no amas(usted) no ama

3rd S he/ she/ it does not lovehe/ she/ it doesn’t love (él/ ella/ *ello) no ama

1st P we do not lovewe don’t love (nosotros/ as) no amamos

2nd P you do not loveyou don’t love

(vosotros/ as) no amáis

(ustedes) no aman

3rd P they do not lovethey don’t love (ellos/ as) no aman

A C T I V E V O I C ENEGATIVE FORM


1st S I have not lovedI haven’t loved (yo) no he amado

2nd S you have not lovedyou haven’t loved

(tú) no has amado

(usted) no ha amado

3rd S he/ she/ it has not lovedhe/ she/ it hasn’t loved (él/ ella/ *ello) no ha amado

1st P we have not lovedwe haven’t loved (nosotros/ as) no hemos amado

2nd P you have not lovedyou haven’t loved

(vosotros/ as) no habéis amado

(ustedes) no han amado

3rd P they have not lovedthey haven’t loved (ellos/ as) no han amado

-186-

RE

GU

LA

RV

ER

BS


1st S I am not lovingI’m not loving (yo) no estoy amando

2nd S you are not lovingyou aren’t loving

(tú) no estás amando(usted) no está amando

3rd S he/ she/ it is not lovinghe/ she/ it’ isn’t loving (él/ ella/ *ello) no está amando

1st P we are not lovingwe aren’t loving

(nosotros/ as) no estamosamando

2nd P you are not lovingyou aren’t loving

(vosotros/ as) no estáis amando

(ustedes) no están amando

3rd P they are not lovingthey aren’t loving (ellos/ as) no están amando


1st S I did not loveI didn’t love (yo) no amaba; no amé

2nd S you did not loveyou didn’t love

(tú) no amabas; no amaste

(usted) no amaba; no amó

3rd S he/ she/ it did not lovehe/ she/ it didn’t love

(él/ ella/ *ello) no amaba; noamó

1st P we did not lovewe didn’t love

(nosotros/ as) no amábamos;no amamos

2nd P you did not loveyou didn’t love

(vosotros/ as) no amabais; no amasteis

(ustedes) no amaban; no amaron

3rd P they did not lovethey didn’t love

(ellos/ as) no amaban; noamaron


1st S I was not lovingI wasn’t loving (yo) no estaba amando

2nd S you were not lovingyou weren’t loving

(tú) no estabas amando(usted) no estaba amando

3rd S he/ she/ it was not lovinghe/ she/ it wasn’t loving

(él/ ella/ *ello) no estabaamando

1st P we were not lovingwe weren’t loving

(nosotros/ as) no estábamosamando

2nd P you were not lovingyou weren’t loving

(vosotros/ as) no estabaisamando(ustedes) no estabanamando

3rd P they were not lovingthey weren’t loving

(ellos/ as) no estabanamando


1st S I will not loveI won’t love (yo) no amaré

2nd S you will not loveyou won’t love

(tú) no amarás

(usted) no amará

3rd S he/ she/ it will not lovehe/ she/ it won’t love (él/ ella/ *ello) no amará

1st P we will not lovewe won’t love (nosotros/ as) no amaremos

2nd P you will not loveyou won’t love

(vosotros/ as) no amaréis

(ustedes) no amarán

3rd P they will not lovethey won’t love (ellos/ as) no amarán


1st S I was not going to loveI wasn’t going to love (yo) no iba a amar

2nd S you were not going to loveyou weren’t going to love

(tú) no ibas a amar(usted) no iba a amar

3rd S he/ she/ it was not going to lovehe/ she/ it wasn’t going to love (él/ ella/ *ello) no iba a amar

1st P we were not going to lovewe weren’t going to love

(nosotros/ as) no íbamos a amar

2nd P you were not going to loveyou weren’t going to love

(vosotros/ as)no ibais a amar

(ustedes) no iban a amar

3rd P they were not going to lovethey weren’t going to love (ellos/ as) no iban a amar


1st S I am not going to loveI’m not going to love (yo) no voy a amar

2nd S you are not going to loveyou aren’t going to love

(tú) no vas a amar(usted) no va a amar

3rd S he/ she/ it is not going to lovehe/ she/ it isn’t going to love (él/ ella/ *ello) no va a amar

1st P we are not going to lovewe aren’t going to love

(nosotros/ as)no vamos a amar

2nd P you are not going to loveyou aren’t going to love

(vosotros/ as)no vais a amar(ustedes) no van a amar

3rd P they are not going to lovethey aren’t going to love (ellos/ as) no van a amar

-187-

RE

GU

LA

RV

ER

BS


1st S I would not loveI wouldn’t love (yo) no amaría

2nd S you would not loveyou wouldn’t love

(tú) no amarías(usted) no amaría

3rd S he/ she/ it would not lovehe/ she/ it wouldn’t love (él/ ella/ *ello) no amaría

1st P we would not lovewe wouldn’t love (nosotros/ as) no amaríamos

2nd P you would not loveyou wouldn’t love

(vosotros/ as) no amaríais(ustedes) no amarían

3rd P they would not lovethey wouldn’t love (ellos/ as) no amarían

A C T I V E V O I C EQUESTION FORM


Affirmative do you love?

¿amas (tú)?;¿ama (usted)?

¿amáis (vosostros/ as)?;¿aman (ustedes)?

Negative do you not love?don’t you love?

¿no amas (tú)?;¿no ama (usted)?

¿no amáis (vosostros/ as)?;¿no aman (ustedes)?

Affirmative does he/ she/ it love? ¿ama (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative does he/ she/ it not love?doesn’t he/ she/ it love? ¿no ama (él/ ella/ *ello)?


Affirmative have you loved?

¿has amado (tú)?;¿ha amado (usted)?

¿habéis amado (vosostros/ as)?;¿han amado (ustedes)?

Negative have you not loved?haven’t you love?

¿no has amado (tú)?;¿no ha amado (usted)?

¿no habéis amado (vosostros/ as)?;¿no han amado (ustedes)?

Affirmative has he/ she/ it loved? ¿ha amado (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative has he/ she/ it not love?hasn’t he/ she/ it love? ¿no ha amado (él/ ella/ *ello)?

-188-

RE

GU

LA

RV

ER

BS


Affirmative am I loving? ¿estoy amando (yo)?

Negative am I not loving? ¿no estoy amando (yo)?

Affirmative are you loving?¿estás amando (tú)?;¿está amando (usted)?¿estáis amando (vosotros/ as);¿están amando (ustedes)?

Negative are you not loving?aren’t you loving?

¿no estás amando (tú)?;¿no está amando (usted)?¿no estáis amando (vosotros/ as);¿no están amando (ustedes)?

Affirmative is he/ she/ it loving? ¿está amando (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative is he/ she/ it not loving?isn’t he/ she/ it loving? ¿no está amando (él/ ella/ *ello)?


Affirmative did you love?

¿amabas; amaste (tú)?; ¿amaba; amó (usted)?

¿amabais; amasteis (vosostros/ as)?; ¿amaban; amaron (ustedes)?

Negative did you not love?didn’t you love?

¿no amabas; no amaste (tú)?;¿no amaba; no amó (usted)?

¿no amabais; no amasteis (vosostros/ as)?;¿no amaban; no amaron (ustedes)?


Affirmative was I loving? ¿estaba amando (yo)?

Negative was I not loving?wasn’t I loving? ¿no estaba amando (yo)?

Affirmative were you loving?

¿estabas amando (tú)?;¿estaba amando (usted)?¿estabais amando (vosotros/ as);¿estaban amando (ustedes)?

Negative were you not loving?weren’t you loving?

¿no estabas amando (tú)?;¿no estaba amando (usted)?¿no estabais amando (vosotros/ as);¿no estaban amando (ustedes)?

Affirmative was he/ she/ it loving? ¿estaba amando (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative was he/ she/ it not loving?wasn’t he/ she/ it loving? ¿no estaba amando (él/ ella/ *ello)?


Affirmative will you love?

¿amarás (tú)?;¿amará (usted)?

¿amaréis (vosostros/ as)?;¿amarán (ustedes)?

Negative will you not love?won’t you love?

¿no amarás (tú)?;¿no amará (usted)?

¿no amaréis (vosostros/ as)?;¿no amarán (ustedes)?

-189-

RE

GU

LA

RV

ER

BS


Affirmative am I going to love? ¿voy a amar (yo)?

Negative am I not going to love? ¿no voy a amar (yo)?

Affirmative are you going to love?

¿vas a amar (tú)?;¿va a amar (usted)?¿vais a amar (vosotros/ as);¿van a amar (ustedes)?

Negative are you not going to love?aren’t you going to love?

¿no vas a amar (tú)?;¿no va a amar (usted)?¿no vais a amar (vosotros/ as);¿no van a amar (ustedes)?

Affirmative is he/ she/ it going to love? ¿va a amar (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative is he/ she/ it not going to love?isn’t he/ she/ it going to love? ¿no va a amar (él/ ella/ *ello)?


Affirmative was I going to love? ¿iba a amar (yo)?

Negative was I not going to love?wasn’t I going to love? ¿no iba a amar (yo)?

Affirmative were you going to love?

¿ibas a amar (tú)?;¿iba a amar (usted)?¿ibais a amar (vosotros/ as);¿iban a amar (ustedes)?

Negative were you not going to love?weren’t you going to love?

¿no ibas a amar (tú)?;¿no iba a amar (usted)?¿no ibais a amar (vosotros/ as);¿no iban a amar (ustedes)?

Affirmative was he/ she/ it going to love? ¿iba a amar (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative was he/ she/ it not going to love?wasn’t he/ she/ it going to love? ¿no iba a amar (él/ ella/ *ello)?


Affirmative would you love?

¿amarías (tú)?;¿amaría (usted)?

¿amaríais (vosostros/ as)?;¿amarían (ustedes)?

Negative would you not love?wouldn’t you love?

¿no amarías (tú)?;¿no amaría (usted)?

¿no amarías (vosostros/ as)?;¿no amarían (ustedes)?

-190-

RE

GU

LA

RV

ER

BS

A C T I V E V O I C EIMPERATIVE FORM

Imperative

English Spanish

Affirmative loveama (tú); ame (usted)

amad (vosostros/ as);amen (ustedes)

Negative do not lovedon’t love

no ames (tú);no ame (usted)

no améis (vosostros/ as);no amen (ustedes)

Affirmative let’s love amemos (nosotros/ as)

Negative let’s not love no amemos (nosotros/ as)

A C T I V E V O I C EINFINITIVE / PAST PARTICPLE / GERUND FORM

English Spanish

Infinitive to love amar

Past Participle loved amado/ a, amados/ as

Gerund loving amando

PA S S I V E V O I C EAFFIRMATIVE FORM


1st S I am lovedI’m loved (yo) soy amado/ a

2nd S you are lovedyou’re loved

(tú) eres amado/ a

(usted) es amado/ a

3rd S he/ she/ it is lovedhe’s/ she’s/ it’s loved (él/ ella/ *ello) es amado/ a

1st P we are lovedwe’re loved (nosotros/ as) somos amados/ as

2nd P you are lovedyou’re loved

(vosotros/ as) sois amados/ as

(ustedes) son amados/ as

3rd P they are lovedthey’re loved (ellos/ as) son amados/ as


1st S I have been lovedI’ve been loved (yo) he sido amado/ a

2nd S you have been lovedyou’ve been loved

(tú) has sido amado/ a

(usted) ha sido amado/ a

3rd S he/ she/ it has been lovedhe’s/ she’s/ it’s been loved (él/ ella/ *ello) ha sido amado/ a

1st P we have been lovedwe’ve been loved

(nosotros/ as) hemos sido amados/ as

2nd P you have been lovedyou’ve been loved

(vosotros/ as) habéis sido amados/ as(ustedes)han sido amados/ as

3rd P they have been lovedthey’ve been loved (ellos/ as) han sido amados/ as


1st S I am being lovedI’m being loved (yo) estoy siendo amado/ a

2nd S you are being lovedyou’re being loved

(tú) estás siendo amado/ a

(usted) está siendo amado/ a

3rd S he/ she/ it is being lovedhe’s/ she’s/ it’s being loved

(él/ ella/ *ello) está siendo amado/ a

1st P we are being lovedwe’re being loved

(nosotros/ as) estamos siendo amados/ as

2nd P you are being lovedyou’re being loved

(vosotros/ as) estáis siendo amados/ as(ustedes) están siendo amados/ as

3rd P they are being lovedthey’re being loved

(ellos/ as) están siendo amados/ as


1st S I was loved (yo) era; fui amado/ a

2nd S you were loved(tú) eras; fuiste amado/ a

(usted) era; fue amado/ a

3rd S he/ she/ it was loved (él/ ella/ *ello) era; fue amado/ a

1st P we were loved (nosotros/ as) éramos; fuimos amados/ as

2nd P you were loved

(vosotros/ as) erais; fuisteis amados/ as

(ustedes) eran; fueron amados/ as

3rd P they were loved (ellos/ as) eran; fueron amados/ as

-191-

RE

GU

LA

RV

ER

BS


1st S I was being loved (yo) estaba siendo amado/ a

2nd S you were being loved(tú) estabas siendo amado/ a

(usted) estaba siendo amado/ a

3rd S he/ she/ it was being loved (él/ ella/ *ello)estaba siendo amado/ a

1st P we were being loved (nosotros/ as)estábamos siendo amados/ as

2nd P you were being loved

(vosotros/ as)estabais siendo amados/ as

(ustedes)estaban siendo amados/ as

3rd P they were being loved (ellos/ as)estaban siendo amados/ as


1st S I will be lovedI’ll be loved (yo) seré amado/ a

2nd S you will be lovedyou’ll be loved

(tú) serás amado/ a

(usted) será amado/ a

3rd S he/ she/ it will be lovedhe’ll/ she’ll/ it’ll be loved (él/ ella/ *ello) será amado/ a

1st P we will be lovedwe’ll be loved

(nosotros/ as)seremos amados/ as

2nd P you will be lovedyou’ll be loved

(vosotros/ as)seréis amados/ as(ustedes)serán amados/ as

3rd P they will be lovedthey’ll be loved (ellos/ as) serán amados/ as


1st S I was going to be loved (yo) iba a ser amado/ a

2nd S you were going to be loved(tú) ibas a ser amado/ a

(usted) iba a ser amado/ a

3rd S he/ she/ itwas going to be loved (él/ ella/ *ello) iba a ser amado/ a

1st P wewere going to be loved (nosotros/ as)íbamos a ser amados/ as

2nd P you were going to be loved

(vosotros/ as) ibais a ser amados/ as

(ustedes) iban a ser amados/ as

3rd P they were going to be loved (ellos/ as) iban a ser amados/ as


1st S I am going to be lovedI’m going to be loved (yo) voy a ser amado/ a

2nd S you are going to be lovedyou’re going to be loved

(tú) vas a ser amado/ a

(usted) va a ser amado/ a

3rd She/ she/ it is going to be lovedhe’s/ she’s/ it’s going to be loved

(él/ ella/ *ello) vaa ser amado/ a

1st P we are going to be lovedwe’re going to be loved

(nosotros/ as)vamos a ser amados/ as

2nd P you are going to be lovedyou’re going to be loved

(vosotros/ as)vais a ser amados/ as(ustedes)van a ser amados/ as

3rd P they are going to be lovedthey’re going to be loved (ellos/ as) van a ser amados/ as


1st S I would be lovedI’d be loved (yo) sería amado/ a

2nd S you would be lovedyou’d be loved

(tú) serías amado/ a

(usted) sería amado/ a

3rd S he/ she/ it would be lovedhe’d/ she’d/ it’d be loved (él/ ella/ *ello) sería amado/ a

1st P we would be lovedwe’d be loved (nosotros/ as) seríamos amados/ as

2nd P you would be lovedyou’d be loved

(vosotros/ as) seríais amados/ as

(ustedes) serían amados/ as

3rd P they would be lovedthey’d be loved (ellos/ as) serían amados/ as

-192-

RE

GU

LA

RV

ER

BS

PA S S I V E V O I C ENEGATIVE FORM


1st S I am not lovedI’m not loved (yo) no soy amado/ a

2nd S you are not lovedyou aren’t loved

(tú) no eres amado/ a

(usted) no es amado/ a

3rd S he/ she/ it is not lovedhe/ she/ it isn’t loved (él/ ella/ *ello) no es amado/ a

1st P we are not lovedwe aren’t loved (nosotros/ as) no somos amados/ as

2nd P you are not lovedyou aren’t loved

(vosotros/ as) no sois amados/ as

(ustedes) son no amados/ as

3rd P they are not lovedthey aren’t loved (ellos/ as) son no amados/ as


1st S I have not been lovedI haven’t been loved (yo) no he sido amado/ a

2nd S you have not been lovedyou haven’t been loved

(tú) no has sido amado/ a

(usted) no ha sido amado/ a

3rd She/ she/ it has not not been lovedhe/ she/ it hasn’t been loved

(él/ ella/ *ello) no ha sidoamado/ a

1st P we have not been lovedwe haven’t been loved

(nosotros/ as) no hemos sidoamados/ as

2nd P you have not been lovedyou haven’t been loved

(vosotros/ as) no habéis sidoamados/ as(ustedes) no han sidoamados/ as

3rd P they have not been lovedthey haven’t been loved

(ellos/ as) no han sidoamados/ as


1st S I was not being lovedI wasn’t being loved

(yo) no estaba siendoamado/ a

2nd S you were not being lovedyou weren’t being loved

(tú) no estabas siendoamado/ a(usted) no estaba siendoamado/ a

3rd She/ she/ it was not beinglovedhe/ she/ it wasn’t beingloved

(él/ ella/ *ello) no estabasiendo amado/ a

1st P we were not being lovedwe weren’t being loved

(nosotros/ as) no estábamossiendo amados/ as

2nd P you were not being lovedyou weren’t being loved

(vosotros/ as) no estabaissiendo amados/ as(ustedes) no estabansiendo amados/ as

3rd P they were not being lovedthey weren’t being loved

(ellos/ as) no estabansiendo amados/ as


1st S I was not lovedI wasn’t loved (yo) no era; no fui amado/ a

2nd S you were not lovedyou weren’t loved

(tú) no eras; no fuisteamado/ a(usted) no era; no fueamado/ a

3rd S he/ she/ it was not lovedhe/ she/ it wasn’t loved

(él/ ella/ *ello) no era; nofue amado/ a

1st P we were not lovedwe weren’t loved

(nosotros/ as) no éramos; nofuimos amados/ as

2nd P you were not lovedyou weren’t loved

(vosotros/ as) no erais; nofuisteis amados/ as(ustedes) no eran; nofueron amados/ as

3rd P they were not lovedthey weren’t loved

(ellos/ as) no eran; nofueron amados/ as


1st S I am not being lovedI’m not being loved

(yo) no estoy siendoamado/ a

2nd S you are not being lovedyou aren’t being loved

(tú) no estás siendoamado/ a(usted) no está siendoamado/ a

3rd She/ she/ it is not beinglovedhe/ she/ it isn’t beingloved

(él/ ella/ *ello) no estásiendo amado/ a

1st P we are not being lovedwe aren’t being loved

(nosotros/ as) no estamossiendo amados/ as

2nd P you are not being lovedyou aren’t being loved

(vosotros/ as) no estáissiendo amados/ as(ustedes) no estánsiendo amados/ as

3rd P they are not being lovedthey aren’t being loved

(ellos/ as) no estánsiendo amados/ as


1st S I will not be lovedI won’t be loved (yo) no seré amado/ a

2nd S you will not be lovedyou won’t be loved

(tú) no serás amado/ a

(usted) no será amado/ a

3rd S he/ she/ it will not be lovedhe/ she/ it won’t be loved (él/ ella/ *ello) no será amado/ a

1st P we will won’t be lovedwe won’t be loved

(nosotros/ as) no seremosamados/ as

2nd P you will not be lovedyou won’t be loved

(vosotros/ as) no seréis amados/ as

(ustedes) no serán amados/ as

3rd P they will not be lovedthey won’t be loved (ellos/ as) no serán amados/ as

-193-

RE

GU

LA

RV

ER

BS


1st S I was not going to be lovedI wasn’t going to be loved (yo) no iba a ser amado/ a

2nd S you were not going to be lovedyou weren’t going to be loved

(tú) no ibas a ser amado/ a

(usted) no iba a ser amado/ a

3rd She/ she/ it was not goingto be lovedhe/ she/ it wasn’t goingto be loved

(él/ ella/ *ello) no iba a seramado/ a

1st P wewere not going to be lovedwe weren’t going to be loved

(nosotros/ as) no íbamos aser amados/ as

2nd P you were not going to be lovedyou weren’t going to be loved

(vosotros/ as) no ibais aser amados/ as(ustedes) no iban a seramados/ as

3rd P they were not going to be lovedthey weren’t going to be loved

(ellos/ as) no iban a seramados/ as


1st S I am not going to be lovedI’m not going to be loved (yo) no voy a ser amado/ a

2nd S you are not going to be lovedyou aren’t going to be loved

(tú) no vas a ser amado/ a

(usted) no va a ser amado/ a

3rd She/ she/ it is not going tobe lovedhe/ she/ it isn’t going tobe loved

(él/ ella/ *ello) no va a seramado/ a

1st P weare not going to be lovedwe aren’t going to be loved

(nosotros/ as) no vamos aser amados/ as

2nd P you are not going to be lovedyou aren’t going to be loved

(vosotros/ as) no vais aser amados/ as(ustedes) no van a seramados/ as

3rd P they are not going to be lovedthey aren’t going to be loved

(ellos/ as) no van a seramados/ as


1st S I would not be lovedI wouldn’t be loved (yo) no sería amado/ a

2nd S you would not be lovedyou wouldn’t be loved

(tú) no serías amado/ a

(usted) no sería amado/ a

3rd S he/ she/ it would not be lovedhe/ she/ it wouldn’t be loved (él/ ella/ *ello) no sería amado/ a

1st P we would not be lovedwe wouldn’t be loved (nosotros/ as) no seríamos amados/ as

2nd P you would not be lovedyou wouldn’t be loved

(vosotros/ as) no seríais amados/ as

(ustedes) no serían amados/ as

3rd P they would not be lovedthey wouldn’t be loved (ellos/ as) no serían amados/ as


Affirmative am I loved? ¿soy amado/ a (yo)?

Negative am I not loved? ¿no soy amado/ a (yo)?

Affirmative are you loved?

¿eres amado/ a (tú)?;¿es amado/ a (usted)?¿sois amados/ as (vosotros/ as);¿son amados/ as (ustedes)?

Negative are you not loved?aren’t you loved?

¿no eres amado/ a (tú)?;¿no es amado/ a (usted)?¿no sois amados/ as (vosotros/ as);¿no son amados/ as (ustedes)?

Affirmative is he/ she/ it loved? ¿es amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative is he/ she/ it not loved?isn’t he/ she/ it loved? ¿no es amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?

PA S S I V E V O I C EQUESTION FORM

-194-

RE

GU

LA

RV

ER

BS


Affirmative have you been loved?

¿has sido amado/ a (tú)?;¿ha sido amado/ a (usted)?

¿habéis sido amados/ as (vosostros/ as)?;¿han sido amados/ as (ustedes)?

Negative have you not been loved?haven’t you been love?

¿no has sido amado/ a (tú)?;¿no ha sido amado/ a (usted)?

¿no habéis sido amados/ as (vosostros/ as)?;¿no han sido amados/ as (ustedes)?

Affirmative has he/ she/ it been loved? ¿ha sido amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative has he/ she/ it not been love?hasn’t he/ she/ it been love? ¿no ha sido amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?


Affirmative am I being loved? ¿estoy siendo amado/ a (yo)?

Negative am I not being loved? ¿no estoy siendo amado/ a (yo)?

Affirmative are you being loved?

¿estás siendo amado/ a (tú)?;¿está siendo amado/ a (usted)?¿estáis siendo amados/ as (vosotros/ as);¿están siendo amados/ as (ustedes)?

Negative are you not being loved?aren’t you being loved?

¿no estás siendo amado/ a (tú)?;¿no está siendo amado/ a (usted)?¿no estáis siendo amados/ as (vosotros/ as);¿no están siendo amados/ as (ustedes)?

Affirmative is he/ she/ it being loved? ¿está siendo amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative is he/ she/ it not being loved?isn’t he/ she/ it being loved? ¿no está siendo amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?


Affirmative was I loved? ¿era; fui amado/ a (yo)?

Negative was I not loved?wasn’t I loved? ¿no era; no fui amado/ a (yo)?

Affirmative were you loved?

¿eras; fuiste amado/ a (tú)?;¿era; fue amado/ a (usted)?¿erais; fuisteis amados/ as (vosotros/ as);¿eran; fueron amados/ as (ustedes)?

Negative were you not loved?weren’t you loved?

¿no eras; no fuiste amado/ a (tú)?;¿no era; no fue amado/ a (usted)?¿no erais; no fuisteis amados/ as (vosotros/ as);¿no eran; no fueron amados/ as (ustedes)?

Affirmative was he/ she/ it loved? ¿era; fue amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative was he/ she/ it not loved?wasn’t he/ she/ it loved? ¿no era; no fue amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?

-195-

RE

GU

LA

RV

ER

BS


Affirmative was I being loved? ¿estaba siendo amado/ a (yo)?

Negative was I not being loved?wasn’t I being loved? ¿no estaba siendo amado/ a (yo)?

Affirmative were you being loved?

¿estabas siendo amado/ a (tú)?;¿estaba siendo amado/ a (usted)?¿estabais siendo amados/ as (vosotros/ as);¿estaban siendo amados/ as (ustedes)?

Negative were you not being loved?weren’t you being loved?

¿no estabas siendo amado/ a (tú)?;¿no estaba siendo amado/ a (usted)?¿no estabais siendo amados/ as (vosotros/ as);¿no estaban siendo amados/ as (ustedes)?

Affirmative was he/ she/ it being loved? ¿estaba siendo amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative was he/ she/ it not being loved?wasn’t he/ she/ it being loved? ¿no estaba siendo amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Future

English Spanish

Affirmative will you be loved?

¿serás amado/ a (tú)?;¿será amado/ a (usted)?

¿seréis amados/ as (vosostros/ as)?;¿serán amados/ as (ustedes)?

Negative will you not be loved?won’t you be loved?

¿no serás amado/ a (tú)?;¿no será amado/ a (usted)?

¿no seréis amados/ as (vosostros/ as)?;¿no serán amados/ as (ustedes)?


Affirmative am I going to be loved? ¿voy a ser amado/ a (yo)?

Negative am I not going to be loved? ¿no voy a ser amado/ a (yo)?

Affirmative are you going to be loved?

¿vas a ser amado/ a (tú)?;¿va a ser amado/ a (usted)?¿vais a ser amados/ as (vosotros/ as);¿van a ser amados/ as (ustedes)?

Negative are you not going to be loved?aren’t you going to be loved?

¿no vas a ser amado/ a (tú)?;¿no va a ser amado/ a (usted)?¿no vais a ser amados/ as (vosotros/ as);¿no van a ser amados/ as (ustedes)?

Affirmative is he/ she/ it going to be loved? ¿va a ser amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative is he/ she/ it not going to be loved?isn’t he/ she/ it going to be loved? ¿no va a ser amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?

-196-

RE

GU

LA

RV

ER

BS


Affirmative was I going to be loved? ¿iba a ser amado/ a (yo)?

Negative was I not going to be loved?wasn’t I going to be loved? ¿no iba a ser amado/ a (yo)?

Affirmative were you going to be loved?

¿ibas a ser amado/ a (tú)?;¿iba a ser amado/ a (usted)?¿ibais a ser amados/ as (vosotros/ as);¿iban a ser amados/ as (ustedes)?

Negative were you not going to be loved?weren’t you going to be loved?

¿no ibas a ser amado/ a (tú)?;¿no iba a ser amado/ a (usted)?¿no ibais a ser amados/ as (vosotros/ as);¿no iban a ser amados/ as (ustedes)?

Affirmative was he/ she/ it going to be loved? ¿iba a ser amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?

Negative was he/ she/ it not going to be loved?wasn’t he/ she/ it going to be loved? ¿no iba a ser amado/ a (él/ ella/ *ello)?


Affirmative would you be loved?

¿serías amado/ a (tú)?;¿sería amado/ a (usted)?

¿seríais amados/ as (vosostros/ as)?;¿serían amados/ as (ustedes)?

Negative would you not be loved?wouldn’t you be loved?

¿no serías amado/ a (tú)?;¿no sería amado/ a (usted)?

¿no seríais amados/ as (vosostros/ as)?;¿no serían amados/ as (ustedes)?

ImperativeEnglish Spanish

Affirmative be loved

sé amado/ a (tú);sea amado/ a (usted)

sed amados/ as (vosostros/ as);sean amados/ as (ustedes)

Negative do not be loveddon’t be loved

no seas amado/ a (tú);no sea amado/ a (usted)

no seáis amados/ as (vosostros/ as);no sean amados/ as (ustedes)

Affirmative let’s be loved seamos amados/ as (nosotros/ as)

Negative let’s not be loved no seamos amados/ as (nosotros/ as)

PA S S I V E V O I C EIMPERATIVE FORM

PA S S I V E V O I C EINFINITIVE / PAST PARTICPLE / GERUND FORM

English Spanish

Infinitive to be loved ser amado/ a, amados/ as

Past Participle been loved sido amado/ a, amados/ as

Gerund being loved siendo amado/ a, amados/ as

-197-

IRR

EG

UL

AR

VE

RB

S

I R R E G U L A R V E R B S

PRESENT SIMPLE PAST PAST PARTICIPLE SPANISHarise arose arisen levantarseawake awoke awoke(n) despertarbe was, were been ser; estarbeat beat beaten golpearbecome became become llegarbegin began begun empezarbend bent bent doblarbind bound bound atar, amarrarbite bit bitten morderbleed bled bled sangrarblow blew blown soplarbreak broke broken romperbring brought brought traerbuild built built construirburn burnt burnt quemarburst burst burst estallarbuy bought bought comprarcan could could podercatch caught caught cogerchoose chose chosen escogercome came come venircost cost cost costarcreep crept crept treparcut cut cut cortardig dug dug cavardo did done hacerdraw drew drawn arrastrar, tirar;

dibujardream dreamt dreamt soñardrink drank drunk beberdrive drove driven conducireat ate eaten comerfall fell fallen caerfeed fed fed alimentarfeel felt felt sentirfight fought fought lucharfind found found encontrarflee fled fled escapar, huirfling flung flung arrojarfly flew flown volarforbid forbade forbidden prohibirforget forgot forgotten olvidarforgive forgave forgiven perdonarfreeze froze frozen helarget got got (BrE) lograr, alcanzargotten (AmE)go went gone irgrow grew grown crecerhang hung hung colgarhave had had tenerhear heard heard oírhide hid hidden esconderhit hit hit golpearhold held held sujetar, agarrarhurt hurt hurt herir, dañarkeep kept kept gardar, mantenerknow knew known saberlay laid laid poner, colocarlead led led conducir, guiarlean leant leant apoyarse

-198-

IRR

EG

UL

AR

VE

RB

S

PRESENT SIMPLE PAST PAST PARTICIPLE SPANISHleave left left dejar, abandonarlend lent lent prestarlet let let dejarlie lay lain echarse, tumbarselie lied lied mentirlight lit lit encenderlose lost lost perdermake made made hacermean meant meant significarmeet met met encontrarsepay paid paid pagarput put put ponerread read read leerrent rent rent alquilarride rode ridden montar [caballo,

bicicleta]ring rang rung sonarrise rose risen levantarse; elevarserun ran run corrersay said said decirsee saw seen verseek sought sought buscarsell sold sold vendersend sent sent enviarset set set colocarshake shook shaken temblar, agitarshine shone shone brillarshoot shot shot dispararshow showed shown mostrarshut shut shut cerrarsing sang sung cantarsink sank sunk hundirsit sat sat sentarsesleep slept slept dormirslide slid slid resbalarsmell smelt smelt olerspeak spoke spoken hablarspeed sped sped aligerarspell spelt spelt deletrearspend spent spent gastar; pasar tiempospill spilt spilt derramarsplit split split dividirspoil spoilt spoilt estropearspread spread spread derramarspring sprang sprung brotarstand stood stood sostenerse,

estar en piesteal stole stolen robarsting stung stung picar [insecto]swear swore sworn jurarsweep swept swept barrerswell swelled swollen hinchar, inflamarswim swam swum nadartake took taken tomarteach taught taught enseñartell told told decirthink thought thought pensarthrow threw thrown arrojarunderstand understood understood comprenderwake woke woke(n) despertarwear wore worn llevar puesto [ropa]win won won ganarwrite wrote written escribir

GLOSSARIESGLOSSARIES

PR

EF

AC

E

-199-

En los siguientes glosarios están recogidos todos los términos de la lenguainglesa que aparecen en el presente libro. Dichos términos están ordenadosalfabéticamente y vienen acompañados por su equivalencia en español.

Además de su equivalencia en español, de cada término se ofreceinformación a cerca de su categoría gramatical en inglés y, en el caso de que seanecesario, si dicho término pertenece al inglés usado en Reino Unido o enAmérica (ver neighbour; neighbor). Además, para evitar confusiones, lasequivalencias en español que puedan resultar ambiguas vienen acompañadaspor una aclaración entre corchetes (ver wear).

Para facilitar la consulta del glosario, las equivalencias en español de losadjetivos en inglés se dan únicamente en la forma masculina singular, a pesar deque dicha forma inglesa también equivalga a las formas del femenino singular yplural y del masculino plural en español. Así, en la entrada African aparece comoequivalente en español africano, pero ha de sobreentenderse que también puedeequivaler a africana, africanos y africanas. Los participios pasados recogidos enel glosario también reciben este tratamiento.

Bajo una misma entrada inglesa pueden aparecer:

1. Varias acepciones separadas entre sí por punto y coma. En este casolas diferentes acepciones hacen referencia a términos en español que, aunquepuedan ser parecidos, no son equivalentes (ver bite).

2. Varias acepciones separadas entre sí por coma. Las diferentesacepciones hacen referencia a términos que se pueden considerar sinónimosentre sí en español (ver brilliant).

3. Además de las equivalencias en español, pueden aparecer términoscompuestos o derivados del término en inglés que se ofrece como entrada (verboard) o locuciones de uso frecuente en la que dicho término aparece (verchemist).

Puede haber dos o más entradas en inglés idénticas. Esto se debe a quedeterminadas palabras en inglés, dependiendo de su uso, funcionan condiferentes categorías gramaticales, existiendo entre sus significados una evidenterelación (ver act1; act2) o no (ver can1; can2), o a que al menos una de ellaspertenece al inglés británico o al americano (ver bill1; bill2).

P R E F A C E

-200-

AB

BR

EV

IAT

ION

S

A B B R E V I A T I O N S

adj .......................................................... adjetivo

adv .......................................................... adverbio

AmE .......................................................... inglés americano

art .......................................................... artículo

BrE .......................................................... inglés británico

comp .......................................................... comparativo

conj .......................................................... conjunción

dem .......................................................... demostrativo

esp .......................................................... especialmente

etc .......................................................... etcétera

fem .......................................................... femenino

indet .......................................................... indeterminado

inf .......................................................... infinitivo

int .......................................................... interrogativo

interj .......................................................... interjección

mod .......................................................... modal

p .......................................................... participio

pas .......................................................... pasado

pers .......................................................... personal

pos .......................................................... posesivo

prep .......................................................... preposición

pres .......................................................... presente

pron .......................................................... pronombre

reflex .......................................................... reflexivo

rel .......................................................... relativo

semimod .......................................................... semimodal

super .......................................................... superlativo

sust .......................................................... sustantivo

tb .......................................................... también

v .......................................................... verbo

-201-

CIV

ILIA

NG

LO

SS

AR

Y

ENGLISH SPANISH ENGLISH SPANISH

C I V I L I A N G L O S S A R Y

a art indet un, una; (~ bit of) unpoco de; (~ few) unos pocos,unas pocas, algunos, algunas;(~ little of) un poco de; (~long way) mucho tiempo; (~lot of) un montón de, mucho

abbreviation sust abreviaturaabove prep arriba; sobreabroad adv en el extranjeroabsolute adj absolutoaccepted p pas de accept aceptadoache v doleracronym sust siglaacross prep a través; al otro lado deact1 sust actoact2 v actuaractive adj activoactivity sust actividadacute adj agudoadvice sust consejoaeroplane sust aeroplanoaffected p pas de affect afectadoafraid adj asustado; (to be ~) temer,

tener miedoAfrica sust ÁfricaAfrican adj africanoafter1 adv despuésafter2 prep después de, trasafternoon sust tarde; (good ~) buenas

tardesagainst prep contraagency sust agencia; (travel ~)

agencia de viajesagent sust agente; (travel ~) agente

de viajesago adv (five days ~) hace cinco

díasagree v estar de acuerdoagree on v ponerse de acuerdo enAIDS(Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome) sust sidaair sust aireair conditioning sust aire acondicionadoairport sust aeropuertoaisle sust pasillo [avión]alarm clock sust despertadoralbum sust álbumall pron todo; (~ right) todo bien,

de acuerdoallergic adj alérgicoalmost adv casialong prep a lo largo dealready adv yaaltar sust altaralthough conj aunquealways adv siempreamazing adj increíble, asombrosoambulance sust ambulanciaAmerica sust América

American adj americanoAmerican-born adj americanoamong prep entrean art indet un, unaanalgesic sust analgésicoanalyse (BrE) v analizar; valorar, evaluaranalyze (AmE) v analizar; valorar, evaluarancient adj antiguoAngle sust angloangry adj enfadadoanimal sust animalankle sust tobilloanswer1 sust respuestaanswer2 v responderanthem sust himnoany pron alguno, alguna, algunos,

algunasany adj algún, alguna, algunos,

algunas; (in ~ case) encualquier caso

anybody pron nadie; alguien, cualquierpersona

anyone pron nadie; alguien, cualquierpersona

anything pron nada; algo, cualquiercosa

anyway adv de todos modos, de todasformas

anywhere adv ninguna parte; algunaparte, cualquier parte

apartment (AmE) sust apartamentoappearance sust apariciónappendices sust pl anexosappendix sust anexoappetite sust apetitoapple sust manzanaapplication sust formularioappointment sust cita; (to make an ~)

concertar una citaApril sust abrilarchipielago sust archipiélagoarm sust brazoarmchair sust sillónarmpit sust axilaaround prep alrededor dearrange v organizar; fijar, concertararrest v detenerarrive v llegararrogant adj arrogantearticle sust artículoartist sust artistaas conj como; tan; cuando,

mientrasash sust cenizaashtray sust ceniceroAsia sust AsiaAsian adj asiático [esp India y

Paquistán]Asiatic adj asiáticoask v preguntar

-202-

CIV

ILIA

NG

LO

SS

AR

YCivilian Glossary

ENGLISH SPANISH ENGLISH SPANISHasleep adj dormidoassemble v montar, organizar, reunirassignment sust misión; nombramientoassistant sust dependiente, empleadoastronomical adj astronómicoat prep a; en; (~ least) por lo

menos; (~ once) de una vez;(~ the back) al fondo de; (~the chemist’s) (BrE) en lafarmacia; (~ the moment) eneste momento

athletics sust atletismoatom sust átomoattack sust ataqueattempt sust intento; (to make an ~)

hacer un intento, intentarattend v asistirattention sust atenciónAugust sust agostoaunt sust tíaAustralia sust AustraliaAustralian adj australianoAustria sust AustriaAustrian adj austríacoautumn (BrE) sust otoñoauxiliarity adj auxiliaravailable adj disponibleavenue sust avenidaavialable adj disponibleavoid v evitarawake adj despiertobabysitter sust canguro, niñeraback sust fondo; (at the ~) al fondo

debacon sust bacon, pancetabad adj malobadly adv malbag sust bolsoball sust pelota; (tennis ~) pelota

de tenisbanana sust plátanobank sust bancobargain sust gangabase sust basebaseball sust béisbolbasketball sust baloncestobath sust bañerabathroom sust cuarto de bañobe v ser; estar; (~ afraid) temer,

tener miedo; (~ in a hurry)tener prisa; (may ~) puedeser; (~ sure) estar seguro

be able v ser capaz, poderbeach sust playabean sust judíabear v llevar, portar; aguantar,

resistirbeautiful adj guapo; bonitobed sust cama;(to go to ~) irse a

la cama, acostarse; (to makethe ~) hacer la cama

bedroom sust dormitorio; habitaciónbedside table sust mesita de noche

beef sust ternerabeer sust cervezabefore prep delante de, ante; antes

de, antesbegin v comenzarbeginner sust principiantebeginning sust comienzo, principiobehind prep tras, detrás debeing sust serBelgian adj belgaBelgium sust Bélgicabelieve v creerbelly button sust ombligobelong v pertenecerbelow prep debajo debelt sust cinturónbench sust bancobeneath prep debajo de; por debajo deBerlin sust Berlínbeside prep al lado debesides prep además debest1 adj super mejorbest2 adv mejorbetter1 adj comp mejorbetter2 adv mejorbetween prep entrebeyond prep más allá de; sobrebibliography sust bibliografíabicycle sust bicicletabig adj grandebill1 (AmE) sust billetebill2 (BrE) sust cuenta; facturabilliards sust pl billarBiology sust biologíabird sust pájarobirthday sust cumpleañosbiscuit (BrE) sust galletabit sust pedazo, trozo; (a ~ of)

un poco debite v morder; comerblack adj negroblanket sust mantablind adj ciegoblond adj rubioblood pressure sust tensión arterialblouse sust blusablue adj azulboard sust pensión;(full ~) pensión

completa; (half ~) mediapensión

boat sust barcobody sust cuerpoboil v hervirboiled p pas de boil hervido; (~ egg)

huevo pasado por agua;huevo duro

bone sust huesobonnet (BrE) sust capóbook1 sust libro; (~ stall) quiosco de

prensa; (phone ~) agenda deteléfonos; guía telefónica

book2 v reservarboot1 sust bota

-203-

CIV

ILIA

NG

LO

SS

AR

Y


Civilian Glossary

boot2 (BrE) sust maleterobooth sust cabinaborrow v coger prestadoboth adj ambosbottle sust botellabox sust cajaboxing sust boxeoboy sust chico; niñoboyfriend sust noviobracket sust paréntesisbrave adj valientebread sust panbreak down v averiarsebreakfast sust desayunobreast sust senobreath sust alientobrilliant adj brillante, genialbring v traerbrother sust hermanobrother-in-law sust cuñadobrown adj marrónbrush sust cepillobuilding sust edificiobullet sust balabullfight sust corrida de torosburial sust entierroburning adj ardiente, abrasador; (~

pain) ardor [estómago]burning pain sust ardorbury v enterrarbus sust autobús; (~ stop) parada

de autobúsbush sust arbustobusiness sust negocio; (to do ~) hacer

un negocio; trabajarbusy adj ocupadobut conj perobutter sust mantequillaby prep por; en; mediante; de;

junto a; (~ day) durante el día;(~ the way) por cierto

bye interj adióscactus sust cactuscake sust pastel, tartacalendar sust calendariocalf sust ternero; pantorrillacall v llamarcall back v volver a llamar, devolver una

llamadacalm1 adj tranquilo, en calmacalm2 sust calmacan1 sust latacan2 v mod podercandid adj abierto; sincerocandle sust velacandy (AmE) sust caramelo, dulcecap sust gorracapacity sust capacidadcapital sust capitalcapitalist adj capitalistacar sust cochecard sust tarjeta; carta, naipecardinal adj cardinal

career sust carreracarnation sust clavelcarpet sust alfombracarrot sust zanahoriacarry out v llevar a cabo, realizarcartoon sust dibujos animadoscase sust caso; (in any ~) en

cualquier caso; (just in ~)porsi acaso

caster sust espolvoreadorcastle sust castillocat sust gatocatastrophe sust catástrofecatch v agarrar, cogercause v causarCD (Compact Disk) sust CD, compact, compactocell sust celdacemetery sust cementeriocenter (AmE) sust centrocentre (BrE) sust centrocereal sust cerealcertainly adv ciertamentechair sust sillachange1 sust cambiochange2 v cambiarcharge v cobrarchart sust cuadrocheap adj baratocheck1 (AmE) sust cuenta, facturacheck2 v comprobarcheese sust quesochemist (BrE) sust farmacéutico; (at the ~’s)

en la farmaciachemist’s sust farmaciachess sust ajedrezchest sust pechochestnut tree sust castañochew v masticachicken sust pollochild sust niñochildren sust pl hijos; niñoschin sust barbillaChina sust ChinaChinese adj chinochocolate sust chocolatechocolate pudding sust crema de chocolatechoke v asfixiarchoose v elegirChrist sust CristoChristmas sust Navidadchurch sust iglesiacigarrete sust cigarro, cigarrillocinema sust cinecitizien sust ciudadanocity sust ciudadcivilian adj civilcivilization sust civilizaciónclass sust claseclassical adj clásicoclean adj limpioclean up v limpiarcleaning sust limpieza; (to do the~)

hacer la limpieza

-204-

CIV

ILIA

NG

LO

SS

AR

YCivilian Glossary

ENGLISH SPANISH ENGLISH SPANISHclear adj claroclerk (AmE) sust dependienteclever adj inteligente, listoclimate sust climaclimatic adj climáticoclimb v escalarcloakroom sust guardarropaclose1 adj cercano, próximoclose2 v cerrarcloset sust armariocloth sust tela, tejido; (table ~)

mantelclothes sust pl ropacloudy adj nubladocoach sust autocarcoal sust carbóncoat sust abrigocod sust bacalaocoffee sust café; (to make a ~)

hacer un cafécoffee-house sust cafeteríacoffeepot sust cafeteracoin sust monedaCoke® sust Coca-Cola®

cold1 adj fríocold2 sust resfriadocollapse v derrumbarse, desplomarsecollect v recoger, recolectar; cogercollect call (AmE) sust llamada a cobro revertidocolor (AmE) sust colorcolour (BrE) sust colorcolumn sust columnacomb sust peinecome v venir; llegarcome back v volver, regresarcommercial adj comercialcommittee sust comitécommunication sust comunicacióncomparative adj comparativocompete v competircompetition sust competicióncomplement sust complementocompliment sust cumplido; (to make a ~)

hacer un cumplidocomputer sust ordenadorconcentric adj concéntricoconcerned p pas de concern

preocupadoconcert sust conciertocondition sust condiciónconditional adj condicionalconfusion sust confusiónconjugation sust conjugaciónconnection sust conexiónconsequence sust consecuenciaconsider v considerar, creerconsiderable adj considerableconsist v consistir; (~ of) consistir enconsisting adj consistenteconstant adj continuo, constanteconsulat sust consuladocontact sust contactocontent sust contenido

continent sust continentecontinuous adj continuopast continuous sust pasado continuopresent continuous sust presente continuocontracted p pas de contract contraídocontraction sust contraccióncontroled (AmE) p pas de control controladocontrolled (BrE) p pas de control controladoconventional adj tradicional, clásico;

convencionalconversation sust conversacióncook1 sust cocinerocook2 v cocinarcooker (BrE) sust cocina, hornillocooking sust cocina, comida, forma de

cocinarcooky (AmE) sust galletacooling sust corriente de agua fríacoral sust coralcorner sust rincón; esquinacorporation sust empresacorrect adj correctocost v costarcough1 sust toscough2 v tosercould v mod p pas de cancounsel v aconsejarcount v contarcountable adj contablecountry sust paíscouple sust pareja; parcourse sust curso; plato; (of ~) por

supuestocourt sust tribunalcousin sust primocrab sust cangrejocradle sust cunacreate v crearcredit sust créditocrosswalk (AmE) sust paso de peatonescrowd sust muchedumbre, multitud;

(a ~ of) un montón decruise sust crucerocry v llorarcucumber sust pepinocult sust cultocup sust taza; (tea ~) taza de técurrency sust moneda, unidad

monetariacurriculum sust currículocurtain sust cortinacustard sust crema; natillascustomer sust clientecustoms sust aduana; (~ officer)

empleado de la aduanacut v cortarcutlet sust chuletacycling sust ciclismodaily1 adj diariodaily2 adv diariamentedaisy sust margaritadamage sust daño; (to do a ~) causar

un daño

-205-

CIV

ILIA

NG

LO

SS

AR

Y


Civilian Glossary

dance sust danza, bailedangerous adj peligrosoDanish adj danésdark adj oscurodate sust fecha; citadaughter sust hijadaugther-in-law sust nueraday sust día; (~ off) día libre; (by

~) durante el día; (in the ~time) de día

deal sust trato; (to make a ~)hacer un trato

dear adj querido, estimadodeath sust muerteDecember sust diciembredecide v decidirdecision sust decisióndeclare v declarardeep adj profundodegree sust gradodeity sust deidaddelight sust placerdemonstrative sust demostrativoDenmark sust Dinamarcadensely sust densamentedentist sust dentistadeposit sust depósitodesign sust diseñodesk sust escritorio, pupitredespite prep a pesar dedessert sust postredestroy v destruirdetermined p pas de determine

determinado, decididodevastating adj devastadordeveloping adj en vías de desarrollodevelopment sust desarrollodiarrhea (AmE) sust diarreadiarrhoea (BrE) sust diarreadie v morirdifference sust diferenciadifficult adj difícildining room sust comedor, salóndinner sust cenadinosaur sust dinosauriodirection sust direccióndirectly adv directamentedirty adj suciodisable adj incapacitadodisagree v estar en desacuerdodisappointed p pas de disappoint

decepcionadodisaster sust desastredisastrous adj desastrosodiscover v descubrirdiscovery sust descubrimiento; (to make

a ~) hacer un descubrimientodish sust plato; fuente; (to do the

~es) fregar los platosdisruption sust trastornodistinct adj bien diferenciadodivorce v divorciarse

do v hacer; (~ a business) hacerun negocio; (~ a damage)causar un daño; (~ a favour)hacer un favor; (~ a work)hacer un trabajo; (~ an exam)hacer un examen; (~ anexercise) hacer un ejercicio;(~ drugs) drogarse; (~ films)hacer películas; (~ good)hacer el bien; (~ harm) hacerdaño; (~ honours in)licenciarse en; (~ miracles)obrar milagros, hacermilagros; (~ repairs) hacerarreglos, hacer reformas;reparar; (~ research)investigar; (~ right) hacerbien; (~ the cleaning) hacerla limpieza; (~ the dishes)fregar los platos; (~ the hair)arreglarse el pelo; (~ thehomework) hacer losdeberes; (~ the housework)hacer la tareas domésticas; (~the nails) arreglarse las uñas;(~ the washing-up) hacer lacolada; (~ wrong) hacer mal

doctor sust médico; doctordog sust perrodoll sust muñecadollar sust dólardone1 adj hechodone2 p pas de do hechodoor sust puertadoubtful adj dubitativo, indecisodown prep abajodowner sust sedantedramatic adj dramático; drásticodraughts sust pl damasdraw v correr; descorrerdrawer sust cajóndread1 sust temor, pavordread2 v temer, tener terror adrench v empapar; inundardress sust vestidodrink1 sust bebidadrink2 v beberdrive v conducirdriver sust conductordrop v dejar caerdrought sust sequíadrug sust droga; (to do ~s)

drogarsedrugstore (AmE) sust farmaciadrunk adj borrachodue adj (~ to) debido aduo sust dúoduring prep duranteDutch adj holandésduty sust responsabilidad,

obligacióneach pron cadaeagle sust águila

-206-

CIV

ILIA

NG

LO

SS

AR

YCivilian Glossary

ENGLISH SPANISH ENGLISH SPANISHear sust orejaearache sust dolor de oídoearly adv tempranoearth sust tierra; la Tierraearthquake sust terremotoeasier adj comp más fácileast sust esteEaster sust Semana SantaEaster Day sust Domingo de Pascua,

Domingo de ResurrecciónEaster Monday sust Lunes de Pascuaeasy adj fácileat v comereconomy sust economíaeffect sust efectoeffort sust esfuerzo; (make an ~)

intentaregg sust huevo; (boiled ~) huevo

pasado por agua; huevo duro;(fried ~) huevo frito

Egypt sust Egiptoelbow sust codoelder adj comp mayorelderly adj ancianoeldest adj super de más edadelectrical adj eléctricoelectronic adj electrónicoelephant sust elefanteelevator (AmE) sust ascensorelf sust duendeelse adv lo demásembassy sust embajadaemergency sust urgenciaend sust fin; finalending adj terminado enendurance sust resistenciaenergy sust energíaengaged adj comprometido, prometidoEngland sust InglaterraEnglish adj inglésEnglish Channel sust el Canal de la Manchaenjoy v disfrutar, gustarenough adv suficiente, bastanteenter v entrarentry sust entradaenvironment sust medio ambienteenvironmental adj medioambientalepisode sust episodioescape v escaparestablish v establecereucalyptus sust eucaliptoeuro sust euroEurope sust EuropaEuropean adj europeoEuropean Union sust Unión Europeaevening sust tarde; (good ~) buenas

tardes; buenas nochesevent sust acontecimiento; caso; (in

the ~) en el casoevery adj cada; todoeverybody pron todos, todo el mundoevidence sust pruebaexam sust examen

examination sust examen; (to do an ~)hacer un examen

example sust ejemploexchange v cambiarexcuse1 sust excusa; (to make an ~)

poner una excusaexcuse2 v disculpar, perdonarexercise sust ejercicio; (to do an ~)

hacer un ejercicioexhausted adj exhaustoexist v existirexpect v esperar, suponerexpensive adj caroexperience1 sust experienciaexperience2 v experimentarexplain v explicarexplore v explorarexpressive adj expresivoextra adj extraextreme adj extremoextremely adv extremadamenteeye sust ojoeyebrow sust cejaeyelash sust pestañaeyelid sust párpadoface sust cara; (to make a ~)

poner mala carafact sust hechofactory sust fábricafailure sust fracasofairtale sust cuento de hadasfaithful adj fiel; digno de confianzafaithfully adv atentamentefall (AmE) sust otoñofalse adj falsofamily sust familia; (~ tree) árbol

genealógicofar adv lejosfarmyard sust corralfather sust padrefather-in-law sust suegrofavor (AmE) sust favorfavour (BrE) sust favor (to do a ~) hacer

un favorfavourite adj favoritofeather sust plumaFebruary sust febrerofee sust suma de dinerofeel v sentir; sentirsefeet sust pl piesFestival of Passover sust Pascua Judía o Pesahfew pron pocos, pocas; (a ~) unos

pocos, unas pocas, algunos,algunas

fiber (AmE) sust fibrafibre (BrE) sust fibrafield sust campofig sust higofill v llenar; completarfill in v rellenarfilm (BrE) sust película; (to do ~s)

hacer películasfind v encontrar

-207-

CIV

ILIA

NG

LO

SS

AR

Y


Civilian Glossary

fine adj magnífico, muy buenofinger sust dedofinish v acabarfire sust incendiofireplace sust chimeneafirm sust empresafirst adj primerofirst aid sust primeros auxiliosfish sust pescadofisherman sust pescadorfishing sust pescafit v colocar; quedar bienflag sust banderaflamenco sust flamencoflashlight sust linternaflat (BrE) sust apartamentoflavor (AmE) sust saborflavour (BrE) sust saborflight sust vueloflood sust inundaciónfloor sust suelo; pisoflour sust harinaflower sust florfluently adv con fluidezfluid adj fluido; (~ ounce) onza fluidafly v volarfog sust nieblafoggy adj de niebla, nebulosofollowing adj siguientefond adj cariñosofondest adj super el más cariñoso,

cariñosísimofondly adv cariñosamentefood sust comidafool adj tontofoot sust piefootball sust fútbol; pelota de fútbolfor prep por; durante; para;

desde; (~ sale) en ventaforehead sust frenteforest1 adj forestalforest2 sust bosquefork sust tenedorform sust forma; formulario,

impresoformer adj anterior; antiguofortunately adv afortunadamentefortune sust fortunafossil adj fósilfountain sust fuentefranc sust francoFrance sust Franciafrankfurter sust salchicha de FrankfurtFrech fries sust pl patatas fritasfreeze v helar; helarseFrench adj francésfrequent adj frecuenteFriday sust viernesfridge sust nevera, frigoríficofried p pas de fry frito; (~ egg)

huevo fritofriend sust amigofriendly1 adj amistoso

friendly2 adv amistosamentefrom prep de; desde; porfront sust frente, fachada; (in ~) en

frentefruit sust frutafry v freírfuel sust combustiblefull adj completo; (~ board)

pensión completafully adv completamente,

totalmente; (~comprehensive insurancepolicy) seguro a todo riesgo

fun sust diversión; (to have ~)pasárselo bien

funfair sust parque de atraccionesfurlong sust estadiofurniture sust mobiliariofuture1 adj futurofuture2 sust futurogallery sust galeríagallon sust galóngame sust juegogap sust espacio, huecogarage sust garajegarden sust jardíngas sust gas; (~ station) (AmE)

gasolinera; estación deservicio

gasoline (AmE) sust gasolinagate sust puertageese sust pl gansosGeography sust geografíageranium sust geranioGerman adj alemánGermany sust Alemaniagerund sust gerundioget v ponerseget along with v llevarse bien conget back v devolverget into v subir a; entrar enget married v casarseget off v bajarseget through v comunicarse; estar conget up v levantarseghost sust fantasmagin v ginebraginger1 adj color zanahoriaginger2 sust jengibregiraffe sust jirafagirl sust chica; niñagirlfriend sust noviagive v dar; (~ a hand) echar una

manogive up v dejar, abandonar; renunciar

aglamor (AmE) sust glamourglamour (BrE) sust glamourglass sust vasoglasses sust pl gafasglobal adj globalglossary sust glosarioglove sust guante

-208-

CIV

ILIA

NG

LO

SS

AR

YCivilian Glossary

ENGLISH SPANISH ENGLISH SPANISHgo v irgo away v irsego back v volvergo for a walk v paseargo on v seguir, continuargo out v salirgoat sust cabragolf sust golfgonorrhea (AmE) sust gonorreagonorrhoea (BrE) sust gonorreaGood Friday sust Viernes Santogood looking adj guapogood1 adj bueno; (~ afternoon)

buenas tardes; (~ evening)buenas tardes; buenasnoches; (~ morning) buenosdías

good2 sust bien; (to do ~) hacer elbien

goodbye1 interj adiósgoodbye2 sust adiósgoose sust gansogovernment sust gobiernograde sust nota, calificacióngrades sust pl notas, calificacionesgrammar sust gramáticagrandchildren sust nietos, nietasgranddaughter sust nietagrandfather sust abuelograndmother sust abuelagrandparent sust abuelo, abuelagrandson sust nietogrape sust uvagray (AmE) adj grisGreat Britain sust Gran BretañaGreece sust GreciaGreek adj griegogreen adj verdegreeting sust saludogrey (BrE) adj grisgrind v molerguard v defenderguilty adj culpableguitar sust guitarrahair sust pelo; (to do the ~)

arreglarse el pelohairdresser’s sust peluqueríahake sust merluzahalf adj medio; (~ board) media

pensiónham sust jamón Yorkhamburger sust hamburguesahand sust mano; (to give a ~)

echar una manohandball sust balonmanohandkerchief sust pañuelohang v colgarhappen v pasar, suceder, ocurrirhappy adj feliz, contentohard1 adj durohard2 adv duramenteharder adv comp más duramente

harm sust daño; (to do ~) hacerdaño

hat sust sombrerohate v odiarhave v tener; haber; tomar; (~ fun)

pasárselo bienhave breakfast v desayunarhave dinner v cenarhave lunch v almorzarhave to v tener quehazard sust peligro, riesgohe pron pers élhead sust cabezaheadache sust dolor de cabezahear v oírheart sust corazónheart attack sust ataque al corazónheavy adj pesadoheight sust alturahello interj holahelp v ayudarhepatitis sust hepatitisher adj pos su, sus [de ella]here adv aquíhero sust héroehers pron pos suyo, suya, suyos,

suyas [de ella]hi interj holahigh adj alto, elevadohigh school sust institutohigh-ranking adj alto rangohighway (AmE) sust carreterahiking sust senderismohim pron pers élhip sust caderahippopotamus sust hipopótamohis1 adj pos su, sus [de él]his2 pron pos suyo, suya, suyos,

suyas [de él]historian sust historiadorHistory sust historiahobby sust pasatiempoholiday (BrE) sust día festivo, vacacionesHolland sust Holandahome sust hogar, casahomework sust tarea, deberes; (to do

the ~) hacer los debereshoney sust mielhonour sust honor; (to do ~s in)

licenciarse enhood (AmE) sust capóhope v esperar, desearhorse sust caballohospital sust hospitalhot adj caliente; cálidohotel sust hotelhour sust horahouse sust casahousehold sust casahousework sust tarea doméstica; (to do

~) hacer las tareasdomésticas

how adv int cómo

-209-

CIV

ILIA

NG

LO

SS

AR

Y


Civilian Glossary

human adj humanohuman being sust ser humanohuman-induced adj provocado por el hombrehungry adj hambrientohurricane sust huracánhurry sust prisa; (to be in a ~) tener

prisahurt v dolerhusband sust marido, esposohypothesis sust hipótesisI pron pers yoice hockey sust hockey sobre hieloice-cream sust heladoicon sust iconoID (Identity Card) sust carnet de identidadidentity sust identidadidol sust ídoloill adj enfermoimmediately adv inmediatamenteimpact sust impactoimpersonal adj impersonalin prep en; dentro; dentro de;

adentro; (~ any case) encualquier caso; (~ late 1998)a finales de 1998; (~ theevent) en el caso; (~ total) entotal

inaccurate adj inapropiadoinch sust pulgadaincident sust incidenteinclude v incluirincorrectly adv incorrectamenteincrease v incrementarindefinite adj indefinidoIndependence Day sust Día de la Independenciaindex sust índiceIndia sust IndiaIndian adj hindúIndonesia sust Indonesiainfinitive sust infinitivoinformation sust informacióninjured par pas de injure heridoinjury sust heridainsert v insertarinsist v insistirinstitution sust institucióninstruction sust instruccióninsurance sust seguroinsurance form sust registro de segurointellectual adj intelectualintelligent adj inteligenteinterested adj interesadointeresting adj interesanteinternal adj internointernally adv internamenteinterrogative adj interrogativointerview sust entrevistainto prep enintroduce v presentarintroduction sust presentacióninvest v invertirinvite v invitarIrak sust Iraq

Iraqi adj iraquíIreland sust IrlandaIrish adj irlandésiron v plancharirregular adj irregularisle sust islait pron pers *elloItalian adj italianoItaly sust Italiaits1 adj pos su, sus [de *ello]its2 pron pos suyo, suya, suyos,

suyas [de *ello]jacket sust chaqueta; cazadorajam sust mermeladaJanuary sust eneroJapan sust JapónJapanese adj japonésjazz bass sust bajojelly sust gelatinajersey sust jerseyjewel sust joyajob sust trabajo, empleojog v correr, hacer footingjoin v unirsejourney sust viajejug sust tazajuice sust zumoJuly sust juliojump v saltarJune sust juniojust adv sólo; (~ in case) por si

acasokennel sust perrerakey sust llave; clavekid v bromearkidney sust riñónkind1 adj agradable; amablekind2 sust clase, categoríakindest adj super el más amable,

amabilísimokiss v besarkit sust equipo, setkitchen sust cocinaknee sust rodillaknife sust cuchilloknow v conocer; saberknuckle sust nudillolabyrinth sust laberintolamb sust corderolamp sust lámpara; (street ~) farolaland v aterrizarlarge adj grandelast name sust apellidolast night adv anochelast1 sust último; pasadolast2 v durarlate adv tarde; (in ~ 1998) a

finales de 1998law sust leylaxative sust laxantelay v poner; extender; (~ the

table) poner la mesa

-210-

CIV

ILIA

NG

LO

SS

AR

YCivilian Glossary

ENGLISH SPANISH ENGLISH SPANISHlay around v estar esparcido, estar en

desordenlay down v echarse, tumbarselazy adj perezosoleak sust escapelearn v aprenderleast1 adj super el más pequeño,

pequeñísimoleast2 adv super lo menos; (at ~)

por lo menosleave1 sust hojaleave2 v partir, marcharse, salir;

abandonarlecture sust clase; conferencialeft1 adj izquierdoleft2 sust izquierdaleg sust piernaleisure sust tiempo librelemon sust limónlemonade sust limonadalength sust longitudless1 adj comp menorless2 adv comp menoslesson sust lecciónlet v dejar, permitirletter v grabar; estamparletter box (BrE) sust buzónlettuce sust lechugalevel sust nivellibrary sust bibliotecalicense sust permisolie v mentirlie down v tumbarselife-threatening adj de vida o muertelift (BrE) sust ascensor; impulsolight1 adj claro; ligerolight2 sust luzlight3 v encenderlike v gustarlimited p pas de limit limitadolinked p pas de link relacionado; (~

to) relacionado conlion sust leónlip sust labio; (sore ~s) labios

resecoslira sust liralist sust listalisten v escucharLiterature sust literaturalittle1 adj pequeñolittle2 adv pocolittle3 pron poco, poca; (a ~ of) un

poco delive v vivirliver sust hígadoliving-room sust sala de estarlobster sust langostalocal authority sust diputaciónlocated p pas de locate localizado,

ubicadoLondon sust Londreslong adj largo; prolongadolook after v cuidar

look at v mirarlook for v buscarlorry (BrE) sust camiónlose v perderloss sust pérdida; (to make a ~)

perder dinerolot sust montón; (a ~ of) un

montón de, mucholotion sust lociónlottery sust loteríaloud adj alto, elevadolouder adv comp más fuerte, más

altoloudly adv fuerte, en voz altalove1 sust amorlove2 v amar, querer; encantarlover sust enamorado; amanteluck sust suerteluggage sust equipajelunch sust almuerzolung sust pulmónlust sust lujurialuxurious adj lujosomadam sust señoramade p pas de make hecho; (~ in)

hecho en; (~ of) hecho demail box (AmE) sust buzón; casilleromailman (AmE) sust carteromailwoman (AmE) sust fem carteramain adj principalmainly adv principalmentemaintain v mantenermake v hacer; cometer; (~ a coffe)

hacer un café; (~ acompliment) hacer uncumplido; (~ a deal) hacer untrato; (~ a discovery) hacerun descubrimiento; (~ a face)poner mala cara; (~ a loss)perder dinero; (~ a mess)desordenar; ensuciar; haceralgo mal; hacer una chapuza;arruinar; (~ a mistake)cometer un error, equivocarse;(~ a money) ganar dinero,hacer dinero; (~ a noise)hacer un ruido; (~ a note)anotar; (~ a phone call) haceruna llamada, llamar [teléfono];(~ a profit) ganar dinero,hacer dinero; (~ a right) girara la derecha; (~ a speech)pronunciar un discurso; (~ asuggestion) hacer unasugerencia; (~ a tea) hacer té;(~ a trouble) causarproblemas; (~ a war) estar enguerra; (~ a will) hacertestamento; (~ anappointment) concertar unacita; (~ an attempt) hacer unintento, intentar; (~ an effort)intentar; (~ an excuse) poneruna excusa; (~ an offer) haceruna oferta, ofrecer; (~ peace)hacer las paces; (~preparations) hacerpreparativos; (~ the bed)hacer la cama

-211-

CIV

ILIA

NG

LO

SS

AR

Y


Civilian Glossary

make up v constituirman sust hombremaneuver (AmE) v maniobrar; colocar; mover.

sust maniobramanoeuvre (BrE) v maniobrar; colocar; mover.

sust maniobramanner sust modomap sust mapaMarch sust marzomark sust marcomarket sust mercadomarmalade sust mermeladamaster sust dueño; maestro; (station

~) jefe de estaciónmatch1 sust cerilla / partidomatch2 v unirmatress sust colchónmatter sust problema; cuestionmay v mod poder; (~ be) puede

serMay sust mayomeal sust comidamean v significar; suponermeat sust carnemedical adj médicomedicine sust medicamentomeet v conocer; encontrarsemeeting1 adj de encuentromeeting2 sust reuniónmelt v derretirmelting adj enternecedor; (~ pot)

crisolmen sust pl hombresmenu sust menúmess sust lío, desorden, confusión;

(to make a ~) desordenar;ensuciar; hacer algo mal;hacer una chapuza; arruinar

message sust mensajemice sust pl ratonesmicrowave sust microondasmidday sust mediodíamidnight sust medianochemight v mod p pas de maymile sust millamileage sust kilometrajemilk sust lechemilkman sust lecheromind1 sust mente; mentalidadmind2 v importar, molestarmine pron pos mío, mía, míos, míasminute sust minutomiracle sust milagro; (to do ~s) obrar

milagros, hacer milagrosmiss v echar de menosmistake sust error; (to make a ~)

cometer un error, equivocarsemobile sust teléfono móvilmodel sust modelomoment sust momento; (at the ~) en

este momentoMonday sust lunes

money sust dinero; (to make a ~)ganar dinero, hacer dinero

monkeemonkey sust monomonth sust mesmonument sust monumentomood sust estado de ánimo; modomore adv másmorning sust mañana; (good ~)

buenos díasmost adv másmother sust madremother-in-law sust suegramotorbike sust motomountaineering sust alpinismomouse sust ratónmovie (AmE) sust películamph (miles per hour) sust millas por horaMr (Mister) sust Sr. (Señor)much adv muchomug sust tazamuseum sust museomushroom sust champiñónmusic sust músicamussel sust mejillónmust v mod debermy adj pos mi, mismystery sust misterionail sust uña; (to do the ~s)

arreglarse las uñasname sust nombrenapkin sust servilletanation sust naciónnational adj nacionalnationality sust nacionalidadnature sust naturalezanear1 adv cercanear2 prep cerca de; junto aneck sust cuelloneed v necesitarneed v mod necesitar, estar

obligado anegative adj negativoneighbor (AmE) sust vecinoneighbour (BrE) sust vecinoNeolithic adj neolíticonephew sust sobrinonervous adj nerviosonever adv nuncanevertheless adv sin embargo, no obstanteNew Year’s Eve sust NocheviejaNew York sust Nueva Yorknews sust pl noticiasnewspaper sust periódiconext to prep cerca de, junto a; (right

~) justo al lado denice adj simpático, agradable;

encantado; (~ to meet you)encantado de conocerle

niece sust sobrinanight sust nochenight club sust discotecano adv no

-212-

CIV

ILIA

NG

LO

SS

AR

YCivilian Glossary

ENGLISH SPANISH ENGLISH SPANISHnoble adj noblenobody pron nadienoise sust ruido; (to make ~) hacer

ruidonon-alcoholic adj sin alcoholnon-smoking adj no fumadornoodle sust fideonoon sust mediodíanorth sust norteNorthern Ireland sust Irlanda del NorteNorway sust NoruegaNorwegian adj noruegonose sust nariznot adv nonote sust nota; (to make a ~)

anotarnote (BrE) sust billetenothing pron nadanotice sust aviso; letreroNovember sust noviembrenow adv ahora; (right ~) ahora

mismonowadays adv hoy en día, hoy por hoynowhere adv ninguna partenumber sust númeroO.K., OK interj vale; todo bien; de

acuerdoo’clock adv en puntooak tree sust robleobservatory sust observatorioobserve v observaroccasion sust ocasiónoccur v ocurrir, sucederOctober sust octubreof prep de; (~ course) por

supuestooff prep separado de; lejos de;

(day ~) día libreoffensive sust ofensivaoffer1 sust oferta; (to make an ~)

hacer una oferta, ofreceroffer2 v ofreceroffice sust oficina; (the post and

telegraph ~) oficina decorreos y telégrafos; (tourist~) oficina de turismo

officer sust oficial; (customs ~)empleado de la aduana

official sust agente; funcionariooften adv a menudooil sust aceite; petróleo; (olive ~)

aceite de olivaold adj viejo; mayorolive sust aceituna; olivo; (~ oil)

aceite de olivaomelet sust tortillaon prep sobre, enonce adv una vez; (at ~) de una

vezonion sust cebollaonly adv sóloopen v abriropera sust ópera

opinion sust opiniónopposite adj opuesto, contrariooptional adj opcionalor conj oorange1 adj naranjaorange2 sust naranjaorchid sust orquídeaordinal adj ordinalorigin sust origen; residencia,

direcciónought to v mod debería (o deberías

etc), debiera (o debieras etc)ounce sust onza; (fluid ~) onza

fluidaour adj pos nuestro, nuestra,

nuestros, nuestrasours pron pos nuestro, nuestra,

nuestros, nuestrasout prep fueraoutside adv fueraoven sust hornoover prep sobre; más allá deovercoat sust abrigoovertime sust horas extraown1 adj propioown2 v poseerox sust bueyoxen sust pl bueyesPacific Ocean sust Océnao Pacíficopain sust dolor; (burning ~) ardor

[estómago]painkiller sust analgésicopaint v pintarpainting sust pinturapair sust parpajamas (AmE) sust pl pijamapalace sust palaciopalm tree sust palmerapanties sust pl bragaspants (AmE) sust pl pantalonespaper sust papelparachute sust paracaídasparalized p pas de paralize paralizadoparalyzed p pas de paralyze paralizadoparcel sust paqueteparents sust pl padresparticipant sust participanteparticiple sust participioparticulary adv en particularparty sust fiestapass v aprobarpassenger sust pasajeropassive adj pasivopassport sust pasaportepast adj pasadopast sust pasadopast continuous sust pasado continuopast perfect sust pretérito perfecto

compuestopast simple sust pasado simplepasta sust pastapatient adj pacientepavement (BrE) sust acera

-213-

CIV

ILIA

NG

LO

SS

AR

Y


Civilian Glossary

pay v pagar; prestarPC sust PC, ordenador personalpeace sust paz; (to make ~) hacer

las pacespeach sust melocotónpeak sust cima, cumbrepear sust perapedestrian sust peatónpedestrian crossing (BrE) sust paso de peatonespen sust bolígrafo; lápiz; plumapencil sust lápizpenicillin sust penicilinaPentagon sust el Pentágonopeople sust pl personas; gentepepper sust pimientaperfect adj perfectoperfectly adv perfectamentepermit1 sust permisopermit2 v permitirperson sust personapersonal adj personalPeruvian adj peruanopetrol (BrE) sust gasolina; (~ station)

(BrE) gasolineraphase sust fasephenomena sust pl fenómenosphenomenon sust fenómenophone sust teléfono; (~ book)

agenda de teléfonos; guíatelefónica

phone call sust llamada telefónica; (tomake a ~) hacer una llamada,llamar [teléfono]

photographer sust fotógrafoPhysics sust físicapiano sust pianopicnic sust picnicpicture sust cuadro, pintura; fotografíapiece sust trozo, pedazopig sust cerdopill sust pastillapillow sust almohadapine tree sust pinopink adj rosapint sust pintapizza sust pizzaplace sust lugar, sitio; (to take ~)

tener lugarplane sust aviónplate sust platoplatform sust andénplay v jugar; tocarplayer sust jugadorplease interj por favorplum sust ciruelaplural adj pluralpoint sust puntopolar adj polarpolice sust policía; (~ station)

comisaría de policíapoliceman sust policía

policy sust póliza; (fullycomprehensive insurance ~)seguro a todo riesgo

pool sust charca; pozo;(swimming ~) piscina

populated p pas de populate pobladopork sust cerdoporridge sust avena; gachasportrait sust retrato, efigiePortugal sust PortugalPortuguese adj portuguéspositive adj positivopossession sust posesiónpossessive adj posesivopossibility sust posibilidadpossible adj posiblepost sust correo; (the ~and

telegraph office) oficina decorreos y telégrafos

post office sust oficina de correospostman (BrE) sust carteropostwoman (BrE) sust fem carterapot sust olla; (melting ~) crisolpotato sust patatapotato chips (AmE) sust pl patatas fritaspotential adj potencialpoultry sust carne de avepound sust librapound sterling (£) sust libra esterlinapower sust poderpowerful adj poderosoprediction sust predicciónpreface sust prólogo, prefacioprefer v preferirpregnancy sust embarazoprejudice sust prejuiciopreparation sust preparativo; (to make ~s)

hacer preparativosprepare v prepararpreposition sust preposiciónpresent sust regalo; presentepresent continuous sust presente continuopresent perfect sust pretérito perfecto

compuestopresident sust presidentepretty adj guapo [esp mujer]previous adj anteriorprice sust precioprison sust prisión, cárcelprize sust premioproblem sust problemaproduce v producirprofessor sust profesorprofit sust beneficio; (to make a ~)

ganar dinero, hacer dineropronoun sust pronombrepronounce v pronunciarproud adj orgullosopub sust bar; pub; discotecapublic adj públicopudding sust pudín, budínpull down v bajarpupil sust pupila

-214-

CIV

ILIA

NG

LO

SS

AR

YCivilian Glossary

ENGLISH SPANISH ENGLISH SPANISHpupil sust alumnopurple adj moradopurpose sust motivo, propósitopush v empujarput v poner; colocarput on v ponerse [ropa]pyjamas (BrE) sust pl pijamaquart sust cuartoqueen sust reinaquestion1 adj interrogativoquestion2 sust preguntaquickly adv deprisaquite adv completamente; bastanteradiation sust radiaciónradio sust radiorain1 sust lluviarain2 v lloverrampant adj desenfrenadorange (AmE) sust cocina, hornillorat sust ratarather adv bastantereal adj real, verdaderorealize v darse cuentareason sust razón, motivoreceive v recibirrecently adv recientementereception sust recepciónreceptionist sust recepcionistarecommend v recomendarred adj rojo; (~ wine) vino tintoreduce v reducirreef sust arreciferefer v remitir; enviar, mandarrefuse v rechazar; negarseregion sust regiónregular adj regularrelated adj relacionadorelationship sust parentescorelaxed adj relajadorelaxing adj relajanteremain v mantener; permanecerrenewable adj renovablerent v alquilarrepair sust reparación; (to do ~s)

hacer arreglos, hacerreformas; reparar

replace v sustituir, reemplazarrepublic sust repúblicaresearch sust investigación; (to do ~)

investigarresponsible adj responsablerest sust descansorestaurant sust restauranteresult sust resultadoretire v jubilarse, retirarsereturn ticket sust billete de ida y vueltareverse charge call (BrE) sust llamada a cobro revertidoreview sust crítica; revisiónrevitalize v revitalizarrewrite v volver a escribirrib sust costillarice sust arrozrice pudding sust arroz con leche

rich adj ricoride v montar; ir enriding sust hípicaright1 adj derecho, recto; correcto;

(~ next to) justo al lado; (~now) ahora mismo; (all ~)todo bien, de acuerdo

right2 adv bien; (to do ~) hacer bienright3 sust derecha; (to make a ~)

girar a la derecharing sust anillorising sust aumentorite sust ritoriver sust ríoroad (BrE) sust carreteraRome sust Romaroof sust tejadoroom sust habitaciónrose sust rosaround prep alrededor derow1 sust filarow2 v remarroyal adj real, regiorugby sust rugbyruin v destruirrum sust ronrun v correr; conducirRussia sust RusiaRussian adj rusosacred adj sagradosad adj tristesafe adj segurosalad sust ensaladasalami sust salchichónsale sust venta; (for ~) en ventasalesclerk (AmE) sust dependientesalesman (AmE) sust dependientesaleswoman (BrE) sust dependientasalt sust salsalt cellar sust salerosame adj mismosardine sust sardinaSaturday sust sábadosausage sust salchichaSaxon genitive sust genitivo sajónsaxophone sust saxofónsay v decirscare v asustarscared adj asustadoschool sust escuela, colegioschool-age adj en edad escolarscientist sust científicoscissors sust pl tijerasScotland sust EscociaScottish adj escocésscrambled p pas de scramble revueltosea sust marseagull sust gaviotaseaquake sust maremotoseason sust estación; temporadaseat sust asiento; plazasecond adj segundosedative sust sedante

-215-

CIV

ILIA

NG

LO

SS

AR

Y


Civilian Glossary

see v verseem v parecerself-govern sust autogobiernosell v vendersend v enviarsensible adj sensatosentence sust frase; oraciónSeptember sust septiembreserious adj grave; serioseriously adv gravementeserve v sevirserviette sust servilletaset v poner, colocar; (~ the table)

poner la mesaseveral adj variossewer sust alcantarillashe pron pers ellasheep sust ovejasheet sust sábanashine v brillarshirt sust camisashoe sust zapatoshop sust tienda; (~ window)

escaparateshop assistant (BrE) sust dependienteshopping sust compra, comprasshould v mod debería (o deberías

etc), debiera (o debieras etc)shoulder sust hombroshout sust gritoshout down v hacer callar a gritosshow v mostrar, enseñarshower sust duchashrimp sust gambashut v cerrarshut off v desconectar, apagarsick adj enfermo; mareadosick-bag sust bolsa para el mareoside sust ladosidewalk (AmE) sust acerasignificant adj importante, significativosilver sust platasimple adj simple; sencillo; (past ~)

pasado simplesince prep desdesing v cantarsingle adj individual; soltero; únicosir sust señorsister sust hermanasister-in-law sust cuñadasit v sentar; sentarsesit down v sentarsesitting room sust sala de estar, salónsize sust tallaskate sust patínskating sust patinajeskiing sust esquískirt sust faldasky sust cielosleeping pill sust somníferoslight adj leveslim adj delgadoslow v frenar

slowly adv lentamente, despaciosmall adj pequeñosmaller adv comp más pequeñosmoke v fumarsmoking adj fumadorsneeze v estornudarsniff v olfatear, olersnob sust snob, cursisnow1 sust nievesnow2 v nevarso adv asísoap sust jabónsociety sust sociedadsock sust calcetínsoda sust agua con gassofa sust sofásolar adj solarsoldier sust soldadosolution sust soluciónsolve v solucionarSomalian adj somalísome adj alguno, alguna, algunos,

algunassomebody pron alguiensomething pron algosomewhere adv alguna parteson sust hijosong sust canciónson-in-law sust yernosoon adv temprano; prontosore adj dolorido; (~ lips) labios

resecossound sust sonidosoup sust sopasource sust fuentesouth sust sursoutheast sust sudestespace sust espacioSpain sust EspañaSpanish adj españolspeak v hablarspeaking sust conversaciónspecial adj especialspeech sust discurso; (to make a ~)

pronunciar un discursospell v deletrearspend v gastarspice sust especiaspirits sust pl bebidas alcohólicas,

licoressplit v dividirsponge sust esponjaspoon sust cucharasport sust deportespot sust puntospring sust primaverasquid sust calamarSt Valentine’s Day sust día de San ValentínSt. Patrick’s Day sust día de San Patriciostage sust escenario; etapastall sust estante, quiosco; (book

~) quiosco de prensastand v permanecer

-216-

CIV

ILIA

NG

LO

SS

AR

YCivilian Glossary

ENGLISH SPANISH ENGLISH SPANISHstand for v significarstanding adj en piestark adj severo, durostart v empezarstation sust estación; (~ master) jefe

de estación; (bus ~) estaciónde autobuses; (gas ~) (AmE)gasolinera; estación deservicio; (petrol ~) (BrE)gasolinera; (police ~)comisaría de policía; (train ~)estación de tren; (tube ~)(BrE) estación de metro

stay v permanecer, quedarsesteak sust filetesteal v robarstereo adj estéreo; (~ system)

radiocasetstick sust bastónstill adv todavía, aúnstocking sust mediastomachache sust dolor de estómagostomach sust estómagostone sust piedrastop1 sust parada; (bus ~) parada

de autobússtop2 v pararstorey (BrE) sust piso, plantastork sust cigüeñastorm sust tormentastory1 sust historia, relatostory2 (AmE) sust piso, plantastraight adj inflexiblestraight adv rectostrawberry sust fresastreet sust calle; (~ lamp) farolastrength sust fuerzastress sust estrés, tensiónstressed p pas de stress estresadostressed out p pas de stress out

estresadostrike1 sust huelgastrike2 v estallarstrong adj fuertestuck p pas de stick atascadostudent sust estudiantestudy v estudiarstupid adj estúpidosubject sust materiasubstantial adj sustanciososubway (AmE) sust metrosuccess sust éxitosuch pron comosuffer v sufrirsugar sust azúcarsuggest v sugerirsuggestion sust sugerencia; (to make a

~) hacer una sugerenciasuit1 sust trajesuit2 v sentar bien; venir bien,

convenirsuitable adj adecuadosuitcase sust maleta

summer sust veranosun sust solSunday sust domingosuperlative adj superlativosupermarket sust supermercadosupermodel sust supermodelosupper sust cenasupply sust suministrosure adj seguro; (to be ~) estar

segurosurely adv con seguridad, sin dudasurprise1 sust sorpresasurprise2 v sorprendersurprised p pas de surprise

sorprendidosweater sust suéter; sudaderasweet (BrE) sust carameloswim v nadarswimming sust natación; (~ pool)

piscinaSwiss adj suizoswitch sust interruptorSwitzerland sust Suizasword-fish sust pez espadasymbol sust símbolosymbolize v simbolizarsynonym sust sinónimosyphilis sust sífilissystem sust sistema; (stereo ~)

radiocasettable sust mesa; (~ cloth) mantel;

(to lay the ~) poner la mesa;(to set the ~) poner la mesa

tail sust cola, rabotake v tomar, coger; (~ place)

tener lugartake off v quitarse [ropa]; despegar

[avión]take out v sacartake-off sust despeguetall adj altotap sust grifotape sust cintatasty adj rico, sabrosotaxi sust taxitea sust té; (~ cup) taza de té; (~

time) hora del té; (to make a~) hacer té; (white ~) té conleche

teacher sust maestro, profesorteapot sust teterateaspoon sust cucharillatechnical adj técnicoteeth sust pl dientestelephone1 sust teléfono; (~ booth)

cabina de teléfonostelephone2 v telefonear, llamar por

teléfonotelevision sust televisióntelevision set sust televisortell v decir; contartemper sust humortemperature sust fiebre

-217-

CIV

ILIA

NG

LO

SS

AR

Y


Civilian Glossary

temple sust templotenant sust inquilinotennis sust tenis; (~ ball) pelota de

tenistense sust tiempo verbalterrible adj terribleterrified p pas de terrify aterrorizadoterrorist adj terroristatextbook sust libro de texothan conj quethank v agradecer; (~ you very

much) muchas graciasthanks sust pl graciasThanksgiving Day sust Día de Acción de Graciasthat1 dem ese, eas, eso; aquel,

aquella, aquellothat2 pron rel quethe art el, latheatre sust teatrotheir adj pos su, sus [de ellos /as]theirs pron pos suyo, suya, suyos,

suyas [de ellos /as]theme sust temathen adv después; entoncesthere adv allíthese dem estos, estasthey pron pers ellos , ellasthigh sust muslothin adj delgadothing sust cosathink v pensar; creerthird adj tercerothirsty sust sedientothis dem este , esta, estothose dem esos, esas; aquellos,

aquellasthroat sust gargantathrough prep por; por medio de; a

través de; por completoThursday sust juevesthus adv asíticket sust entrada; billetetie sust corbatatiger sust tigretill prep hastatime sust tiempo; (free ~) tiempo

libre; (in the day ~) de día;(tea ~) hora del té; (to be at~) ser puntual

tired p pas de tire cansadoto prep a, haciatoast sust tostadatoe sust dedo del pietogether adv juntostoilet sust cuarto de baño, aseotomato sust tomatetomorrow adv mañanatongue sust lenguatonight adv esta nochetoo adv demasiadotooth sust dientetoothpick sust palillo de dientestornado sust tornado

total sust total; (in ~) en totaltourist sust turista; (~ office) oficina

de turismotow away v remolcartowards prep haciatowel sust toallatower sust torretown sust pueblotown hall sust ayuntamientotraffic lights sust pl semáforotrain sust tren; (~ station) estación

de trentrainer sust zapatilla de deportetransformer sust transaformadortranslation sust traduccióntrapped p pas de trap atrapadotravel v viajar; (~ agency) agencia

de viajes; (~ agent) agente deviajes

traveled (AmE) p pas de travel viajadotravelled (BrE) p pas de travel viajadotray sust bandejatree sust árbol; (family ~) árbol

genealógicotrip sust excursión viajetrouble sust problema; (to make a ~)

causar problemastrousers (BrE) sust pl pantalonestrout sust truchatruck (AmE) sust camióntrue adj cierto, verdaderotrunk (AmE) sust maleterotruth sust verdadtry v intentartry on v probarseT-shirt sust camisetatube (BrE) sust metro; (~ station) (BrE)

estación de metroTuesday sust martestulip sust tulipántuna sust atúnTurk adj turcoturkey sust pavoTurkey sust Turquíaturn v girar; torcer; dar la vueltaturn down v bajar [volumen]turn off v apagar, desconectarturn on v encender, conectarturn up v subir [volumen];

presentarse, aparecerturning sust bocacalletv, TV sust televisióntwice adv dos vecestwin sust gemelo; mellizotype sust tipoumbrella sust paraguasuncertainty sust incertidumbreuncle sust tíounclear adj poco claro, confusounconscious adj inconscienteuncountable adj incontable, no numerableunder prep debajo de, bajounderground (BrE) sust metro

-218-

CIV

ILIA

NG

LO

SS

AR

YCivilian Glossary

ENGLISH SPANISH ENGLISH SPANISHunderneath prep debajo de, bajounderpants sust pl calzoncillosunderstand v comprender, entenderunemployed sust parado, desempleadounemployment sust paro, desempleounexpected adj inesperadounfortunate adj desgraciadounit sust unidadUnited Kingdom (UK) sust Reino UnidoUnited States ofAmerica (USA) sust Estados Unidos de

Américauniversity sust universidadunless conj a no ser queunlocked p pas de unlock sin cerrar,

abiertountil prep hasta, hasta queup prep sobre; en lo alto deupon prep sobreupstairs1 adv arribaupstairs2 sust planta de arribause v usarusually adv normalmentevacation (AmE) sust vacacionesvalley sust vallevalve sust válvulavase sust jarrón, floreroveal sust terneravegetable sust verdura; hortalizavegetarian adj vegetarianoVenice sust Veneciaverb sust verbovery adv muyvice versa adv viceversavinegar sust vinagreviolin sust violínvisit v visitarvitamin sust vitaminavodka sust vodkavolleyball sust vóleibolvolume sust volumenwaist sust cinturawait v esperar, aguardarwake up v levantarse, despertarseWales sust Galeswalk v andar; pasearwall sust pared, murowant v quererwar sust guerra; (to make ~) estar

en guerrawarehouse sust depósito; almacénwarm adj cariñoso, afectuosowarming sust calentamientowash v lavarwash-basin sust lavabowashing-up sust ; colada; (to do the ~)

hacer la coladawatch1 sust reloj de pulserawatch2 v ver la televisiónwatchman sust vigilantewater1 sust aguawater2 v regar

way sust camino; forma, manera;(a long ~) mucho tiempo; (bythe ~) por cierto

we pron pers nosotros, nosotraswear v llevar [ropa]weather sust tiempo metereológicoweatherman sust hombre del tiempowedding sust bodaWednesday sust miércolesweek sust semanaweight1 sust pesoweigh2 v pesarwelcome adj bienvenido; (you are ~)

de nada, no hay de quéwell adv bienWelsh sust galéswest sust oestewh question sust interrogativa parcialwhat pron int qué; cuál, cuáleswhatever adv cualquier cosa, lo que

seawhen adv int cuándowhere adv int dóndewhether conj siwhich pron int qué; cuál, cuáleswhile conj mientraswhisky sust whiskywhite adj blanco; (~ tea) té con

leche; (~ wine) vino blancoWhite House sust la Casa Blancawho pron int quién, quiéneswhy adv int por quéwife sust mujer, esposawild adj salvajewill sust testamento; (to make a

~) hacer testamentowin v ganarwind1 adj eólicowind2 sust vientowindow sust ventana; ventanilla;

(shop ~) escaparatewine sust vino; (red ~) vino tinto;

(white ~) vino blancowine table sust vino de mesawinner sust ganadorwinter sust inviernowise adj sabio; prudentewith prep conwithin prep en, dentro dewithout prep sin, fuera dewitness1 sust testigowitness2 v atestiguarwoman sust mujerwomen sust pl mujereswonder v preguntarsewonderful adj maravillosoword sust palabrawork1 sust trabajo; (to do a ~) hacer

un trabajowork2 v trabajar; funcionarworker sust trabajadorworld sust mundoworldwide1 adj mundial

-219-

CIV

ILIA

NG

LO

SS

AR

Y

ENGLISH SPANISH

Civilian Glossary

worldwide2 adv por todo el mundoworship sust culto, adoraciónwounded p pas de wound heridowrist sust muñecawriter sust escritorwrong adv mal; (to do ~) hacer malyard sust yardayear sust añoyellow adj amarilloyes adv síyes /no question sust interrogativa totalyesterday adv ayeryoghourt sust yogurtyou pron pers tú; vosotros,

vosotras; usted, ustedesyoung adj jovenyour adj pos tu, tus; vuestro,

vuestra, vuestros, vuestras;su, sus [de usted /es]

yours pron pos tuyo, tuya, tuyos,tuyas; vuestro, vuestra,vuestros, vuestras; suyo,suya, suyos, suyas [de usted/es]

yourself pron reflex tú mismo; ustedmismo

zebra crossing sust paso de cebrazoo sust zoológico

-221-

MIL

ITA

RY

GL

OS

SA

RY


M I L I T A R Y G L O S S A R Y

about turn interj media vueltaabout-face interj media vueltaadvance v avanzaradvanced sust vanguardiaaerial sust antenaagreement sust acuerdoaim at v apuntar aAir Force sust Ejército del Aireairborne operation sust operación

aerotranspotadaaircraft sust aeronaveaircraft carrier sust portaavionesairport sust aeropuertoair-to-air missile sust misil aire-aireair-to-surface missile sust misil aire-tierraall file and ranks sust tropaambush sust emboscadaammunition sust municiónantenna sust antenaantiaircraft artillery sust artillería antiaéreaantitank mine sust mina contracarroantitank weapon sust arma contracarroAPC(Armo(u)red Personnel Carrier) sust transporte de personalAPC (Armo(u)red Personnel Carrier) sust vehículo de combateapplication form sust impreso de solicitudapproaching avenue sust avenida de

aproximaciónarm bandage sust vendaje de brazoarmour squadron sust escuadrón acorazadoarmoured (BrE) sust acorazadoarmored (AmE) sust.acorazadoArmy sust EjércitoArmy Aviation sust FAMET (Fuerzas

Aeromóviles del E.T.),helicópteros del E.T.

arson sust incendioartillery piece sust pieza de artilleríaassault sust asaltoassembly area sust zona de reuniónassignment sust destinoat ease interj descansoat ease-march sust paso de maniobraattack v atacarattack sust ataquebadge sust parche, emblemabarbed wire sust alambradabarracks sust pl cuartelbarrage sust barrerabarrel sust cañónbase sust base-acuartelamientobattalion sust batallónbattery sust bateríabattle group sust grupo tácticobayonet sust bayonetabelt sust cinturónberet sust boinabipod sust bípodeblank adj de fogueo

blank cartridge sust cartucho de fogueoblister sust ampollablow up v explotarbody sust gruesobombardment sust bobardeobooby trap sust trampa explosivaboot sust botaboot camp sust campamento de

reclutas (instrucción básica)bore sust ánimabranch sust rama; armabreak through v abrir brechabrigade sust brigadabrigade headquarters sust pl cuartel general de

brigadabrigadier sust general de brigadabruise sust magulladurabuckle sust hebilla (del cinturón)buffer sust muelle recuperadorbugler sust corneta (persona)bullet sust balabunker sust búnkerburn sust quemaduraburst sust ráfagabutt sust culatacaliber sust calibrecall sign sust indicativocall the roll v pasar listacamouflage sust camuflajecampsite sust campamentocanteen sust cantimploracaptain sust capitáncartridge sust cartuchocasualty sust bajacaution sust prudenciacavalry sust caballeríacease-fire sust alto el fuegochain of command sust cadena de mandochamber sust recámarachannel sust canalcharging handle sust palanca de montarcheckpoint sust puesto de controlchinstrap sust barbuquejochopper sust helicópterocode v cifrarcoded message sust mensaje cifradocolonel sust coronelcombat sust combatecombat aircraft sust avión de combatecombat diver sust buceador de combatecombat harness sust correaje de combatecombat pack sust mochila de combatecombat vehicle sust vehículo de combatecommand v ordenar, mandarcommand schelon sust escalón de mandocommander sust jefecommunications sust pl transmisionescompany sust compañíacompany commander sust jefe de compañíacompany task force sust subgrupo táctico

-222-

MIL

ITA

RY

GL

OS

SA

RY

Military Glossary

ENGLISH SPANISH ENGLISH SPANISHcompany team sust subgrupo tácticocompass sust brújulacomputer sust ordenadorconcealment sust abrigoconscript soldier sust soldado de reemplazocontaminated zone sust zona contaminadaconvoy sust convoycoordination line sust línea de coordinacióncopy sust copiacord sust cablecorporal sust cabocorps sust pl cuerpo de ejércitocounterattack sust contraataquecourtyard sust patio de armascover sust cubiertacrawl v gatearcreep v reptarcrest sust metopa (de una

unidad)crew sust tripulacióndeadline sust fecha límitedeck sust cubiertadefeat sust derrotadefense sust defensadefensive sust defensivadeliver v distribuirdemolition sust demolicióndeparture line sust línea de partidadeputy sust segundo al mandodeputy officer sust oficial segundo en el

mandodestroy v destruirdial v marcar (un número de

teléfono)ditch sust zanjadivision sust divisióndormitory sust nave de dormitorio

colectivodouble actionDP (Displaced People) sust desplazadodrag v arrastrardress uniform sust uniforme de paseodrill sust ejerciciodrill parade sust ejércicios de orden

cerradoejection port sust ventana de expulsiónelectronic warfare sust guerra electrónicaencircle v rodearendurance march sust marcha de

endurecimientoenemy sust enemigoengineer sust ingenieroentrenchment sust fortificaciónequipment sust equipoethnical cleansing sust limpieza étnicaevacuation sust evacuaciónexercise sust ejercicioexplosive sust explosivoextractor sust extractorfacility sust instalaciónfall in interj a formarfall out interj rompan filasfatigue uniform sust uniforme de faena

fax sust faxfeed cover sust tejafeed tray sust bandejafever sust fiebreFIBUA(Fight In Build-Up Areas) sust combate en localidadesfield artillery sust artillería de campañafield jacket sust chaquetónfile sust archivo, archivo

informáticofire team sust escuadrafiring pin sust percutorfiring position sust posición de tiro,

posición de fuegofiring range sust campo de tirofirst aid sust primeros auxiliosfirst lieutenant sust tenientefive star general sust capitán generalflagpole sust mástil de la banderaflak jacket sust chaleco

antifragmentaciónflank sust flancoflash suppressor sust bocacha apagafuegos,

apagallamasforearm sust guardamanosfortification sust fortificaciónfortify v fortificarforward-march interj de frentefour star general sust general de ejércitofoxhole sust pozo de tiradorfracture sust fracturafriendly fire sust fuego amigofrigate sust fragatafront sight sust punto de mirafrostbite sust congelaciónfull corporal sust cabo primerogarrison cap sust gorra cuartelerageneral election sust elecciones generalesGO (Governmental Organization) sust OG (Organización

Gubernamental)grazing fire sust fuego rasanteground sust suelogroup sust batallóngroup sust grupoguerrilla sust guerrillaguided weapon sust arma guiadagun sust cañóngunner sust tiradorhalt interj altohammer sust martillohand grenade sust granada de manohand-to-hand combat sust combate cuerpo a

cuerpohard disk sust disco durohatch sust escotillaheadquarters sust cuartel generalheadquarters battery sust batería de plana mayorheavy weaponry sust armamento pesadohelicopter sust helicópterohelipad sust helipuertohelmet sust cascohit sust impacto

-223-

MIL

ITA

RY

GL

OS

SA

RY


Military Glossary

hit v impactarholster sust pistolerahowitzer sust obúshumanitarian aid sust ayuda humanitariaimpact sust impactoimpact v impactarin charge adv al mando, al cargoindirect fire sust fuego indirectoinformation source sust fuente de informacióninspection parade sust revistainterference sust interferenciaINTREP(Intelligent Report) sust informe de inteligenciaIO(International Organization) sust OI (Organización

Internacional)jamming sust interferenciajoin (up) v unirse ajumper sust jerseykeyboard sust tecladoknife sust cuchillolanding zone sust zona de lanzamientolandmark sust referencia en el terrenolead v liderar, mandarleader sust líderleft turn interj izquierdaleft-face interj izquierdalieutenant colonel sust teniente coronellight infantry sust infantería ligeralight injure sust herida levelight weaponry sust armamento ligerolive ammunition sust munición de guerra,

munición realloader sust cargadorlogistics sust logísticaloot sust saqueoloot v saquearlorry sust camiónmachine gun sust ametralladoramagazine sust cargadormagazine pouch sust cartuchera del correajemain gate sust puerta principalmaintenance team sust equipo de

mantenimientomajor sust comandantemajor general sust general de divisiónmaneuver (AmE) sust maniobramanoeuvre (BrE) sust maniobramarch sust marchamarch off interj de frentemarch past sust desfilemarksman sust tirador selectomask sust máscaramat sust esterillamechanised infantry sust infantería mecanizadaMEDEVAC REP(Medical Evacuation Report) sust informe de evacuación

médicamess sust mesón, cantinamessage sust mensajemilitary parade sust formaciónmilitary police sust policía militarmined zone sust zona minada

minefield sust campo de minasmissile sust misilmortar sust morteromotorised unit sust unidad motorizadamouse sust ratónmovement sust movimientomurder sust asesinatoname tag sust tirilla del nombreNATO (North Atlantic Treaty Organization) sust OTAN (Organización

del Tratado del AtlánticoNorte)

Navy sust ArmadaNBC (Nuclear Bacteriological Chemical) adj NBQ (Nuclear,

Bacteriológico y Químico)NCO(Non Commissioned Officer) sust suboficialNGO(Non Governmental Organization) sust ONG (Organización No

Gubernamental)night combat sust combate nocturnonight vision sust visión nocturnaobstacle sust obstáculooffensive sust ofensivaofficer sust oficialon duty adv de servicioon leave adv de permisoon one rank interj en una filaone star general sust general de brigadaoperate v operaroperation sust operaciónoperator sust operadoroutpost sust puesto avanzadooverall sust monopapers sust pl documentaciónparachutist sust paracaidistaparka sust chaquetónparking place sust aparcamientopath sust camino, sendapatrol sust patrullapeacekeeping mission sust misión de pazpill sust pastillapillbox sust casamatapilot sust pilotopistol sust pistolapistol grip sust empuñaduraplaster sust escayolaplatoon sust secciónplatoon position sust posición de secciónpolitical asylum sust asilo políticopolling station sust colegio electoralponcho sust ponchoport sust proapost sust puesto, destinopothole sust bachePoW (Prisoner of War) sust prisionero de guerraprinter sust impresoraprivate sust soldadoprofessional soldier sust soldado profesionalpromotion sust ascensoprow sust puertopursue v perseguir

-224-

MIL

ITA

RY

GL

OS

SA

RY

Military Glossary

ENGLISH SPANISH ENGLISH SPANISHradio communication sust transmisión radioraid sust golpe de manorank sust empleorate of fire sust cadencia de fuegoration sust raciónRC (Red Cross) sust Cruz Rojarear sight sust alzarearguard sust retaguardiareceive v recibirrecognisance sust reconocimientorecovery lorry sust camión grúa,

recuperadorrecruit sust reclutarefugee sust refugiadoregiment sust regimientoreinforce v reforzarreinforcement sust refuerzosreplacement sust relevoreport sust informereport v informarreturnee sust retornadorevolver sust revólverrifle sust rifleright turn interj derecharight-face interj derechariot sust alborotorocket sust coheterocket launcher sust lanzagranadasround sust disparorucksack sust mochilarush v avanzar rápidamentesafe-conduct sust salvoconductosalary sust sueldosalute sust saludosalute v saludarsapper sust zapadorscreen sust pantallaseaman sust marinerosecond lieutenant sust alférezsection sust pelotónseize an objective v tomar un objetivoself propelled gun sust cañón autopropulsadosend v enviarsentry sust centinelasergeant sust sargentosergeant major sust suboficial mayorserve v servir (en el Ejército)service cap sust gorra (tb gorro) de

bonitoservice record sust hoja de serviciossevere injury sust herida graveshell sust granada de morteroshell crater sust cráter de granadashelter sust contenedorshock sust shockshoot v dispararshooting range sust campo de tiroshoulder arms interj sobre el hombroshrapnel sust metrallasiege v sitiarsignal sust transmisiónsimulation sust simulaciónSITREP (Situation Report) sust informe de situación

sleeping bag sust saco de dormirsling sust portafusasniper sust francotiradorSpanish Legion sust Legión Españolaspecial operations sust pl operaciones

especialesspeciality sust especialidadsplinter sust esquirlasquad sust escuadrasquadron team sust subgrupo tácticoStaff sust Estado Mayorstaff sergeant sust sargento primero;

brigadastretcher sust camillastronghold sust punto fuertesub-machine gun sust subfusilsubmarine sust submarinosubmit v remitir, enviarsunstroke sust golpe de calorsupply unit sust unidad de

abastecimientosupport sust apoyosuppress v neutralizarsurveillance flight sust vuelo de

reconocimientosurvival sust supervivenciasword sust espadatab sust hombreratactical communications sust pl transmisiones

tácticastank sust carro de combatetanker plane sust avión nodrizatarget sust objetivotask sust misióntask force sust agrupación tácticatechnical branch sust especialidad técnicatemporary officer sust oficial de complementotense interj firmestent sust tienda de campañaterrain sust terrenothree star general sust teniente generalto apply for v solicitarto file v archivartowed artillery sust artllería remolcadatrack sust cadenatrail sust camino, sendatrail sust huella, rastrotrainer sust instructortraining sust instrucciónTraining Centre sust Centro de Instruccióntransportation sust transportetrench sust trincheratrigger sust gatillo, disparadortrigger guard sust guardamontestripod sust trípodeturret sust torretatwo star general sust general de divisiónUN (United Nations) sust ONU (Organización de

las Naciones Unidas)

-225-

MIL

ITA

RY

GL

OS

SA

RY

ENGLISH SPANISH

Military Glossary

UNHCR (United Nations HighCommission for Refugees) sust ACNUR

(Alto Comisionado de lasNaciones Unidas para losRefugiados)

uniform sust uniformeunit sust unidadUNMO(United Nations Military Observer) sust observador militar de

las Naciones Unidasurban combat sust combate en

localidades, combateurbano

vehicle sust vehículovessel sust buquewarehouse sust almacénwarjet sust avión de combatewarning order sust orden preparatoriawarrant officer sust subtenientewarrior faction sust bando combatientewarship sust barco de guerrawave sust ondaweapon support company sust compañía de armas de

apoyowine sweeper sust dragaminaswing sust alawire sust cablewireless adj sin cablewithdraw v retirarsewithdrawal sust retiradawound v herirwound sust herida; herido

KEYS TOKEYS TOTHE EXERCISESTHE EXERCISES

-227-

KE

YS

TO

TH

E E

XE

RC

ISE

S

U N I T 1Reading comprehension:2. Answers to the questions:1) Miguel is twenty-four years old.2) They are students.3) Her telephone number is 7-6-9-1-6-4.Exercise 1:a)What; b)name; c)am, your; d)My name is; e)are; f)I am,years; g)How, you; h)(1), old; j)telephone /phone;k)number; l)isExercise 2: a)Are; b) Is; c)Are; d)Am; e)Are Exercise 3: b)student; d)Yes; e)Am; f)are; h)am notExercise 4:a)fourteen; b)thirty; c)twenty-eight; d)sixteen; e)thirteen;f)eleven; g)twenty-five; h)threeExercise 5: b)What’s your name?; c)What’s your telephonenumber?; d)My telephone number’s 456375; e)I’m thirtyyears old; f)She’s twenty-four years old.Exercise 6:a)first; b)second; c)third; d)fourth; e)fifthExercise 7:a)sixteen; b)fourteen; c)four; d)twenty-two; e)ten; f)six;g)fourteen; h)twenty-three; i)thirty; j)twenty-fiveExercise 8:1)e; 2)b; 3)g; 4)f; 5)h; 6)c; 7)a; 8)dExercise 9:En orden decreciente: i)1; a)2; f)3; b)4; h)5; g)6; c)7; e)8;d)9; j)10(1) La solución para este apartado puede ser cualquier número.

U N I T 2Reading comprehension:2. Answers to the questions:1) Pedro is eight years old.2) Pedro’s favourite sport is football.3) David Beckham is a Real Madrid football player.4) They are Pedro’s friends.Exercise 1:b)morning; c)How; d)you; e)Fine, is; f)meet; g)Nice, meetyou; h)years, is; i)am Exercise 2: a)Good morning; b)Good afternoon; c)Good evening;d)Good nightExercise 3: a)Number six is blue; b)Number seventeen is black;c)Number seven is red; d)Number one is yellow;e)Number three is green; f) Number twenty is brown;g)Number twenty-nine is pink; h)Number thirteen iswhite; i)Number nine is grey; j)Number eleven is orange;k)Number fifteen is purple.Exercise 4:a)sixty-eight; b)twenty-one; c)thirty-four; d)sixty-seven;e)twenty-seven; f)twenty-seven; g)sixty-six; h)thirty-three

Exercise 5: a)The book is hers; b)The dog is theirs; c)The house ishers; d)The car is mine; e)The note is yours; f) The ballis his; g) The doll is hers.Exercise 6:a)Peter has not a computer/ Peter hasn't a computer;b)Hellen and Michael have not a computer/Hellen andMichael haven't a computer; c)Julian has not ahouse/Julian hasn't a house; d)Andrew has not agirlfriend/Andrew hasn't a girlfriend; e)My mother has nota dog/My mother hasn't a dog; f)I have not a bag/I haven't a bag; g)Louise has not a pair of shoes/Louisehasn't a pair of shoes.Exercise 7:a)my; b)their; c)her, his; d)our; e)my; f)your; g)yourExercise 8:a)My tie is red; b)The sky is blue; c)The sun is yellow;d)e)f)(1) ; g)The snow is white.Exercise 9:a)a; b)a; c)A, d)an; e)a, a; f)a; g)a; h)an, aExercise 10:1)c; 2)e; 3)g; 4)f; 5)h; 6)b; 7)a; 8)d(1) La solución para este apartado puede ser cualquier color.

U N I T 3Reading comprehension:2. Answers to the questions:1) My parents’ names are Anne and Paul.2) My brother is seven years old.3) My aunt’s sons and daughters are my cousins.Exercise 1:a)cousins; b)wife; c)husband; d)brother; e)son-in-law;f)grandson; g)daughter-in-law; h)granddaughter;i)grandmothers; j)nephew; k)nieceExercise 2:a)sister; b)parents; c)aunt; d)cousins; e)niece;f)daughter; g)uncle; h)grandmother; i)brother-in-law;j)nephew; k)mother-in-lawExercise 3:1)c; 2)d; 3)a; 4)b; 5)eExercise 4:a)It’s twelve o’clock/It’s midday/It’s noon; b)It’s a quarterto two; c)It’s a quarter past two; d)It’s twenty to eight;e)It’s is twenty-five to ten; f)It’s ten past five; g)It’s fivepast eight; h)It’s twelve o’clock/It’s midnightExercise 5:a)Those; b)these; c)That; d)this; e)Those; f)these; g)that;h)thoseExercise 6:a)o’clock, milk, past, car ; b)meat, fruit, vegetables/vegetables, fruit; c)eggs, potatoes /potatoes, eggs;d)Oranges, lemons /Lemons, oranges; e) midnight,televisionExercise 7:1)d; 2)c; 3)g; 4)a; 5)f; 6)b; 7)h; 8)eExercise 8:a)My mother’s sister is my aunt; b)I wake up at half pastseven; c)For dinner I have soup /I have soup for dinner;d)These books are mine; e)Julian’s car is veryexpensive; f)I drink soda with whisky /whisky with soda.

-228-

KE

YS

TO

TH

E E

XE

RC

ISE

S

U N I T 4Reading comprehension:2. Answers to the questions:1) On the 25th of December people celebrate Christmas.2) The biggest party for Irish people is St.Patrick’s Day.3) The most important dates at Easter are the Festival of

Passover, Good Friday, Easter Day and EasterMonday.

4) The 4th of July is an important date for Americansbecause people celebrate the Independence Day.

Exercise 1:a)taller; b)happier; c)more difficult; d)better; e)easier;f)cheaper; g)worse; h)olderExercise 2: a)best; b)oldest/eldest; c)most intelligent; d)strongest;e)prettiest; f)most brilliant; g)richest; h)thinnest; i)hottestExercise 3: a)less clever; b)less happy; c)less angry; d)less beautiful;e)less blue; f)less cold; g)less clear; h)less cleanExercise 4:1ªfila)hot, hotter, hottest; 2ªfila)good, better, best;3ªfila)little, less, least; 4ªfila)old, older,oldest;5ªfila)beautiful, more beautiful, most beautiful; 6ªfila)bad,worse, worst; 7ªfila) green, greener, greenest; 8ªfila)dirty,dirtier, dirtiest; 9ªfila)small, smaller, smallestExercise 5:a)here; b)after; c)early; d)almost; e)far; f)out; g)lateExercise 6:Columna B:January, May, November, March, August, April, February,June, September, December, October, JulyRespuestas a las preguntas:a)It/Peter's wedding is in September; b)My birthday is in(1); c)It/Julian's bithday is in July; d)It/Spring begins inMarch; e)It/William's interview is in May; f)It/Summerbegins in June; g)They/Sally's holidays are in April.Exercise 7:a)Spring: March, April, May; b)Autumn/Fall: September,October, November; c)Summer: June, July, August;d)Winter: December, January, FebruaryExercise 8:1)f; 2)i; 3)a; 4)h; 5)c; 6)j; 7)b; 8)d; 9)g; 10)e(1) La solución para este apartado puede ser cualquier mes

U N I T 5Reading comprehension:2. Answers to the questions:1) (Peruvian fishermen call this phenomenon El Niño)

because these effects on the Pacific Ocean occuraround Christmas.

2) These fires create /The consequences of these firesare a cloud of smoke that chokes 20 million peopleand affect Southeast Asian cities.

3) The name of the opposite phenomenon to El Niñois La Niña.

4) La Niña consists of a cooling of those same /the tropicalPacific waters (that changes the weather conditions).

Exercise 1:a)Unfortunately; b)formerly; c)frequently; d)perfectly;e)cheaply; f)easily; g)seriously; h),reallyExercise 2:a)further; b)later; c)longer; d)nearer; e)more wisely;f)better; g)less

Exercise 3:a)later, latest; b)further, furthest; c)more recently, mostrecently; d)nearer, nearest; e)better, best; f)more easily,most easily; g)less, least; h)worse, worst; i)earlier,earliest; j)sooner, soonestExercise 4:1)f; 2)e; 3)b; 4)h; 5)a; 6)g; 7)i; 8)d; 9)cExercise 5:a)last night; b)This morning; c)at noon; d)last week;e)along/during the day; f)Yesterday morning; g)Thisafternoon; h)Tomorrow eveningExercise 6:a)happy; b)thirsty; c)nervous; d)asleep; e)tired,exhausted; f)interested; g)scared; h)sadExercise 7:a)In winter it snows; b)In summer it is hot; c)It rains; d)Itis a cloudy day; e)What is the weather like?; f)The sunshinesExercise 8:1)d; 2)e; 3)a; 4)g; 5)b; 6)f; 7)h; 8)c

U N I T 6Reading comprehension:2.“true” or “false” answers:a)T; b)F; c)F; d)T; e)F; f)T; g)T3. Answers to the questions:1) Charles Henry Harrod / He buys the store in 1849.2) The name of the famous businessman who buys

Harrods in 1985 is Mohamed Al Fayed.3) The stores motto is: “everything for everyone

everywhere”.Exercise 1:a)the; b)a; c)an; d)an; e)The; f)the; g)aExercise 2:a)many; b)much; c)many; d)much; e)much; f)manyExercise 3:a)are; b)is; c)are; d)is; e)is; f)is; g)is; isExercise 4:a)In the kitchen; b)In the bathroom /toilet; c)In the kitchen/bathroom /toilet; d)In the kitchen; e)In the bedroom; f)Inthe kitchen; g)In the garage; h)In the living-room/dining-room; i)In the bedroom; j)In the kitchen; k)In thebathroom /toiletExercise 5:1)e; 2)a¸ 3)g; 4)i; 5)h; 6)b; 7)d; 8)c; 9)j; 10)fExercise 6:a)any; b)any; c)some; d)some; e)any; f)some; g)some;h)someExercise 7:a)some; b)any, some; c)anyone /anybody; d)some, any;e)any; f)Any; g)Someone, some; h)any; any; i)anything;j)anyone /anybody; k)somewhere; l)anythingExercise 8:a)than yours; b)toilets; c)window, curtains; d)are; e)a;f)bedroom, fridge; g)shower, bathroom; h)carpets, sofas,television /sofas, carpets, televisionExercise 9:a)How many children are there in the room?; b)There isnot any sugar; c)Your living-room isn't very nice; d)Thatlamp does not work; e)We have an old bed.Exercise 10:a)Is there a boy in the garden?; b)Are there twotelevisions in Thomas’ living-room?; c)Isn't there anysugar?; d)Is there any tea in the teapot?; e)Are theremany people here?; f)Is there a big bed in herliving-room?; g)Is there some coffee in the coffeepot?

-229-

KE

YS

TO

TH

E E

XE

RC

ISE

S

U N I T 7Reading comprehension:2. Answers to the questions:1) British people have at least three meals a day.2) Yes, it is.3) British people have tea in the afternoon, at about four

o'clock.4) The last meal of the day is dinner.Exercise 1:a)Don't you like apples?; b)Don't they want a car?;c)Doesn't she play the guitar?; d)Don't we buy any ticketsfor the theatre?; e)Don't I have a mobile?; f)Doesn't hetake any pictures?; g)Don’t you eat potatoes?Exercise 2:a)Are you tall?, Aren't you tall?; b)Are they interested inGeography?, Aren't they interested in Geography?; c)Isshe a pretty girl?, Isn't she a pretty girl?; d)Are we Mary'sbest friends?, Aren't we Mary's best friends?; e)Am I fivefeet tall?, Am I not five feet tall?; f)Is he the bestgood-looking boy?, Isn't he the best good-looking boy?;g)Are you my sister-in-law's brother?, Aren't you mysister-in-law's brother?Exercise 3:a)¿De qué ciudad vienes?; b)Pon el vaso en la mesa;c)La carretera pasa por el valle; d)El sol brilla en laciudad; e)Quédate a mi lado; f)La silla está entre lapuerta y la ventana; g)No te vayas hasta que te lo diga;h)Antes de irte, pon tu solicitud en la mesa.Exercise 4:a)There is a cinema near my house; b)There is acemetery under our house; c)There is a supermarketbehind the school; d)In September it rains very much;e)John gets married on Tuesday; f)With one car isenough; g)Madrid is 450 km far from Granada; h)Fourhours later we are tired; i)The war against that country is afailure.Exercise 5:a)bread, tomato, olive oil; b)spoon, fork, knife; c)cook,chicken, oven; d)vinegar, pepper; e)sugar, tea; f)turkey;g)salad, tomato, lettuce, onion.Exercise 6:a)sugar; b)vinegar; c)tea; d)tuna.Exercise 7:1)d; 2)g; 3)b; 4)f; 5)a; 6)c; 7)e; 8)h.

U N I T 8Reading comprehension:2.-Answers to the questions:1) Albert Einstein said that it is easier to split an atom

than to erase prejudices.2) English people are thought to do the opposite things

European people do on the continent, for example,driving on the left side, to be snobs, to be always ontime and to drink tea

3) Russian people are thought to drink too much vodka.4) Italian mothers are thought to have the power of the

family and to cook a lot of pasta and pizza.Exercise 1:a)I went to school; b)She liked oranges but she didn’t likelemons; c)Peter went to work by bus; d)I met her onTuesday; e)Anke was my best German friend; f)Europewas the cradle of civilization; g)Andrea was less beautifulthan Joan; h)She spoke slowly; i)He left the / that houseat six o’clock; j)I usually paid him £5; k)He rode everyday; l)I lay down after lunch; m)We slept badly.

Exercise 2:a)English; b)Germany; c)Australia; d)French; e)Holland;f)Italian; g)Norwegian; h)Turkey; i)SpanishExercise 3:a)I did not like apples, I didn’t like apples; b)I did not goto Scotland, I didn’t go to Scotland; c)She was not mybest friend in London, She wasn’t my best friend inLondon; d)I did not drive my car all night long, I didn’tdrive my car all night long; e)My parents did not drinkbeer, My parents didn’t drink beer; f)I did not see her, Ididn’t see her; g)Peter did not lose his job, Peter didn’tlose his job; h)We did not want those carpets, We didn’twant those carpets; i)I did not watch television at home,I didn’t watch television at home.Exercise 4:a)Didn’t I like apples?; b)Didn’t I go to Scotland?;c)Wasn’t she my best friend in London?; d)Didn’t I drivemy car all night long?; e)Didn’t my parents drink beer?;f)Didn’t I see her?; g)Didn’t Peter lose his job?; h)Didn’twe want those carpets?; i)Didn’t I watch television athome?Exercise 5:1)d; 2)a; 3)e; 4)b; 5)c; 6)h; 7)f; 8)gExercise 6:a)went, She, much; b)Do, I; c)were, ate; d)Where, from,am, French; e)Did, didn’t; f)Is, Greek; g)didExercise 7:a)Yes, they had eggs for breakfast /No, they didn’t haveeggs for breakfast; b)Yes, he wanted a new coat /No, hedidn’t want a new coat; c)Yes, they had to work hard /No,they didn’t have to work hard; d)Yes, he had a heartattack /No, he didn’t have a heart attack; e)Yes, they didtheir homework after dinner /No, they didn’t do theirhomework after dinner; f)Yes, I saw you /No, I didn’t seeyou; g)Yes, she knew the way /No, she didn’t know theway; h)Yes, I saw the difference /No, I didn’t see thedifference; i)Yes, he came every day /No, he didn’t comeevery day.

U N I T 9Reading comprehension:2.-Answers to the questions:1) It is an informal letter. 2) Pedro arrived in London last Sunday.3) Pedro ate a very nice meal with his friend Julian in

Covent Garden.Exercise 1:a)At what time do you take your bus?; b)Which sportsdoes she like?; c)How are you?; d)Where are they from?;e)Does he speak Greek?; f)When do you go to work?;g)How old are you?; h)What is your favourite meal?;i)Who wrote "El Quijote"?; j)Do you eat this kind of fish?Exercise 2:a)Do you like football?; b)When do you go to school?;c)What are your names?; d)Who ate the oranges?;e)When did you buy your car?; f)How many pupils arethere in this class?; g)What is your mother-in-law'sname?; h)Did Hellen and William win the match?; i)Whatdo you eat today?; j)Do you speak Russian?Exercise 3:a)Do you work today?; b)Didn't they see you yesterday?;c)When is your father's birthday?; d)How do you spell it?;e)When did they study?; f)I didn't eat potatoes buy I atemeat /I didn't eat meat but I ate potatoes; g)Did you takesome milk for breakfast?Exercise 4:a)Did you eat meat?; b)When was your sister's birthday?;c)Were they friendly?; d)How did you make the bed?;e)Why did she sing this song?; f)Who were they?;g)Which computer did you prefer?; h)Did he play thepiano?

-230-

KE

YS

TO

TH

E E

XE

RC

ISE

S

Exercise 5:a)make; b)do; c)make; d)do; e)make; f)make; g)make;h)do; i)makeExercise 6:a)made; b)make; c)did; d)did; e)made; f)made; g)made;h)did; i)didExercise 7:1)c; 2)g; 3)a; 4)h; 5)b; 6)d; 7)e; 8)fExercise 8:a)¿Quién descubrió América?; b)¿Entendieron (ellos) lalección?; c)¿Cuándo fue (ella) a casa de Mary?;d)¿Cómo la encontraste? /¿Cómo la encontrasteis?/¿Cómo la encontró (usted)? /¿Cómo la encontraron(ustedes)?; e)¿Cuándo leyó Michael mi carta?; f)¿Quiénpronuncia el discurso?; g)¿Llueve?Exercise 9:1) a)When does Charles see Séverine?; b)How doesCharles see Séverine?; c)Why does Charles seeSéverine?; d)Where does Charles see Séverine?; 2)a)What did Charles buy?; b)Where did Charles buy hisnew car?; c)When did Charles buy his new car?; d)Whydid Charles buy his new car?; e)How did Charles buy hisnew car?Exercise 10:a)American English; b)British English

U N I T 1 0Reading comprehension:2. Answers to the questions:1) This climatic change /It is mainly due to the use of

fossil fuels.2) Renewable energy sources /They offer abundant

clean energy.3) Corporations and governments in developing

countries should invest in renewable energies.3.“true” or “false” answers:a)T; b)F; c)T; d)F; e)T; f)FExercise 1:a)am spending; b)is working; c)are putting; d)is leaving;e)is using; f)are wearing; g)is lying; h)are talkingExercise 2:a)is standing; b)is giving; c)is putting; d)are closing; e)arehaving; f)am catchingExercise 3:a)was wearing, wondered, was; b)was walking, realized,was following; c) did not come; d)were playing /played,was reading; e)was traveling/ travelling, passed, saw,was; f)are having, are sitting, tells /is telling g)is raining,are shutting; h)was working, was learningExercise 4:a)Are you listening to your teacher?, You are not /aren'tlistening to your teacher; b)Are the neighbours coming into watch tv?, The neighbours are not /aren't coming in towatch tv; c)Is your sister studying at home?, Your sisteris not /isn't studying at home; d)Is it raining now?, It is not/isn't raining now; e)Are Jones and Co. having a sale atthe moment?, Jones and Co. are not /aren't having a saleat the moment; f) Am I meeting Thomas at 5:30?I am notmeeting Thomas at 5:30; g) Are they thinking of going tothe party?, They are not /aren't thinking of going to theparty.Exercise 5:a)often; b)tall; c)long; d)high; e)far; f)bigExercise 6:a)12; b)3; c)9; d)6; e)8; f)1; g)11; h)7; i)5; j)13; k)14; l)10;m)4; n)2; o)15

Exercise 7:a)dog; b)cactuses; c)roses; d)tulip; e)seagulls; f)giraffe;g)lion; h)elephant; i)carnationsExercise 8:1)e; 2)h; 3)c; 4)a; 5)b; 6)j; 7)i; 8)d; 9)f; 10)g

U N I T 1 1Reading comprehension:2. Answers to the questions:1) The United Kingdom consists of two large islands

(Great Britain and Northern Ireland) and 5000 smallerones.

2) The name of the capital of Wales is Cardiff.3) It belongs to the United Kingdom.4) The Isle of Man is different because it is an internally

self-governing dependency of the British Crown.5) Great Britain includes the main island (Wales,

England, Scotland) and some islands such asAnglesey, the Isle of Wight, the Hebrides, the OrkneyIslands and the Shetland Islands.

6) The name of the most populated nation of the UnitedKingdom is England.

3.“True” or “false” answers:a)F; b)T; c)T; d)T; e)F; f)F; g)F; h)T; i)TExercise 1:a)for; b)since; c)since; d)since; e)for; f)for; g)since; h)forExercise 2:a)looked /looked; b)loved /loved; c)saw /seen; d)ate/eaten; f) understood /understood; f)was, were /been;g)wanted /wanted; h)wore /worn; i)bit /bitten; j)kissed/kissed; k)watched /watchedExercise 3:a)I am going to go to the cinema this evening /I'm goingto go to the cinema this evening; b)She is going to buyone ticket to Berlin /She's going to buy one ticket toBerlin; c)They are going to run for one hour / c)They'regoing to run for one hour; d)He is going to walk along thestreet / He's going to walk along the street; e)You aregoing to be the president /You're going to be thepresident; f)The party is going to start very soon /Theparty's going to start very soon; g) Dalila is going to bemy wife's best friend /Dalila's going to be my wife's bestfriend; h)She is going to have twins /She's going to havetwins; i)They are going to try to win the game /They'regoing to try to win the game; j)We are going to playfootball and baseball /We're going to play football andbaseball; k)Lissa is going to play the piano /Lissa's goingto play the piano; l)Mary is going to buy a book for herfather /Mary's going to buy a book for her father; m)Theyare going to send her a present /They're going to sendher a present.Exercise 4:a)I have gone to the cinema /I've gone to the cinema;b)She has bought one ticket to Berlin /She's bought oneticket to Berlin; c)They have run for one hour /The've runfor one hour; d)He has walked along the street /He’swalked along the street; e)You have been the president/You've been the president; f)The party has started verysoon /The party's started very soon; g)Dalila has beenmy wife's best friend /Dalila's been my wife's best friend;h)She has had twins /She's had twins; i)They have triedto win the game /They've tried to win the game; j)Wehave played football and baseball /We've played footballand baseball; k)Lissa has played the piano /Lissa'splayed the piano; l)Mary has bought a book for her father/Mary's bought a book for her father; m)They have senther a present /They've sent her a present.

-231-

KE

YS

TO

TH

E E

XE

RC

ISE

S

Exercise 5:a)I was going to go to the cinema this evening; b)Shewas going to buy one ticket to Berlin; c)They were goingto run for one hour; d)He was going to walk along thestreet; e)You were going to be the president; f)The partywas going to start very soon; g) Dalila was going to bemy wife's best friend; h)She was going to have twins;i)They were going to try to win the game; j)We weregoing to play football and baseball; k)Lissa was going toplay the piano; l)Mary was going to buy a book for herfather; m)They were going to send her a present.Exercise 6:a)I will go to the cinema this evening /I'll go to the cinemathis evening; b)She will buy one ticket to Berlin /She'llbuy one ticket to Berlin; c)They will run for one hour/They'll run for one hour; d)He will walk along the street/He'll walk along the street; e)You will be the president/You'll be the president; f)The party will start very soon/The party'll start very soon; g) Dalila will be my wife'sbest friend /Dalila'll be my wife's best friend; h)She willhave twins /She'll have twins; i)They will try to win thegame /They'll try to win the game; j)We will play footballand baseball /We'll play football and baseball; k)Lissa willplay the piano /Lissa'll play the piano; l)Mary will buy abook for her father /Mary'll buy a book for her father;m)They will send her a present /They'll send her apresent.Exercise 7:a)I am not going to see my boyfriend /I'm not going to seemy boyfriend; b)I will not ask you any question /I won'task you any question; c)Won't you come to my partytonight? /Will you not come to my party tonight?; d)Shewas not going to study the lesson /She wasn't going tostudy the lesson; e)They have not been in Madrid for fivemonths /They haven't been in Madrid for five months;f)They will not speak English /They won't speak English;g)Aren't you going to sell your car? /Are you not going tosell your car?; h)Haven't they come soon? /Have they notcome soon?; i)It is not going to rain /It isn't going to rain;j)They were not going to write a letter /They weren't goingto write a letter; k)Hasn't she gone to our school thismorning? /Has she not gone to our school this morning?;l)Won't you stay here in winter? /Will you not stay here inwinter?; m)I will not finish my work tomorrow /I won'tfinish my work tomorrow; n)It will not be a very nicesummer /It won't be a very nice summer.Exercise 8:a)Were they going to write a letter?; b)Have you takensome eggs for breakfast?; c)Will Anne meet Petertomorrow at half past one?; d)Is he an English teacher?;e)Did you tell me the truth?; f)Has she studied Frenchsince 1985?; g)Weren't they going to come?; h)Is herbirthday on October the 14th?; i)Won't I go to the zoowith you?; j)Isn't Michael going to read your article?Exercise 9:a)will give; b)stand; c)eats; d)will telephone; e)will arrest;f)reads; g)will steal; h)doesn't open /does not open;i)washes; j)make; k)will buryExercise 10:1)c; 2)f; 3)d; 4)e; 5)a; 6)h; 7)b; 8)g

U N I T 1 2

Reading comprehension:

2. Answers to the questions:

1) The terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center andthe Pentagon took place in 2001.

2) I can create an emergency communications plan, Ican establish a meeting place, I can assemble adisaster supplies kit or check on the schoolemergency plan of any school-age children you mayhave.

Exercise 1: a)I would speak French; b)We would go to the hotel thismorning; c)Paul would meet his girlfriend this afternoon;d)Hellen would come from Scotland; e)Peter’s best friendwould play basketball; f)We would eat meat twice aweek; g)They would have breakfast at half past seven;h)You would buy this vase; i)I would write my curriculum.Exercise 2: a)I’d speak French; b)We’d go to the hotel this morning;c)Paul wouldn’t meet his girlfriend this afternoon;d)Hellen wouldn’t come from Scotland; e)Peter’s bestfriend wouldn’t play basketball; f)We’d eat meat twice aweek; g)They’d have breakfast at half past seven;h)You’d buy this vase; i)I’d write my curriculum.Exercise 3:a)I would not speak French; b)We would not go to thehotel this morning; c)Paul would not meet his girlfriendthis afternoon; d)Hellen would not come from Scotland;e)Peter’s best friend would not play basketball; f)Wewould not eat meat twice a week; g)They would not havebreakfast at half past seven; h)You would not buy thisvase; i)I would not write my curriculum.

Exercise 4: a)Would you go to my new house?; b)Would they notplay the piano?; c)You would make a mistake; d)I’d cooktonight for you; e)Michael wouldn’t go for a walk; f)Shewould not like to see me; g)She’d like to read a goodbook.Exercise 5: a)Wouldn’t I visit my grandmother?; b)Would he like to bein France?; c)Wouldn’t they have a better job?; d)WouldMartha’s father find a good place?; e)Wouldn’t he drivefaster?; f)Would my legs hurt very much?; g)Would Luisenot study in China?; h)Would I borrow your chair?;i)Wouldn’t my mother make any suggestion?Exercise 6: a)Write a letter to your cousin /Do write a letter to yourcousin; b)Let’s study for one hour; c)Make peace /Domake peace; d)Come here right now /Do come here rightnow; e)Let’s go to the cinema; f)Say it /Do say it; g)Let’splay a song for her; h)Let’s start the work.Exercise 7:a)Don’t go home /Do not go home; b)Don’t play this song/Do not play this song; c)Don’t smoke /Do not smoke;d)Don’t open the door /Do not open the door; e)Don’t sitdown /Do not sit down; f)Don’t stop /Do not stop; g)Let’snot count the money; h)Let’s not work together; i)Let’snot begin now.Exercise 8: 1)c; 2)h; 3)f; 4)g; 5)a; 6)e; 7)d; 8)b

-232-

KE

YS

TO

TH

E E

XE

RC

ISE

S

U N I T 1 3Reading comprehension:2. Answers to the questions:1) A friend paralyzed David's left pupil.2) (He changed his name to David Bowie) to avoid

confusion with the Monkees' Davy Jones.3) No, it wasn't /No, his acting career was not successful

/Bowie had no luck in his acting career /None of hisfilms were commercial successes.

4) His wedding present to his wife was an album called"Black Tie White Noise" (which received positivereviews).

3.“True” or “false” answers:a)T; b)F; c)T; d)F; e)F; f)T; g)T;h)F; i)TExercise 1:a)Can you do it now? No, now I can’t; b)Next week I willnot/won’t have to come; c)You have to study the thirdlesson; d)Alex and Raúl must buy their books; e)Herexplanations must be true; f)Could you give me the nameof the school/school’s name?; g)You must/should go toLondon, it is a very beautiful/nice city; h)Need you weara skirt?/Do you need to wear a skirt?Exercise 2:a) I will be able to play a song for you with a guitar; b)Iwill have to study to pass my exam; c)She will not/ won’tbe able to say it louder; d)I will need my pills; e)Jameswill have to do an assignment; f)You will have topronounce perfectly; g)You will not/won’t be able tounderstand these sentences; h)I will not/won’t be able tosee your eyes.Exercise 3:a)Can I play a song for you?; b)Must he study to pass hisexam? (También podría admitirse: Does he have to studyto pass his exam?, sin embargo, se perdería ese matizde obligación ineludible); c)Cannot/Can’t she act like aqueen? /Can she not act like a queen?; d)Need they goon holidays?/Do they need to go on holidays?; e)CouldJames walk for hours?; f)Should he do better atPhysics?; g)Cannot/Can’t you understand thesesentences?/Can you not understand these sentences?;h)Will she be able to attend lectures during pregnancy?;i)Couldn’t she speak Russian?/Could she not speakRussian?Exercises 4:a)She couldn’t read your article./She was not able toread your article; b)My cousins could danceflamenco./My cousins were able to dance flamenco; c)Ihad to do my homework; d)We needed to be accepted;e)Our questions had to be answered; f)Did you need totake music lessons?/ (También valdría: Needed you takemusic lessons?) g)They didn’t need to study at home/(También valdría: The need not/needn’t study at home);h)They could be right (la forma “be able to” no es posibleya que en este ejemplo existe posibilidad y nocapacidad); i)I didn’t have to do this exam.Exercise 5:a)should; b)should; c)might; d)must; e)might; f)shouldnot/shouldn’t; g)mustExercise 6:a)1-3-36 b)2,5-30 c)2-6-72 d)4-48 e)1-220-660-7,920

f)3-24-5,280-15,840-190,080a)1-16 b)2-32 c)0,5-7-112 d)1-14-224 e)2-16-224-3,584

f)1-17,85-142,85-2,000-32,000a)2 b)10-0,5 c)40-2-1 d)320-16-8-2

Exercise 7:a)might, might; b)could, should; c)should not (shouldn’t),could; d)can /could; e)must; f)might; g)could; h)could, donot (don’t) have to; i)should, might; j)have toExercise 8:a)I might not go to the cinema; b)Hellen must not (mustn’t)be late; c)We cannot (can’t) do this exercise, it is verydifficult; d)I do not (don’t) have to go to Sally’s office thisafternoon; e)Must Mary pass this exam?; f)Must you not(Mustn’t you) work this afternoon?; g)They can swim butthey cannot (can’t) play football; h)He cannot (can’t) bethere next week; i) correcta, también se podría aceptar: Ineed not (needn’t) study that much, pero esto nosignifica que la primera esté mal; j)He has to work hard.Exercise 9:1)e; 2)c; 3)g; 4)a; 5)h; 6)b; 7)f; 8)d

U N I T 1 4Reading comprehension:2. Answers to the questions:1) The euro became the European single currency in 1th

January 2002.2) Spain, France, Germany and Italy.3) Yes, it is.Exercise 1:a)was moved; b)was not introduced; c)was destroyed;d)were left; e)are asked; f)will be given; g)was taken.Exercise 2:a)The milk is brought to my door by the milkman;b)Things from supermarkets are stolen every day byJoan and Julian; c)The sick man is taken to hospital byan ambulance; d)These boxes are cleared three times aday by the postman; e)The warehouse is guarded bydogs; f)These television sets are made by a Japanesefirm; g)He was shouted down by the crowd.Exercise 3:a)He was never seen in the dining-room by us; b)Thepolice was called by the watchman; c)A slight injury washad by Tom; d)He was found guilty by the Court; e)Ihaven't been paid for the work by her; f)The childrenhave been brought in Italy (by them); g)He won't be takento prison (by them); h)TV hasn't been watched by him;i)He is often taken for his brother by Anne.Exercises 4:a)Se dice que (él) es el mejor futbolista; b)Se cree que(él) es un mal estudiante; c)Se piensa que Charles es unbuen soldado; d)Se considera que (nosotros) somosricos; e)Se encontró que (ellos) eran culpables; f)Sesabe que la historia es falsa; g)Se dice que su novia esde Japón; h)Se cree que John la ama.Exercise 5:a)to; b)by; c)at, in; d)on, with, with; e)at, on; f)at, at, on;g)to, at; h)at, in; i)into/to, withExercise 6:a)of, for, on, from/of, for; b)to, to, of; c)in, on; d)At, at;e)on, with, of; f)from, inExercise 7:1)e; 2)a; 3)g; 4)d; 5)h; 6)f; 7)c; 8)b

-233-

KE

YS

TO

TH

E E

XE

RC

ISE

S

U N I T 1 5Reading comprehension:

2. Answers to the questions:

1) Stonehenge is situated in Salisbury (England).

2) Stonehenge symbolizes mystery, power and endurance.

3) Stonehenge was built from 2750 BC to 1500 BC.

3.“True” or “false” answers:

a)T; b)T; c)F; d)F; e)T; f)T

Exercise 1:

a)up; b)after; c)on; d)up; e)off, on; f)out; g)in

Exercise 2:

a)turned down; b)looks after; c)looking for; d)takes off,puts on; e)look up; f)fill in

Exercise 3:

a)So am I; b)Neither do I; c)Neither have I; d)So have I;e)So do I; f)Neither did I; g)So was I; h)Neither have I;i)So did I; j)So was I; k)Neither will I; l)Neither would I.

Exercises 4:

a)ironing; b)cooking; c)reading; d)walking; e)swimming;f)doing the washing up

Exercise 5:

a)to come; b)going; c)to work, getting up; d)Studying;e)to buy, living; f)travelling (BrE) /traveling (AmE), flying;g)going; h)jogging, swimming; i)thinking, having

Exercise 6:

a)having; b)not to speak; c)to meet; d)leaving, saying;e)to explain, to listen; f)telephoning, asking, to look;g)hearing, not to enter

Exercise 7:

a)bill; b)underground; c)chemist's; d)road; e)lift; f)flat,centre

Exercise 8:

a)vacation; b)trunk; c)bill; d)collect call; e)flavors;f)sidewalk

Exercise 9:

1)g; 2)e; 3)b; 4)a; 5)h; 6)f; 7)c; 8)d

Exercise 10:

a)United Nations, Organización de Naciones Unidas(ONU); b)North Atlantic Treaty Organization,Organización del Tratado del Atlántico Norte (OTAN);c)Non Governmental Organization, Organización NoGubernamental (ONG); d)International Organization,Organización Internacional; e)Red Cross, Cruz Roja

Exercise 11:

a)So do I, I don't; b)Neither do I, I do; c)So do I, I don't;d)Neither do I, I do; e)So did I, I didn't; f)Neither did I, Idid; g)Neither have I, I have; h)So am I, I am not; i)Sohave I, I haven't; j)So will I, I won't; k)Neither would I, Iwould; l)So was I, I wasn't.

REVIEW UNITS 1 TO 5Exercise 1:a)Hello, is, your; b)name, is; c)are, you; d)I, am, years,you; e)I, am, years; f)your, number; g)isExercise 2:a)eighteen; b)thirteen; c)seventeen; d)nineteen;e)twenty-eight; f)twenty-three; g)thirty; h)twenty-fiveExercise 3:a)Mi hermano mayor se llama John.; b)Mi abuela esmucho mayor que mi padre (Mi abuela tiene mucha másedad que mi padre.); c)¿Qué hora es? Son las cinco ymedia.; d)Desgraciadamente mi primo no está aquí.;e)Los viernes desayuno en el bar de mi primo.Exercise 4:a) The computer is hers.; b)The text book is mine.; c)Thewalkman is yours.; d)The dog is ours; e)The cat is his;f)The novel is theirs.Exercise 5:a)It is a quarter to two.; b)It is twenty past five.; c)It is aquarter past six.; d)It is half past eight.; e)It is midnight.;f)It is twenty five to nine.; g)It is five past ten.Exercise 6:a)These; b)this; c)That; d)Those; e)This; f)These;g)That; h)ThatExercise 7:a)businesses; b)oranges; c)classes; d)watches; e)duties;f)heroes; g)days; h)people; i)catches; j)wolves; k)fusses;l)glories; m)faxes; n)cities; o)knives; p)tornadoes;q)teeth; r)fliesExercise 8: a)strawberries; b)children; c)Foxes, geese,cats, mice; d)feet; e)tomatoes; f)Men, women; g)books,boxes; h)cities; i)rings; j)trees, leavesExercise 9:a)my; b)Their; c)Your; d)Our; e)His; f)Your; g)Her; h)itsExercise 10:a) I am taller than your brother.; b)My mother’s brother ismy uncle.; c)You are better at Physics than me.; d)Winteris much colder than summer.; e)These boots are notmine.; f)I have eggs for breakfast. (También podríaaceptarse “For breakfast I have eggs”; no obstante, laprimera letra de “for” aparece en minúscula y no puedeformar parte de principio de oración); g)I have dinner ata quarter past seven. ( “At a quarter past seven I havedinner” también sería una opción posible; sin embargo,por las mismas razones que se han mencionado en elapartado anterior no se puede aceptar); h)My book is nothers.; i)My brother’s wife is my sister-in-law.Exercise 11:a)half; b)interested, c)thirsty; d)angry; e)Spring, June;f)blue, red; g)Fourth, JulyExercise 12:a)mother-in-law; b)brother-in-law, c)niece; d)grandson;e)son-in-law; f)nephew; g)grandmother;h)granddaughter; i)sister-in-law; j)daughter-in-law;k)father-in-law; l)grandchildrenExercise 13:a)an; b)A, a; c)a; d)an; e)an; f)a; g)an; h)aExercise 14:a)nearer; b)clearer; c)happier; d)better; e)moreinteresting; f)stronger; g)busier; h)fatterExercise 15:a)most expensive; b)richest; c)coldest; d)worst; e)wisest;f)hottest; g)oldest; h)best; i)easiestExercise 16:a)sooner; b)later; c)less; d)earlier; e)better; f)further;g)longer; h)worse

-234-

KE

YS

TO

TH

E E

XE

RC

ISE

S

REVIEW UNITS 6 TO 10Exercise 1:a)many; b)much; c)many; d)much; e)many; f)many;g)muchExercise 2:a)are; b)is; c)is; d)is; e)are; f)is; g)areExercise 3:a)any; b)some; c)any; d)any; e)some; f)some; g)AnyExercise 4:a)something; b)Anyone; c)somewhere; d)Nobody;e)anything, anyone; f)Somebody; g)anywhere;h)nowhere; i)nothingExercise 5:a)How much is too much?; b)Nobody wanted to do anexam on Saturday.; c)Fortunately, a lot of people came tothe party.; d)This car is not big enough for five people.;e)There are too many fat people in this country.;f)Anywhere she goes she finds friends.; g)There isnowhere like home.; h)I can’t do anything without you.Exercise 6:a)Do you play the guitar?; b)Doesn’t she (Does she not)drink orange juice? ; c)Are they very tall?; d)Is he inManchester?; e)Don’t we (Do we not) study very hard? ;f)Do you write very long poems?; g)Is she in herclassroom?; h)Does he read more than two books perweek?; i) Doesn’t she (Does she not) drink alcohol? Exercise 7:a)Aren’t you interested in Literature?; b)Doesn’t he speakFrench?; c)Do you live near my house?; d)Is thedictionary on the table?; e)Isn’t she the right person forthis position?; f)Does she know perfect English?Exercise 8:a)There is a war against Italy.; b)Under (Underneath) thetable there is a book. / There is a book under (underneath)the table.; c)I study from 5 to 7.; d)Does she have lunch ina restaurant near (next to) my house?; e)I have dinner at7 o’clock.; f)After dinner we go to the disco. /We go to thedisco after dinner.; g)I always have breakfast beforemidday.; h)This present is for you.Exercise 9:a)He drove that old car.; b)They felt really bad.; c)I didn’tfind the keys in your house.; d)They didn’t lose thematch.; e)Did they rent her house?; f)Didn’t they (Did theynot) sell roses in that shop?; g)Did she sing in theconcert?; h)Didn’t the thieves (Did the thieves not) steal afamous painting?Exercise 10:a)went, for; b)from, Dutch; c)lied, didn’t; d)Does, French;e)paid, after; f)ate, much; g)Did, hearExercise 11:a)Spain; b)Irish; c)Greece; d)Italian; e)Holland; f)Russian;g)Norway; h)French; i)England; j)Scottish; k)EuropeansExercise 12:a)When did you have lunch?; b)How are you?; c)Why didyou do it?; d)Who went to the party?; e)Where are youfrom?; f)What is your name?; g)What is the weather like?;h)Where did she go last week?; i)How do you go to work?Exercise 13:a)Who went to the concert?; b)When do you wake up?;c)Do you eat strawberries?; d)Who brought these books?;e)Do you speak English?; f)Why did you go to Scotland?;g)Where did you buy this T-shirt?; h)Where are you from?;i)What did you say?; j)Which car do you prefer?; k)Howwas your dog?; l)Do you have brothers or sisters?

Exercise 14:a)Do you have a car?, Did you have a car?; b)How doesshe drive?, How did she drive?; c)Who plays the guitar?,Who played the guitar?; d)When do they get married?,When did they get married?; e)Where does she go forholidays?, Where did she go for holidays?; f)Why are youso upset?, Why were you so upset?; g)Which one do youtake?, Which one did you take?Exercise 15:a)make, b)made; c)do; d)made; e)do, f)do; g)make; h)did;i)make; j)did; k)made; l)makeExercise 16:a)was writing; b)is not (isn’t) eating; c)Were youstudying…?; d)were looking, was giving; e)was leaving;f)is shining; g)Are you writing…?; h)is not (isn’t) rainingExercise 17:a)How far is London from Barcelona?; b)How tall is yourfather?; c)How often do you go shopping?; d)How heavyis your table?; e)How wide is the lake?; f)How long is thebeach?; g)How much time does it take to arrive in/get toManchester?.

REVIEW UNITS 11 TO 15Exercises 1:1)for; 2)since; 3)since; 4)for; 5)since; 6)for; 7)for; 8)for;9)since; 10)since; 11)for; 12)for; 13)since; 14)since;15)for.Exercise 2:a) have you been?, haven’t (have not) seen, for; b)hasn’t(has not) snowed, since; c)haven’t (have not) eaten,since; d)hasn’t (has not) cut, for; e)have worked, for;f)have changed, sinceExercise 3:a)is not going to attack; b)Is it going to rain; c)are going tobuy; d)am not going to win; e)Are we going to eat; f)is notgoing to buy; g)Are they going to haveExercise 4:a)was going to write; b)was not going to buy; c)Were theygoing to spend; d)was going to give; e)Was she going tomarry; f)Were you going to travel; g)were not going to buyExercise 5:a) am going to write; b)will get; c)will turn; d) are going tovisit; e)will come, will be; f)am going to attend; g)will helpExercise 6:a)have never seen; b)Have you been; c)Haven’t youheard (Have you not heard); decided, didn’t (did not); d)Ihaven’t (have not) seen; e)arrived; f)have known; g)haswritten; h)haven’t had, was; i)miss, have been; j)hasnever seen; k)dreamed, never saw; l)has become, took,was, have changed; m)have changed, saw, have grownExercise 7:a)get, am going to; b)graduate; c)snows, are going to go;d)is going to make, is going to quit, finishes, is going toget; e)is going to call, arrives, is going to stay, isExercise 8:a)arrive, will show; b)don’t stop, will experience; c)won’t(will not) tell, asks, won’t (will not) reveal; d)leave, willpick, do; e)will call, call, will takeExercise 9:a)will help, ask; b)will get, don’t take; c)is, will go; d)tell,will you believe; e)will come, invite; f)will go, hasExercise 10:a)would be; b)would live; c)would know; d)would own;e)wouldn’t (would not) get; f) would travel; g)would stay;h)would eat

-235-

KE

YS

TO

TH

E E

XE

RC

ISE

S

Exercise 11:a)Would I say no to your invitation?; b)I would not take nofor an answer.; c)Please, do not write in capital letters.;d)What would they say?; e)Wouldn’t he be able tocome?; f)I’d go to your house; g)Why wouldn’t I go toyour party?; h)What would he look like?

Exercise 12:a)I would play football.; b)Would you play football?;c)Would you like to play football?; d)Do the homework.;e)Don’t eat oranges.; f)What would they write?; g)Whywouldn’t she (would she not) tell her grandparents?

Exercise 13:a)I will be able to eat a whole large pizza.; b)I will have tosay the truth.; c)Will you be able to repeat the sentence?;d)Will they have to study the whole lesson?; e)He won’t(will not) be able to read my mind.; f)Won’t they (Will theynot) be able to take a joke?; g)I won’t (will not) be able toexplain why.; h)I will be able to dance ballet.; i)Won’t she(Will she not) have to invite her parents to dinner?; j)Wewon’t (will not) have to waste time.

Exercise 14:a)Couldn’t we take criticism?, Weren’t we (Were we not)able to take criticism?; b)Did I have to paint you apicture?; c)They had to hand in their assignments.;d)Their reasons had to be explained carefully.; e)Did youneed a visa?, Needed you a visa?; f)You didn’t have tospeak during the exam.; g)Applicants needed to call 1-800-486-624 for further information.; h)You could makeyourself, You were able to make yourself; i)Didn’t we (Didwe not) have to follow their example?; j)Could he play thepiano?, Was he able to play the piano?

Exercise 15:a)She might not go to Paris; b)I will not be able to readthe book.; c)Could you tell me your surname?; d)Theydid not have to buy new clothes.; e)Need you drive sofast?; f)She need not study the whole lesson; g)He oughtnot to have come; h)Should I stay or should I go?, ShouldI go or should I stay?

Exercise 16:a)might; b)may not; c)may; d)can’t; e)Could; f)could;g)Can; h)couldn’t; i)could; j)might

Exercise 17:a)May; b)can; c)May; d)can; e)can’t; f)Could; g)may;h)might; i)might; j)might; k)could; l)can’t; m)could;n)must; o)can’t

Exercise 18:a)needn’t; b)mustn’t; c)needn’t; d)needn’t; e)needn’t;f)mustn’t; g)mustn’t; h)needn’t; i)mustn’t; j)needn’t;k)mustn’t

Exercise 19:a)couldn’t; b)might not; c)might not; d)couldn’t; e)mightnot; f)might not; g)might not; h)couldn’t; i)couldn’t

Exercise 20:Sally mustn’t miss lectures.; b)correct; c)Mustn’t he studya little bit harder?; d)He has to earn a living.; e)He can’ttell you his secret.; f)She might play the guitar in theconcert.; g)Will they be able to understand thelanguage?; h)Peter couldn’t stand the weather.; i)Marthacan’t run faster.; j)correct; k)I should ask you to do me afavour.; l)Might she call the fire department?; m)I don’thave to get up early tomorrow morning.; n)I need not getup early tomorrow morning., I don’t need to get up earlytomorrow morning.; o)Need he say anything else?

Exercise 21:a)The injured man had to be carried.; b)Our conversationwas going to be taped.; c)He will be asked manyquestions.; d)The books haven’t (have not) beenreturned yet.; e)Less money is spent on school booksnowadays.; f)Most paintings were damaged by vandals.;g)All sentences are corrected by the computer.; h)Hercar is being repaired at the moment.; i)You will beseverely punished for this.Exercise 22:a)Everybody was shocked by the terrible news.; b)A newbook will be published (next year) by that company nextyear.; c)Our address has been forgotten (by him).; d)Thesecretary was introduced to her new boss.; e)Our plan isbeing considered by the members of the committee.; f)Aprize will be given to whoever solves this problem.; g)Thenew policy would be approved by the executivecommittee.; h)This notice has been altered.; i)Mytelephone number was given to her by Paul.Exercise 23:a)She is said to wear a long blue dress.; It is said thatshe wears a long blue dress.; b)He was believed to beone of the three greatest mathematicians., It is believedthat he was one of the three greatest mathematicians.;c)Susan is thought to be in her mid fifties., It is thoughtthat Susan is in her mid fifties.; d)Peter is considered tobe quite social., It is considered that Peter is quite social.;e)He was found dead., It was found that he was dead.; f)Iwas told his secrets.; g)She was given her birthdaypresent.; h)He is known as Peter Smith.Exercise 24:a)I have never been called “stupid”!; b)have beenplanted.; c)will be crowned; d)be worked out; e)would bedone; f)has been decided; g)are required; h)was asked;i)is being interviewedExercise 25:a)in; b)on; c)at; d)at; e)on; f)in; g)in; h)at; i)at, in; j)on;k)at; l)in; m)In, on, in, at; n)on; o)In; p)In; q)at, on; r)at, in;s)at; t)in, inExercise 26:a)So do I.; b)Neither did I.; c)Neither do I.; d)Neither amI.; e)Neither have I.; f)So will I.; g)So would I.; h)So am I.;i)So did I.Exercise 27:a)So would I.; b)So do I.; c)Neither do I.; d)So have I.;e)So was I.; f)So did I.; g)Neither did I.; h)So do I.; i)Sowould I.; j)So am I.Exercise 28:a)seeing; b)to do; c)going; d)writing; e)not to buy;f)playing; g)Reading; h)to pay; i)to sing; j)not to tell;k)studying; l)learning

English for Militaries

Documents

Transcript of English for Militaries